Você está na página 1de 457

E

X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
KINGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
E
X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
I
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
State Party
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
State, Province or Region
Ad-Diriyah Governorate, Riyadh region
Name of Property/ Site
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
Geographical coordinates to the nearest second
The centre of the Nominated Property (Saad Ibn Saud Palace) is at :
Latitude: 24 44 02,88 N
Longitude: 46 34 20,88 E
The area of the nominated property is of 28,78 hectares.
The limits of the Nominated Property are identified by the following 4 points:
North limit : 24 44 10 N 46 34 11 E
South limit : 24 43 49 N 46 34 24 E
East limit : 24 43 58 N 46 34 34 E
West limit : 24 44 02 N 46 34 08 E
The area of the proposed buffer zone for the site is of 237,95 hectares.
The limits of the Buffer Zone are identified by the following 4 points:
North limit : 24 44 51 N 46 33 39 E
South limit : 24 43 28 N 46 34 24 E
East limit : 24 44 00 N 46 34 53 E
West limit : 24 44 10 N 46 33 29 E
Textual Description of the boundaries of the Nominated Site
At-Turaif neighbourhood, located on a low plateau of natural limestone between
the largeWadi Hanifah on the north and a series of smaller wadis on the south
and east somewhat separate and clearly identifiable from the natural landforms
and the surrounding communities, is entirely included in the Nominated Property.
The boundaries of the Nominated Property are defined precisely on the ground
by the metal fence surrounding the nominated site materializing the Antiquities
Department-owned parcels. This modern perimeter mostly follows the contour
of the ancient at-Turaif City Walls that have been largely restored by the
Department of Antiquities during the 1980s, yet it includes a 20-metre large strip
outside the city walls to protect their external faade and their immediate vicinity.
The Nominated Property is surrounded by a vast Buffer Zone that embraces the
central sector of the area originally enclosed by ad-Diriyah walls and includes
notably the wadi area with its palm date groves and desert areas.
Map of the Nominated Site
See page V.
[Previous page]
Salwa Palace in at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2009
E
X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
II
Statement of Outstanding Universal Value
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, extending over some 29 hectares and surrounded
by a large buffer zone, possesses Outstanding Universal Values justifying its
inscription on the World Heritage List.
Located on a low limestone plateau in the wadi-based oasis of ad-Diriyah, at-
Turaif became, at the end of the 18
th
century, a powerful centre under the rule
of the House of Saud, who developed it with imposing palaces built in a distinctive
and confident style.
Its Outstanding Universal Value relates to its physical vestiges, its location and its
relationship in scale with the surrounding developments and landforms.
At-Turaif shows an extraordinary consistency of scale throughout the site and a
unique coherence, typical of earthen architectural sites, in its building heights,
architectural details, colors and surface textures. The vestiges of the palaces of the
Imams of ad-Diriyah in at-Turaif a site where traditional architecture reached
unmatched quality constitute the pre-eminent example of Najdi architectural
style, a significant constructive tradition that developed in central Arabia. Their
architectural details are significant features of the local architecture and contribute
to the worlds cultural diversity.
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is an urban and architectural monument
presenting the culture and lifestyle of the First Saudi State direct ancestor of the
modern Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Furthermore, it has a noteworthy historic value
as the battleground of a significant military event that involved international forces
and powers and had a lasting impact on the geopolitics of the whole region.
The site is proposed for inscription according to the criteria iv, v and vi: it is an
outstanding example of earthen architecture particularly remarkable for the
quality of its mud brick masonry laid on limestone foundation; of a traditional
human settlement in a desert environment reflecting the intimate link between
landscape, natural resources and the human efforts to settle the land; and it is
from this site that the message of the Reform has reverberated through the
Arabian Peninsula and the Muslim world.
The site offers a whole range of typologies and preservation conditions, ranging
from razed ruins to free standing walls, from original to reconstructed palaces
from traditional dwellings to modern mud houses, with an extraordinary unity in
the colour, shape and building materials. Its integrity is guaranteed as the whole
neighbourhood is included within the Nominated Property, and because its
immediate desert and oasis environment has been preserved from the urban
developement that took place further afar in modern ad-Diriyah.
The citys multiple layers are entirely preserved including the 20
th
century housing
neighbourhood built with traditonal techniques. Its transformation into a Living
Heritage Museum aims at preserving not only the material remains, but also, as
much as possible, the symbolic and traditional role of the buildings and of the
entire village. The reuse project carefully maintains and consolidates the ruins of
the main palaces and revitalizes the site re-introducing it as a qualifying experience
in the life of modern Saudi citizens. New additions, limited only to the areas where
they are essential for the stability, and modifications are done with compatible
materials and techniques respectful of the original.
The Nominated Property is entirely owned by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, it is
fully protected from external threats and continuously guarded. The Buffer Zone
has been drawn with the goal to protect the site from urban encroachments, to
preserve the agricultural use of the wadi area, and to protect the views from and
towards the site. It includes vast palm dates plantations, traditional
neighbourhoods, new developments and preserved desert areas; and it permits
to control the evolution of the nearby agricultural and urban settlements.
E
X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
III
Criteria for Nomination
The nomination of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah for inscription on the World
Heritage List is based upon criteria (iv) and (v) and (vi).
Criterion (iv) requires that at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah should
be an outstanding example of a type of building, architectural or
technological ensemble or landscape which illustrates (a) significant stage(s)
in human history ;
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is an outstanding example of Najdi
architectural style. The site of at-Turaif differs from the other Najdi settlement for
the size, quality and antiquity of its vestiges. The 18
th
century palaces of the House
of Saud are particularly remarkable for the quality of their mud brick masonry, and
the vestiges of the palaces preserve a complete catalogue of the stylistic
characteristics of Najd architecture. This unique architectural style that developed
in the centre of the Arabian Peninsula is characterized by high ventilation openings,
by plastered and limewhased stone columns and column capitals, by high-rise
toilet-towers and keel arches, and by the striking masses of its buildings opening
on internal courtyards.
At-Turaif shows an extraordinary consistency of scale in its asymetrical urban
pattern that developed organically adapting to the natural topography, the
circulation and defensive needs, and in response to social relationships. The
combination of building materials and constructive systems that can be seen on
the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah constitutes an outstanding example of
earthen architectural ensemble reflecting the unique development of the
traditional know-how of at-Turaif master builders.
Criterion (v) requires that it should
be an outstanding example of a traditional human settlement, land-
use, or sea use which is representative of a culture (or cultures), or human
interaction with the environment especially when it has become vulnerable
under the impact of irreversible change;
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah illustrates a significant phase in the
human settlement of the central Arabian plateau, when in the mid-18
th
century
ad-Diriyah became the capital of an independent Arab State. It is an outstanding
example of traditional human settlement developed in a desert environment.
Located along one of the major wadis of Arabia, the settlement of ad-Diriyah
exemplifies the intimate link between landscape, natural resources and the human
efforts to settle the land. The rich watertable close to the surface and the fertile
lands of the banks of Wadi Hanifah permitted the growth of a large wadi-based
oasis settlement that created its political and administrative centre in at-Turaif.
The clay to build the houses and palaces was directly obtained from the Wadi
Hanifah bed, while the water was drawn from wells dug down to the water table.
Some of these wells, representing the evolution of an age-old system, are still
visible in the site, living memory of the traditional farming techniques.
Criterion (vi) entails that at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
be directly or tangibly associated with events or living traditions, with
ideas, or with beliefs, with artistic and literary works of outstanding universal
significance.
The significance of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, is also intimately connected with
the teaching of the great reformer Shaikh Mohammed Bin Abdul Wahab who
lived, preached and died in the city. From ad-Diriyah, following the alliance with
Mohammad Bin Saud in 1745, the message of the Reform has reverberated
through the Arabian Peninsula and the Muslim world.
The Reform produced a formidable state and central authority that unified Arabia
and imposed peace and order on its nomads and settled people for the first time
since the time of the caliphs. It also brought about reforms that influenced the
social practices of the Arabian people, and inspired the thought of many Muslim
reformers since the 18
th
century.
E
X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
IV
Name and Contact Information of Official Institution
Dr. Ali Saleh Al-Moghannam
Site Manager of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Riyadh, Diplomatic Quarter - 11568
P.O. Box 66680
Tel: +996 1 4860274
E
X
E
C
U
T
I
V
E
S
U
M
M
A
R
Y
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
V
Geo-referenced satellite image showing the limits of the Nominated Property and of the buffer zone
Satellite colour image provided by ADA, 2005, elaboration SCTA, December 2008.
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST VOLUME 1
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
VOLUME 1 January 2009 KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT
INAD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
[Cover page]
Ph. 1 At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah ADA, 2008
[Previous page]
Ph. 2 Traditional najdi decorative pattern on a wooden door F. Cristofoli, 2008
CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.4
PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.7
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.10
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.11
1.a Country (and State Party if different) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.12
1.b State, Province or Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.13
1.c Name of property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.15
1.d Geographical coordinates to the nearest second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.15
1.e Maps and plans, showing the boundaries of the nominated property and buffer zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.15
1.f Area of the nominated property (ha.) and proposed buffer zone (ha.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.22
2. DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.23
2.a Description of property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.24
2.b History and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.40
3. JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.52
3.a Criteria under which inscription is proposed (and justification for inscription under these criteria) . . . . . . . . p.53
3.b Proposed statement of Outstanding Universal Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.56
3.c Comparative analysis (including state of conservation of similar properties) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.57
3.d Integrity and/or Authenticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.67
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
4. STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTING THE PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.71
4.a Present state of conservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.72
4.b Factors affecting the property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.80
(i) Development pressures (e.g. encroachment, adaptation, agriculture, mining) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.80
(ii) Environmental pressures (e.g. pollution, climate change, desertification). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.83
(iii) Natural disasters and risk preparedness (earthquakes, floods, fires, etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.85
(iv) Visitor/tourism pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.86
(v) Number of inhabitants within the property and the buffer zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.89
5. PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.90
5.a Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.90
5.b Protective designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.90
5.c Means of implementing protective measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.95
5.d Existing plans related to municipality and region in which the proposed property is located
(e.g. regional or local plan, conservation plan, tourism development plan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.97
5.e Property management plan or other management system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.101
5.f Sources and levels of finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.106
5.g Sources of expertise and training in conservation and management techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.107
5.h Visitor facilities and statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.108
5.i Policies and programmes related to the presentation and promotion of the property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.109
5.j Staffing levels (professional, technical, maintenance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.110
6. MONITORING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.112
6.a Key indicators for measuring state of conservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.113
6.b Administrative arrangements for monitoring property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.115
6.c Results of previous reporting exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.115
Ph. 3 Detail, at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2007
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
[Next page]
Ph. 4 Aerial view of At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah ADA, 2007
7. DOCUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.116
7.a Photographs, slides, image inventory and authorization table and other audiovisual materials . . . . . . . . . . p.117
7.b Texts relating to protective designation, copies of property management plans or documented
management systems and extracts of other plans relevant to the property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.119
7.c Form and date of most recent records or inventory of property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.119
7.d Address where inventory, records and archives are held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.120
7.e Bibliography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.121
8. CONTACT INFORMATION OF RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.124
8.a Preparer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.125
8.b Official Local Institution/Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.125
8.c Other Local Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.126
8.d Official web address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.126
9. SIGNATURE ON BEHALF OF THE STATE PARTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.127
LIST OF IMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.129
Photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.130
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.132
Pl. 1 Survey of mud houses in at-Turaif CRATerre, 2008
PRESENTATION
7
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
8
PRESENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
NOMINATION FILE PREPARED BY
SAUDI COMMISSION FOR TOURISM AND ANTIQUITIES
His Royal Highness
Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz al-Saud
President
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
Prof. Dr. Ali al-Ghabban,
Vice-President for Antiquities & Museums
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
9
PRESENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
RESEARCH TEAM
Directed by
Prof. Dr. Ali al-Ghabban,
Vice-President for Antiquities & Museums
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
SCTA
Dr. Ali Saleh Al-Moghannam
Arch. Mohammad Yosof Al-Aidaroos
Abdulaziz Mohammad Al-Basuoni
Saud Fahd Al-Showaish
Abdulrahman Ibrahim Al-Muaily
Saleh Abdullah Al-Showaigi
Arch. Bandar Mohammad Al-Malaq
Mousa Ayed Al-Qarni
Sultan Al-Rashid
Abdulrahman Abdulaziz Al-Mansour
Arch. Franois Cristofoli, consultant
Dr. Mahmoud Bendakir, consultant
ADA
Eng. Ibrahim Sultan
Arch. Abdullah Arrukban
Eng. Sami Al-Jubeir
Coordination and text
Dr. Simone Ricca, consultant for SCTA
With the Collaboration
King Abdulaziz Foundation for Research and Archives
Riyadh National Museum
Ad-Diriyah Governorate
Municipality of ad-Diriyah
Al-Turath Foundation
Dr. Sayed Al-Rashid
Happold Consulting
Buro Happold
Lord Cultural Resources
CRATerre
Photographic Credits
SCTA [Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities]
ADA [Ar-Riyadh Development Authority]
King Abdulaziz Foundation
Ali Al-Moghannam
Mahmoud Bendakir
Franois Cristofoli
Simone Ricca
Graphic Design
RC Heritage
10
PRESENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
FOREWORD
Following the inscription of al-Hijr (Madain Salih) in 2007, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, aware of the importance of the
preservation of its cultural heritage, is proud to present another site for inclusion in UNESCOs World Heritage List.
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is honored to propose at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah to world attention and to share its precious
and incomparable heritage with national and international visitors in a spirit of respect for the Kingdoms traditions.
Ad-Diriyah is not only the birthplace of modern Saudi Arabia it is the seat of the House of Saud and the point from which
the Reform Movement emanated and the capital of the First Saudi State, but is also unique for its extraordinary historical,
archaeological and environmental significance; it is a major example of the characteristic construction skills of the Arabian
Peninsula, thus representing an outstanding site whose importance goes far beyond Saudi borders.
For the people of Saudi Arabia, ad-Diriyah and its townscape embody a singular legacy and a reflection of the countrys identity
and religious character. In keeping with the contemporary vision for the sustainability of heritage sites, the plans for its protection
and preservation ensure an economic role for the site.
HRH Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz al-Saud
President - Chairman of the Board
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
11
|
CHAPTER ONE
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
IDENTIFICATION
OF THE
PROPERTY
12
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.a Country (and State Party if different)
KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
[previous page]
Ph. 5 ad-Diriyah city walls from within at-Turaif ADA, 2008
Pl. 2 The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the Middle East SCTA, 2008
13
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.b State, Province or Region
RIYADH REGION
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia includes 13 administrative regions (Emirates), and
each Emirate includes a number of governorates and centres. Riyadh is one of
these regions and has 19 governorates. The Riyadh Region is located in the centre
of Saudi Arabia occupying 17% of the Kingdom's area; 22,63% of the Kingdom's
population are based there.
Pl. 3 Administrative division of
Saudi Arabia SCTA, 2008
14
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 4 Riyadh Region with the Governorate of ad-Diriyah SCTA, 2008
ad-Diriyah
Governorate
Riyadh
RIYADH REGION
15
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.c Name of Property
The property nominated for inscription on the List of World Heritage Sites will
be known as :
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
1.d Geographical coordinates to the nearest second
The geographical coordinates of the centre of the Nominated Property are:
24 44 02,88 North 46 34 20,88 East
(Saad Bin Saud Palace: center of At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah)
1.e Maps and plans, showing the boundaries of the
nominated property and buffer zone
In the following pages are presented the reduced maps and satellite photos
precisely locating At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
(i) See plates 5 to 7
[Next page]
Pl. 5 Topographic Plan of Riyadh, scale 1: 250.000, Series 1501NM, Sheet NG38-16 ar-Riyad General
Directorate of Military Survey, Ministry of Defence and Aviation, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2002
(aerial pictures of 1988)
16
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
17
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 6 Topographic Plan of Riyadh, scale 1: 50.000, Series 1:50,000P, Sheet 4624-14, Ed. 1
SA-ASD, ar-Riyad (NorthWest), ad-Diriyah Aerial Survey Department (A.S.D.),
Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 1982
(map compiled from aerial photography taken during 1976 and 1980)
NB: The yellow circle superimposed to the map locates the site of ad-Diriyah
18
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 7 Topographic Plan of Riyadh, scale 1: 50.000, Series 1:50,000P, Sheet 4624-13, Ed. 1
SA-ASD, ar-Riyad (SouthWest) Aerial Survey Departement (A.S.D.), Ministry of
Petroleum and Mineral Resources, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 1982
(map compiled from aerial photography taken during 1976 and 1980)
NB: The yellow circle superimposed to the map locates the site of ad-Diriyah
19
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
(ii) and (iii) See plates 8 to 10
Pl. 8 City of ad-Diriyah Satellite image ADA, 2008
NB: The yellow circle superimposed to the map locates the site of at-Turaif
ad-Diriyah
scale
ADA
ad-Diriyah ad-Diriyah
Districts of
Western
Riyadh
20
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 9 Geo-referenced satellite image showing the limits of the Nominated Property and of the buffer zone
Satellite colour image provided by ADA, 2005, elaboration SCTA, December 2008
Pl. 10 Geo-referenced satellite image showing the boundaries of the Nominated Property Satellite colour image
provided by ADA, 2005, elaboration SCTA, December 2008
21
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
22
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.f Area of the nominated property (ha.) and proposed
buffer zone (ha.)
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
The area of the nominated property is of 28,78 hectares.
The limits of the Nominated Property are identified by the following 4 points:
North limit : 24 44 10 N 46 34 11 E
South limit : 24 43 49 N 46 34 24 E
East limit : 24 43 58 N 46 34 34 E
West limit : 24 44 02 N 46 34 08 E
The area of the proposed buffer zone for the site is of 237,95 hectares.
The limits of the Buffer Zone are identified by the following 4 points:
North limit : 24 44 51 N 46 33 39 E
South limit : 24 43 28 N 46 34 24 E
East limit : 24 44 00 N 46 34 53 E
West limit : 24 44 10 N 46 33 29 E
23
|
CHAPTERTWO
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIAH
DESCRIPTION
24
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
2.a Description of Property
GEOLOGY, CLIMATE AND FLORA
Geographic/Geologic Presentation
Climate and Rainfall
Flora and Agriculture
THE SITE OF AD-DIRIYAH
Introduction
The Social Life in the City
Defining Features of at-Turaif
The Neighbourhoods of al-Bujeiri and al-Ghasibah
DESCRIPTION OF AT-TURAIF
The Site Palaces
Restored Buildings
GEOLOGY, CLIMATE AND FLORA
Geographic/geological presentation
Najd, the highland plateau forming central Arabia, is a distinct geographical entity.
Ad-Diriyah, and the Wadi Hanifah in which it is situated, lie in the eastern part
of Najd. Bounded by the great sand seas of the Nafud and Empty Quarter to
North and South, Najd is separated from the Eastern Region and the Gulf Coast
by the long sand ridges of the Dahna. To the West, the plateau ends in the
mountain ranges of the Hijaz and Asir which run the length of Western Arabia.
The topography of Najd is determined by the relief of the Arabian Peninsula as
a whole. Arabia is a continental plate, its western side forced upwards by the
tectonic forces involved in the creation of the Great Rift, of which the Red Sea
forms a part. The igneous mountains of Western Arabia (the Hijaz, Asir and
Yemen) rise in ridges parallel to the Red Sea coast. They form the watershed of
Arabia: the rest of the Peninsula slopes gently downwards towards the east. The
drainage of Arabia is, hence, by a network of wadi systems which crosses Najd
from West to East. These were carved, in wetter geological periods, by the action
of water. Today they are dry wadis, but they still channel run-off water after the
heavy desert rains, later retaining water closer to the surface than in other areas.
The floods discharged by the wadi system of central Arabia from catchment areas
of alluvial soils suitable for grazing and sometimes farming and settlement. In such
areas, ground-water is close to the surface and can be easily reached by wells,
ensuring availability of water all year round.
Wadi Hanifah runs between Jabal Tuwayq the backbone of Arabia which
runs from near the south-western end of the Empty Quarter northwards
towards Riyadh for some 650 Km and then north-westward for some 300 Km
more and the escarpments of Ammariyah and Jubaylah to its East. Wadi
Hanifah drains the plateau of Jabal Tuwaiq; its lower reaches are particular suitable
for settlement.
Wadi Hanifah has fostered in the past a succession of important towns such as
Jubaylah, Uyaynah, ad-Diriyah, Manfuhah and Riyadh itself. This district is
traditionally known as al-Arid. Lower down to the South-East, Wadi Hanifah joins
Wadi Nisah and there lies the fertile low-lying district of al-Kharj, which formed,
together with al-Arid, the core area of the ancient state of al-Yamamah in pre-
Islamic and early Islamic times.
Riyadh, the modern capital of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is located on silt flats
deposited by Wadi al-Batha just before it joins Wadi Hanifah; ad-Diriyah is
situated on Wadi Hanifah itself.
[Previous page]
Ph. 6 Roof views in at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2008
25
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Climate and population
Najd suffers a long, hot an almost totally dry summer ; daytime temperatures can
reach 48 C in the shade, with July average maximum at 42 C (average
temperature in July being 34,8 C).
Najd cloudless skies, and its position removed from the moderating effect of the
sea, bring temperatures varying sharply between night and day, and between
summer and winter ; however, low humidity palliates the perceived effects of both
heat and cold. In winter, the daily minimum temperature averages 8-9 C, yet the
lowest temperature recorded has been -7 C.
Average annual rainfall around Riyadh is of 84 mm, well below the 250 mm that
will allow dry farming. Were not for the availability of ground water which, by
animal-drawn wells, traditionally supplied water for irrigation and daily needs the
year round, permanent settlement would have been inconceivable. Rainfall
averages are often misleading in Arabia as they conceal huge irregularities. Rainfall
can range from just 15 mm recorded in 1966 to the 257 mm of 1976. When rain
comes, it is typical of desert rainfall usually arriving in violent rainstorms. Half or
more of a years rainfall may fall in a single day. Such downpours can be very
localised and occasionally devastating. Torrential floodwaters roar through the
converging tributary wadis to produce heavy floods which have been known to
sweep away entire settlements. On average 4-5 floods turn Wadi Hanifah into a
temporary river every winter and spring.
Pl. 11 Section drawing of a traditional well in FACEY, W., 2007
26
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Flora and agriculture
Nowhere in Arabia, with the exception of the highlands of the south-west and
parts of Oman, rainfall is adequate to support rain-fed agriculture. Groundwater
is the key to survival as much for the bedouin as for the settler. The settlements
of Lower Najd depended on great stone-lined wells dug down to the water table.
Animal power was used to draw the water. This ancient system, which perhaps
reaches back to the 3
rd
millenium BC, is at the origin of oasis agriculture and date
palm cultivation.
In the recent past, the depth of the wells in Wadi Hanifah was commonly about
20 meters, in ad-Diriyah heydays water table may have been even closer to the
surface. Operation of the wells was generally done by donkeys and mules. The
creaking and whining of the well wheels, day and night, was noted by visitors as
the constant background music of Najd settlements. Distribution of the water
was by unlined channels which used to water small-sized gardens (about one
hectare). Much of the farmland on either sides of Wadi Hanifah flood channel
occupies a raised step of fertile soil 3 to 5 meters above the wadi bed. The edge
of the step was protected from flood waters by a retaining wall of stone blocks,
which can still be seen in some places today.
The date palm (Phoenix dactylifera) was crucial to subsistence, not just as the
staple source of food, fuel, fodder and raw material for household items and
buildings, but also because it provided the environment in which many other
plants could be grown, most especially vegetables and fruits, which could only
thrive in the partial shade provided by the palm plantations.
Cereal crops were almost as important as dates : wheat and barley were grown
on irrigated land and also on silt flats outside the irrigated areas ; millet was planted
as a summer crop within the irrigated area. Alfalfa was the chief crop after dates,
wheat and barley, cut three to four times a year, it provided highly nourishing
fodder for camels, horses and cows.
The other main tree, with the date palm, is the athl, tamarisk (Tamarix aphylla). The
wood from the tamarisk was used for roof timbers, doors, shutters, carpentry,
firewood, wind-breaks and dune stabilisation.
Ph. 8 Ancient picture of a traditional Najdi well in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 7 Date palm plantation and agricultural fields in Wadi Hanifah ADA, 2007
27
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
THE SITE OF AD-DIRIYAH
Introduction
Ad-Diriyah is located in Wadi Hanifah a short distance north west of the City of
Riyadh. The foundation of the city is traditionally ascribed to the year 1446. The
two most important towns of Wadi Hanifah, ad-Diriyah andUyaynah trace their
origin to the 15
th
century.
Ad-Diriyah is the name not of a single settlement, but of an area of settlement
and agriculture a wadi-based oasis on either side of an eight kilometer
Stretch of the Wadi Hanifah. The northern limits of the oasis were the villages of
Ilb andAwadh, situated on the west bank among the palms. Below these, on the
east bank stood the major settlement of Ghasibah. Below Ghasibah were a series
of farming settlements extending past the cliff of at-Turaif on the opposite bank.
Among these settlements was Bujeiri, where the Sheikh Mohammad Bin Abdul
Wahab resided with his family and disciples. The southern side of at-Turaif is
bounded by a large tributary, which joins Wadi Hanifah at Nazlat al-Nasiriyah.
Beyond this point lies the fertile farming area of Mulaybid, marking the end of the
oasis.
In its heydays, at the end of the 18
th
century, beginning of the 19
th
century, the
House of Saud made the naturally defended site of at-Turaif their centre of
government. They developed it with imposing palaces and buildings built in a
distinctive and confident style. The Imams (the rulers from the House of Saud)
also fortified the entire oasis with a wall, with towers at intervals, running along
the heights on either side of the wadi.
Pl. 12
Ad-Diriyah walls
in FACEY, W.,
1997
Ph. 9 Walls and towers aerial view ADA, 2007
28
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
According to French travellers and scholars who enquired about the city of the
Saud in the early 19
th
century, and collected information from Najdi informants in
Cairo, the population of the city was about 13.000 and the settlement counted
five main districts/villages. Among these the principals were at-Turaif, siege of the
government and al-Bujeiri that contained 28 mosques and 30 colleges.
At-Turaif quarter became the centre of the First Saudi State as it developed
during the last half of the 18
th
century and the first quarter of the 19
th
century.
Increasing revenues allowed the development and expansion across the Wadi
Hanifah from the existing ad-Diriyah quarters and the construction of the
administrative centre, a treasury and the palaces of the Saudi Princes. From at-
Turaif, the Emirs and Imams lived and governed an increasingly significant Kingdom
that was to eventually include most of the Arabian peninsula and neighbouring
Emirates and territories.
The Salwa Palace was the first area developed in at-Turaif where, in addition to
the administrative buildings and the palaces, certain structures were used for
educational purposes by scholars who were supported by the Imams of the Saud
Dynasty.The Palace was constructed over a period of time from ca. 1750 to 1818,
and it is considered to be the largest palace in the Najd region.
The social life in the city
Specific and unique characteristics of the city of ad-Diriyah were its religious
atmosphere and the continuous presence of petitioners visiting the ruler. At the
time of Saud the Great (1803-1814), every day a public study group was
conducted in the large open space in front of the Palace, so that everyone would
have a chance to attend and to hear the exposition of the Holy Quran.
According to the Najdi 19
th
century historian Ibn Bishr, at sunrise the people of
ad-Diriyah would sit down to study in the inner place known as al-Mawsim where
a large number of people would assemble leaving the centre of the assembly free
for Saud and his relatives and the sons of the Sheikh. Every day the ruler attended
the study of the Quran under the direction of the sons of the Sheikh.
The Imam used the palace to receive its people in the audience hall of the Salwa
Palace. He heard their petitions and dispensed hospitality and largesse to his many
guests. According to the Western traveler Buckhardt :
[Saud] resided with all his family in a large mansion built by his father on the
declivity of the mountain, a little above the city of Derayeh. All his children, with their
families, and all his brothers had their separate apartments in that building.... In his
house he kept his treasures, and received all those who came on business to
Derayeh. There the great Emirs, or chiefs of considerable tribes, were lodged and
feasted on their arrival, while people of inferior rank resided with their acquaintances
in the town; but if they came on business they might dine or sup at the chief s
house, and bring from it a daily allowance for their horses and camels. It may easily
be conceived that the palace was constantly full of guests.*
The fast development of the city and the economic rise of the city brought to ad-
Diriyah a number of artisans, who, jointly with the rulers bodyguards and the
religious scholars, made the city unique in the region.
The largest city market was likely taking place in the bed of the Wadi Hanifah,
accessible to merchants and caravans. It was thronged with a cosmopolitan crowd
of merchants from Yemen, the Hijaz, Bahrein, Oman, Syria and Egypt. Though ad-
Diriyah did not mint coins, various types of coinages were in circulation. From
travellers, we know that the market stalls were light and portable.
Ph. 10 & 11 Artefacts and coins found in ad-Diriyah, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2008
* Quoted in FACEY, W., 1997, Diriyyah and the First Saudi State, Stacey International, London,
p. 52. Buckhardt estimated that some hundreds guests came at the palace every day.
29
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Apart from the rulers bodyguard, a corps of three hundreds horsemen in armour
at the time of Saud the Great, there was no standing army and the troops had
to be levied on a campaign-by-campaign basis. All males between 18 and 60 were
liable for service. The number of fighting men increased steadily with the
expansion of the Saudi domain reaching some 100,000 or more at its height.
Their military superiority derived from their zeal, energy, and obedience to their
commanders. Being a citizen militia, the Saudi forces were essentially temporary,
disbanding on completion of the campaign. They were very effective raiders, but
unsuited to permanent occupation and continuing control of an area. Once a
district had been subdued, a Governor and a Qadi (judge) were appointed from
ad-Diriyah to ensure adherence to the Reform Movement.
Fire-power increased during the First Saudi State, through large scale capture of
weapons from its enemies and the Imam Saud possessed some 60 cannons.
Defining features of at-Turaif
At-Turaif is located on a low plateau of natural limestone between the large Wadi
Hanifah on the north and a series of smaller wadis on the south and east. At its
highest point, it is approximately 20 meters above the Wadi Hanifah, somewhat
separate and hence clearly identifiable from the natural landforms and the
surrounding communities. Yet at-Turaif it also intimately connected to the land, the
village development and the agricultural areas that surround it. The physical
location and its present relationship in scale with the surrounding development
and landforms is a defining feature of the site.
At-Turaif shows a consistency of scale throughout the site in the width of streets,
of building heights, of architectural details, and of the general layout of buildings
and traffic patterns and the natural topography, that completes the effect created
by the variations of heights, the use of different building materials and surface
textures, and the variations in the architectural details.
The entire site developed in an organical manner, as needs arose and the
asymmetrical site footprint reflects both this and the response to the natural
topography. Streets developed as needed for circulation, for defensive purposes
and in response to social relationships. Site lines were important but do not exist
in any recognizable grid pattern. The resulting asymmetry is one of the most
important characteristics of the site.
North-south streets are typically more regular and more consistent in there
directional orientation than are the transverse street, or those generally extending
along an east west axis. In some areas of the site the streets appear to define
the orientation and general massing of the structures. In other cases, the structures
appear to define where the streets are located. There is some evidence of streets
that exist now and are not part of the original street pattern. However, this seems
to be the exception rather than the rule and the general character and pattern
of the streets that exists today are probably very similar to the character and
pattern that existed in the early 19
th
century.
The colours and textures of the earthen architecture are a unifying factor
throughout the site. While there may have been greater variations in earlier
periods as some of the structures may have been completed with different
renderings, there is little evidence of that presently, except for some of the
buildings that were adaptively reused in the 20
th
century and some historic
interiors. Existing differences are not visually disruptive, but rather add a level of
complexity that enhances this physical characteristic.
Ph. 12 Stone foundations and mud brick walls F. Cristofoli, 2007
30
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The existing plasters are all of mud, but they too vary in different areas of the site
and also probably associated with different buildings periods. The two main mud
plaster types are a smooth plaster that was applied in lifts from the base of the
wall to the top and a plaster with more aggregate and appears to have been
applied in horizontal bands. Some of the present banding effect is based on the
weathering of the plaster, but other more radically banded plaster appears to be
conscious.
There are distinct variations and differences in the type of building materials and
building systems used in at-Turaif within the general category of earth architecture,
some of which can probably be identified with a specific temporal period. In
addition to the earth architecture represented by several types of mud brick
construction and what appears to be monolithic earth construction, there is also
masonry construction of several types that utilize an extensive amount of earth
mortar in the building systems. In fact the distinction between earth architecture
and stone masonry is often blurred in the actual execution on site.
The use of mud brick with stone foundations and mud plaster are important
character-defining features of the present structures and site, although there are
variations in the specific construction methods and materials. The size and quality
of the stone foundations of several of the palaces are different from the ones of
the smaller houses and of the later buildings.
The use of stone is much more frequent on the western part of the site; there
the combination of a rubble stone masonry for the lower portions with a mud
brick wall for the upper portions is the predominant method used. Stone masonry
walls are not found extensively in the Salwa Palace complex but are found on the
fringes of the main urban core.
Ruins of large houses, small houses, defensive features, buildings that appear to be
for the general support of the community at large, structures associated with the
site infrastructure, religious buildings, both in ruins and partially restored or
reconstructed, reconstructed examples of several building types, and the
archeological ruins are extensive and are all part of the overall texture and fabric
of the built environment.
Architectural details, from the earliest structures in at-Turaif to the latest
structures from the mid 20
th
century, contribute to the character of the site. The
most significant character-defining details from the earlier periods are the large-
shaped foundation stones, battered mud brick walls, mud plaster applied in lifts
that have eroded to reveal the lifts, wall penetrations of ventilators in specific,
decorative patterns. These decorative patterns formed by the ventilators changed
over time and in the larger Palaces became more complex.
Stone columns were important architectural details, only a few of which survive
in place. Simple geometric paintings exist on a few surviving wood lintels and
beams, a practice continued in the 20
th
century as well, although the later paintings
appear to use more colours.
Character-defining details of the 20
th
century adaptations are more windows and
doors, the absence of ventilators, metal doors and door frames, the adaptation
and incorporation of earlier building fabric, surface renderings of plaster on
interior and some exterior wall surfaces. Column drums of limestone were
incorporated as foundations stones but were also used as capitals in the
rehabilitated structures. The installation of fixtures for modern conveniences, such
as the metal brackets attached to buildings for the attachment of electrical power
lines, remain as evidence of the use of the site in the 20
th
century.
Ph. 13 Stone columns in front of Salwa Palace F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 14 Decorative pattern on a wooden door F. Cristofoli, 2008
31
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The neighbourhoods of al-Bujeiri and al-Ghasibah
Little remains of the other historic neighbourhoods that composed the city of ad-
Diriyah.
Short sections of the stone-built wall surrounding al-Ghasibah are still preserved
on its northern side, but this quarter, probably the oldest of the entire site, lays
in ruin since its complete destruction in 1818 and is now but an extensive ruin
field. Al-Ghasibah is owned by SCTA and is surrounded by a metal fence
protecting it from encroachment.
The little mud brick mosque of Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab in al-Bujeiri
is the only ancient vestiges still visible on the opposite bank of the wadi in front
of at-Turaif. Bujeiri was the centre of the Shaikhs reforming mission where he
lived with his large family. This building, carefully preserved, has a single
characteristic square Najdi minaret. Few mud brick buildings likely more recent,
complete the historic environment of the neighbourhood now dominated by the
large new mosque built in the 1990s.
Ph. 16 Al-Bujeiri mosque F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 15 The ruins of Al-Ghasibah neighbourhood F. Cristofoli, 2008
32
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
DESCRIPTION OF AT-TURAIF
The major features of the site of at-Turaif are the ruins of the palaces of the
House of Saud, the imams of ad-Diriyah. They are known by the name of their
final occupants even though, they might be older.
The palaces of the House of Saud
The Salwa Palace is considered to be the largest palace in the Najd region. The
footprint of the palace covers approximately 10,000 square meters and consists
of seven main blocks or units. It is assumed that the earliest structure on the at-
Turaif site was constructed around 1750, but there has been a suggestion that the
earliest construction may be as early as the late 17
th
century and then rebuilt by
Imam Muhammad Bin Saud in the middle of the 18
th
century.
The complex, partly surrounded by a separate wall, formed the residence and the
seat of government of Saud the Great. It included palaces, a large audience hall, a
mosque and a well. Directly adjacent to it stood the Bayt al-Mal (Treasury).
The first construction was near the Wadi and is currently referred to as Unit 1
of the Salwa Palace. It consists of two main blocks separated by a narrow
passageway. Each of the two blocks has a central hall surrounded by three rooms
and a stair to the upper floors. The walls are approximately one meter thick and
supported by finely cut limestone blocks at the ground level. It is constructed of
very good quality mud bricks, which is a characteristic of the early palace
architecture.
The second unit was constructed by Imam Abdulaziz Ibn Muhammad Bin Saud
during his reign between 1765 and 1803. It is a basic rectangle (30 m x 26.5 m)
in plan consisting of two floors. The main entrance on the north side leads to a
large hall with the upper floor supported by four columns. This room was
subsequently divided into smaller rooms, apparently to be used for storage. The
large hall led to a second hall that contained a stair on the west side. A portion
of a roof in the southwest corner may be one of the few remaining original early
roof systems. Rather than supporting palm fronds as elsewhere, the beams
Ph. 17 Salwa Palace F. Cristofoli, 2007
33
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
supported limestone slabs that in turn supported the rest of a built-up roof
system.
Unit 3 was also constructed during the rule of Imam Abdulaziz Bin Saud. It is
approximately the same size of Unit 2, but had three floors. The interior
arrangement was similar with a large central hall and a smaller hall or room on
either side. A curved surrounding wall on the east side was built under the rule
of Saud the Great, the son of Abdulaziz Bin Saud and may have originally
connected this part of the Palace with the defensive
wall that is immediately north of Unit 1.
Unit 4 is also a compact structure that originally had
three floors. The basic form of Units 1, 2, 3, and 4
are similar, except Unit 1 which is larger and has two
adjacent compact blocks.
Unit 5 is the site of the present visitors centre, which
was built on the ruins of the original section of the
palace in 1982. Little is apparently known about the
form of this section of the palace, although additional
research should provide some information. The
footprint of the present building is considerably
larger than Units 2, 3, and 4 and is slightly larger than
Unit 1.
Unit 6 was rehabilitated in the 20
th
century and the
interior space rehabilitated as three separate houses,
each with a separate street entrance. Some of the
earlier historic walls were incorporated into the 20
th
century houses, primarily on the east end and
northwest corner of the unit. It appears that the
street level on the south of this and Unit 7 are
considerably higher than the original street level. If
that is correct, the floor level of the original structure
is also considerably lower than the present floor
levels.
Unit 7 was partially reoccupied in the 20
th
century as well. Archeological
excavations were undertaken in the late 20
th
century after the site had been
abandoned. While some of the west part of the unit may have been used as
exterior space in the 20
th
century, it was not otherwise occupied. The eastern
end of the unit was rehabilitated as a residence, but several of the historic palace
period walls were incorporated. The original Unit 7 was supposedly constructed
by Imam Saud Ibn Abdulaziz.
Pl. 13 Plan of the Salwa Palace showing its seven units (1983 drawings) in CROSBY, 2007
34
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 14 Touristic leaflet ADA
35
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The other major structures that have been identified on the site are briefly
presented hereafter.
Ibrahim Bin Saud Palace is located southwest of the main Salwa palace complex
and immediately adjacent to the Fahad Bin Saud Palace on the west.
It was apparently constructed prior to the Fahad Palace and is a two story open
court structure, with exterior dimensions of approximately 14 x 13 meters. The
interior was also adapted in the 20
th
century, but many of the structural walls
remain.
The exterior north side has the remains of a defensive feature above the main
entranceway. Ibrahim Bin Saud was the fifth son of Saud the Great; he was killed
during the siege in 1818.
The Fahad Palace is often considered as the north unit of the Abdallah Bin Saud
Palace. It too is rather compact and is the smallest of any of the major palaces.
Fahad Bin Saud Bin Abdulaziz was a son of Imam Saud Bin Abdulaziz; he was
taken to Egypt after the fall of at-Turaif in 1818.
The Sabala Moudhi (endowment of Moudhi) was constructed by the wife of
Muhammad Ibn Saud, who died in 1765, probably as a residence and then
converted to a sabala for travelers (Hashim; p.46). It is in very poor condition but
contains the only remaining example of a full two story portico that surrounded
a small courtyard in at-Turaif. It is immediately adjacent to the Moudhi Mosque,
which has been restored, or probably more accurately, rehabilitated as a Mosque
by the 20
th
century inhabitants. There is evidence of the original relationship of the
mosque and the sabala or residence but a more comprehensive and thorough
research and documentation is needed.
Ph. 18 Ibrahim Bin Saud Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 19 Fahad Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 20 Sabala Moudhi in FACEY, W., 1997
36
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The Abdullah Palace is the second largest palace complex after Salwa Palace. Imam
Abdullah Bin Saud was the son of Saud the Great and became ruler after the
death of his father in 1814. He was the last ruler of the first Saudi state that ended
with the destruction of the site in 1818. What is considered the first unit is the
north unit, as mentioned previously, also known as the Fahad Palace. Immediately
south of the first unit is another small compact structure that appears to have
been constructed after the second unit, which is further still to the south. The
second unit has been extensively altered with 20
th
century adaptations. The third
unit is the southern most unit and it consists of a large open courtyard
surrounded by two story rooms. Most of the west wall of the entire palace
complex remains more or less intact, and it has been incorporated into a block
of five 20
th
century houses south of Ibrahim Palace.
The Turki Palace was constructed by a brother of Abdallah Bin Saud in the
courtyard style apparently as one of the later palaces. The entrance is on the
north side and oral tradition affirms that the large opening in the south wall was
the results of a cannon ball that penetrated the wall during the 1818 siege. The
plan of the palace is asymmetrical and perhaps is an example of a later structure
that was constructed in an area of an established street pattern. There is a
tremendous amount of fill in the interior and very severe basal erosion.
The Thunayyan Palace is located on the edge of the small wadi on the south side
of the site. It is basically triangular in plan with some extensions. It was apparently
constructed by Prince Thunayyan, brother of Imam Mohammad Bin Saud. The
main entrance was on the north but has been closed, apparently during the
historic period. A secondary entrance provides access at the southeast corner.
The courtyard interior is surrounded by rooms, one of which, on the southeast
corner, has one of the only remaining original capital with their plaster decoration
intact. The historic column and capital supports several historic beams as well. Its
location on the wadi resulted in very tall foundation walls that are a very
important character defining feature of this part of the site.
Ph. 21 Abdullah Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 22 Turki Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 23 Faade of the Thunayyan Palace in
FACEY, W., 1997
37
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The Palace of Omar Bin Saud is an equally imposing structure built on the edge
of the Wadi Hanifah immediately across from al-Bujeiri. It has preserved a large
part of its tall wall almost up to its original height. Its plan is trapezoid with a
courtyard reoccupied in the 20
th
century, when an extension on the east was
rehabilitated and reoccupied. An usable stair still provides access to a part of the
second floor on the west side.
The Mishari Bin Saud Palace is located near the south part of the site, southwest
of the Abdallah Palace. It was apparently constructed and occupied during the
short reoccupation phase between the two destructions of the site in 1818 and
in 1824. It was in fact constructed entirely after 1818, and it is an important
architectural artifact from the late historic period. It is a large palace of two stories
originally with a large open court surrounded by rooms, typical of the later Palace
construction. It retains some of the characteristic features of earlier at-Turaif
palatial architecture with decorative wall ventilators and windows. Its main
entrance, on the north, is aligned with a narrow street leading near to at-Turaif
Mosque on the north side of the site.
Immediately north and northwest of the Mishari Palace are significant remaining
walls and features of other large imposing palace-like structures of which little is
known. Some structure components have been incorporated in houses that were
constructed in the 20
th
century. They are very important physical features of this
part of the site and a comprehensive research program should address their
historical significance.
The Farhan Palace is located on the western part of the site, immediately north
of the restored Saad Palace. Farhan Bin Saud Mohammad Bin Muqren was a
brother of Imam Mohammad Bin Saud and this palace is likely among the oldest
of the site. It has an open courtyard surrounded by room, two towers on the west
and entrances on the east and west sides. The type of mud brick construction
used in this palace is similar to the one used in the earlier units of the Salwa
Palace, though its walls are much thinner, (no more than 50 cm thick) prove that
it was a two-story palace.
Ph. 24 Omar Bin Saud Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 25 Mishari Bin Saud Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
38
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The Treasury (Bayt al-Mal) was build under Saud the Great between 1803 and
1814. It is a large imposing ruin with the original south faade relatively intact.
The north wall is completely destroyed and the interior has been occupied in the
20
th
century.
At-Turaif city wall was reconstructed in 1995 by the Department of Antiquities
with stone masonry, while it was originally of stacked mud construction. It is an
important feature of the site and it contributes in interpreting the extent of the
original at-Turaif center.
Ph. 28 Treasury in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 26 At-Turaif city wall F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 27 Ongoing reconstruction of the wall in FACEY, W.,
1997
39
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
It is commonly thought that the ruined buildings on the west part of the site were
used for the common people and subjects who provided support to the royal
family, though there is no documentation to support this hypothesis. Given the
location and the consistent construction methods, this hypothesis seem
reasonable, but there are also very significant individual structures in this area
whose specific history requires further researches.
Restored buildings
There are six restored structures in at-Turaif, all on the west part of the site. The
first to be restored was Nasir Bin Saud Palace in 1980-81, followed by the
restoration of Saad Bin Saud Palace in 1982-83. The Visitor Centre within part of
the Salwa Palace complex, was restored in 1987, followed two years later when
the perimeter defence walls and the two small houses were restored, the houses
in 1989 and the walls between 1989 and 1992. The last structure restored has
been the Bath and Guest house completed in 1997.
Of the five restored buildings, only the Visitor Center remains in use as the two
palaces and the two small houses are in very poor condition and closed for safety
concerns. All six structures are significant features of the site and provide a
different character. The Saad Palace is the largest of the restorations and is a
dominant feature of the site. Its two stories rise significantly above the one-story
Nasir Palace and the adjacent ruins.
The Bath and Guest House, also a large structure, is less dominant because of its
location on the edge of the plateau.
Ph. 29 Saad Bin Saud Palace F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 30 [left] Nasir Bin Saud Palace M. Bendakir, 2007
Ph. 31 [right] Restored tower F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 32 Bath and guest house M. Bendakir, 2007
40
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
2.b History and development
HISTORY
The Earliest Settlements in the Wadi Hanifah
Hajr al-Yamamah
Islamic Hajr
The Re-growth of Settlement
The Towns of Wadi Hanifah 1600-1745
Ad-Diriyah and the Reform Movement,
the First Saudi State 1745-1819
The City of ad-Diriyah and its Rulers
The Reaction of the Ottoman Empire
The Destruction of ad-Diriayh
Western Visitors and Early Description of the Site
DEVELOPMENT
The Site in the 19
th
and 20
th
centuries
Modern ad-Diriyah
HISTORY
The earliest settlements in the Wadi Hanifah
The Wadi Hanifah area has been inhabited by man for at least 80,000 years, as
evidenced by Acheulian and Mousterian sites located along the upper plateaus
overlooking the wadi in the Riyadh and ad-Diriyah region.
It is likely there were many more sites along the terraces of the wadi in areas
now extensively altered by farming and other settlement activity. Neolithic sites
have been found in the Riyadh region but not yet at ad-Diriyah. Nevertheless, it
seems likely that the rich lands of the wadi would have attracted early agricultural
settlement in Neolithic times.
Arabian society developed in less favourable conditions than the Fertile Crescent
areas. In central and northern Arabia the process appears to have involved
principally an evolution from an early Neolithic hunting an gathering way of life
towards a semi-settled or transhumant Neolithic society in which, while
pastoralism gradually developed, hunting remained important and less attention
was paid to agriculture.
Arrowheads, blades and other stone artefacts, as well as remarkable rock carvings
at Jubbah in the Nafud and at Hanakiyyah in western Najd, provide evidence for
this culture. A large village site of dry-stone walls, thought to date from the 5
th
/
4
th
millennia BC, has been discovered just north of Riyadh.
Though we do lack archaeological evidence for the following millennia, it is likely
that agricultural settlement, based upon irrigation, developed in the 3
rd
and 2
nd
millennia BC in the area of Wadi Hanifah, as we know that oasis farming was fully
established by 2000 BC in Oman. Camel was domesticated, at first for milk, then
as beast of burden, during the 3
rd
millennium BC. The North-Arabian saddle was
developed in the 1
st
millennium BC.
It is likely that the population of Najd grew during the 1st millennium BC, with
central Najd and Wadi Hanifah becoming a favoured settlement location. The
ancient city sites of Arabia belong chiefly to the centuries after 500 BC,
contemporary to the Classical period in the Mediterranean, and their wealth
largely derived from the transit of goods from the Indian Ocean and South-West
Arabia to the Fertile Crescent and the Mediterranean, with immensely lucrative
markets during the Roman Empire.
We do not possess archaeological data concerning settlements in the Wadi
Hanifah and Riyadh region at this time, yet literary sources seem to confirm the
existence of inhabited centres in this region at this time.
41
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Hajr al-Yamamah until the Dawn of Islam 200-634 AD
Starting from the 2
nd
century AD, literary sources can be combined with
epigraphy and archaeology to form a picture of the situation in central Arabia in
this period.
Al-Yamamah denotes, in pre-Islamic period, the entire cultivable area of al-Arid
and al-Kharj and the Wadi Hanifah, where settlement could prosper. The 3
rd
century AD marked an abrupt change, with the decline of the Roman Empire, the
adoption of Christianity and the diminished demand for incense that likely brought
to the end the Sayhad civilization in Yemen and contributed to the decline of the
Arabian cities. The decline of the settlements coincided with an increase in power
of the nomadic tribes. In some cases settlements acquired status and power by
becoming recognized by the tribes as sacred enclaves.
In Najd and in al-Yamamah, these changes are reflected in two separated phases:
the period of Tasm and Jadis, and then the arrival of the Bani Hanifah in the area
some two centuries before Islam (4
th
century AD).
Though data about Tasm and Jadis are missing and are based on local Arab
legends, archaeology has established the existence of other prosperous
agricultural settlements in southern Najd at precisely the time at which Tasm and
Jadis would have flourished. Most notable of these settlements is Qaryat al-Faw,
just south of Wadi al-Dawasir, where palaces and temples dating from the 2
nd
century BC till perhaps the late 5
th
century AD, have been excavated. Glass,
jewellery, metalwork, textile fragments, woodwork, bronze and stone statues have
been found testify to the sophistication of this desert town.
Tasm is said to have been settled in Wadi Hanifah and Wadi al-Batha, in the area
of today Riyadh, and their main settlement at Hajr was probably a scattered
settlement of qusur, or fortified residences and gardens, while the fortified centre
was at Qaryat al-Faw.
Qaryat al-Faw was a highly organized and centralised town ruled by a King that
might have played the role of a sacred enclave (a haram), a place regarded in pre-
Islamic Arabia as a neutral ground. Oral tradition affirms that al-Yamamah was
destroyed by the Himyarites of Yemen and archaeological evidence seems to
confirm Himyarite presence in Najd in the 4
th
century AD.
In the 5
th
century AD, the Banu Hanifah tribe arrived in Lower Najd, taking over
the abandoned settlements of Tasm. By the 5
th
and 6
th
centuries AD some sort
of centralized government emerged. Banu Hanifah formed the majority of the
settled people in al-Yamamah area, which was then a settled and productive grain-
producing area, likely one of the most productive agricultural region of all Arabia.
Dates, and wheat were grown and exported as far as Makkah. Banu Hanifah were
said to be Christian, probably Nestorians, and they opposed Islam and the
Prophet. They were defeated in a decisive battle at Aqraba in the northern part
of Wadi Hanifah, in 634 by the army of Khalid ibn al-Walid and submitted to
Islam.
Ph. 33 Hellenistic style fresco from al-Faw, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2008
42
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Islamic Hajr 634-1446
There is no direct evidence to suggest that the pattern of settlements changed
from what we suppose it had been during the previous centuries. Yet certain
basic requirements of an Islamic society, a settled community and a Friday Mosque,
may have introduced a tendency towards a greater nucleation in settlements even
when there was no pre-existing need for security.
Banu Hanifah took part in the Kharjite movements that plagued the Islamic state
during the Umayyad period. The rebellion was halted in 692 when the Umayyad
reasserted their authority in the region. A further rebellion of the Banu Hanifah
took place in 740 and was crushed in the battle of Yawm al-Nashshash in 744.
The Abbasid re-established Caliphal control in Najd and Hajr and it is likely that,
beside the development of maritime routes and trades, also the caravan routes
were revamped in this period bringing further power and wealth to the region.
The last Abbasid campaign in Najd took place in 846-47, but since then the area
remained without a governor.
Throughout the succeeding centuries, the reversal to local rule spelled
fragmentation and weakness for the towns of Wadi Hanifah. The late 9
th
and 10
th
centuries were a period political upheaval in eastern Arabia which undoubtedly
made itself felt in Najd. In the 10
th
century AD, Wadi Hanifah was known as one
of the pilgrimage stations on the route from Hajar to Makkah.
In the 11
th
century al-Yamamah was still prosperous enough, if only at a local
scale. Scant records note that Wadi Hanifah was a prosperous agricultural area
in the 12
th
century, Banu Hanifah continued to occupy their old settlement in the
14
th
century, as recorded by the great Arab traveller Ibn Battutah.
The 15
th
century was a period a favourable climatic conditions that favoured the
settlement in Najd and in Wadi Hanifah area. Most of present-day traditional
Najdi towns and villages trace their origins to this and the succeeding century
including ad-Diriyah in Wadi Hanifah.
The re-growth of settlement
In the mid-15
th
century, Najdi chroniclers begin to throw some light on the history
of settlements. Product of these new towns, the chroniclers detail the history of
the towns and of their rulers.
The two most important towns of Wadi Hanifah, Uyaynah and ad-Diriyah, both
trace their origin to this period. Most of these centres were established or revived
by newcomers and also the nomadic tribes contributed to the growth of the
settlements. Banu Hanifah were slowly swallowed up by the newcomers. By the
17
th
century only three settlements are reported to be still ruled by families who
traced their origins to the Banu Hanifah: Manfuhah, Muqrin and ad-Diriyah. By the
16
th
century there remained only a few families of Hanafi origins in these towns.
Among whom the Muradah of ad-Diriyah (the clan of Al Saud).
The story of the foundation of ad-Diriyah illustrates the depopulation of Wadi
Hanifah. By the 15
th
century Ibn Dir, the chief of Al Dir of Hajr, wished to increase
the number of his relatives in the district realizing there was farmland aplenty in
his domain. So he invited his relatives of the Muradah clan of the Duru, who
were living near Qatif on the Gulf Coast, at a place named ad-Diriyah. They
arrived in about 1446 and he gave them the areas of Ghasibah and Mulaybid, in
the northern part of his lands. The Muradah named their new settlement ad-
Diriyah after their old home. The town expanded rapidly with this infusion of
new blood. By the beginning of the 16
th
century power was divided between
Uyaynah and ad-Diriyah and the town attracted new settlers and traders.
The settled people belonged to differents clans and some came from other
regions.
Power was in the hands of the Rais or Sheikh, who founded the settlement and
owned the land; hence he could dispose of it by sale, lease or grant to whomever
he chose. The rulers right to dispose of the land was used to expand his power
base. As the Ulama, or religious advisors, grew more influential, the zakah (the
religious tax) began to be levied in place of the ruling groups levy on produce.
As the influence of Islam deepened in the larger Najdi settlements throughout the
period up till the emergence of the Reform Movement, so the image of the just
43
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
ruler was reinforced and the rulers decisions became increasingly conditioned
by considerations of Islamic justice and consensus represented to him by the
Ulama. The ruler employed a bodyguard, consisting of slaves and freeborn
retainers. They combined the roles of police, soldiers and administrative officers
of the Shaikh.
Ad-Diriyah grew rapidly and began to exert control over its neighbours,
becoming the centre of South Wadi Hanifah. Visitors and traders flocked in, in the
16
th
century a branch moved out to settle at Durma across the Jabal Tuwayq.
Similar growth took place in Uyanynah that became the pre-eminent town of
Najd in the 17
th
and early 18
th
centuries.
The towns of Wadi Hanifah 1600-1745
By 1600, the population of Lower Najd was probably as high as it had ever been.
This prosperity attracted the interest of the Sharifs of Makkah. The Ottomans,
anxious to counter both Persan power and Portuguese threat, extended their
dominion to southern Iraq and eastern Arabia. The first attack from the Sharif of
Makkah in Lower Najd took place in 1578. The expeditions were directed as
much against the nomads as the settlements.
Divisions within the dominating clan of Muradah led to the migration of families
to Durma in the 16
th
century and continued throughout the 17
th
century. Two
main groups emerged as rivals : Al Muqrin and Al Watban. This rivalry reflected
in the plan of the town of ad-Diriyah which was divided into separate quarters :
ad-Diriyah itself and Ghasibah, on different sides of the Wadi. Ghasibah was one
of the original settlements of the Muradah and therefore it is thought to be the
oldest quarter of the town.
Until early 18
th
century, most of the rulers of ad-Diriyah came from Al Watban.
Around 1720, Saud Bin Mohammed from Al Muqrin rival branch assumed the
chieftainship and became the founder of the House of Saud. He ruled until 1725,
to be later followed by is son Mohammad of Al Muqrin who expelled Al Watban
from the town. Ad-Diriyah and Durma continued to grow and were second only
to Uyaynah in size and strength among the Wadi Hanifah settlements.
By the early 18
th
century, Uyaynah buildings and agricultural development were
celebrated, but in 1726 it suffered from an epidemic which carried off most of its
population. Indeed, the history of Najd is characterized by the rise and decline of
settlements as a result of the combination of social and political factors with
severe natural conditions (recurrent droughts and diseases, for instance), a
conjunction which explains the frequent sight of ruined settlements in major wadis
such as Wadi Hanifah.
Between the 15
th
and the 18
th
centuries, Lower Najd was a society in transition
towards a greater urbanisation. With growing urbanisation went a growing
concern with learning and the principle of good governance according to Islamic
precepts. Against this background of increasing learning among townspeople of
Najd that the great reformer Sheikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab conceived his
mission.
Ph. 34 Manuscript of Kashf al-Shubuhat by Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab, Riyadh National Museum
F. Cristofoli, 2007
44
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Before the birth of Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab in 1703 AD, the towns
of Najd had descended into a state of instability. In spite of the ulama and
enlightened Islamic knowledge, heretical practices were common, such as the
veneration of saints shrines, trees and rocks. Sheikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab
sought to return the Muslim world to the pristine teaching of the Prophet
Mohammad. He was born in the Najdi town of al-Uyaynah, a precocious student,
he became a follower of Imam Ibn Hanbal, studying first with his father, then in
Makkah, al-Madinah, Basra and al-Hasa. There is mission crystallized and he wrote
a book on the Oneness of God. His Reform Movement proclaimed the Oneness
of God, rejected innovation, and restricted interpretation of the Quran and the
sunna. The central dogma of the Reform is tawhid, belief in the oneness or unity
of God hence their name muwahhidun. Nothing can be compared to Him, or
draw near to Him, or associated with Him. Hence the attempt to worship Him
through the intercession of Saints or Companions of the Prophet is an heresy. The
purpose of the Unitarian community is to apply Gods law, before which all men
are equal. The rulers responsibility is to ensure that Gods law is rigorously applied
and to spread the rule of Gods law to all men.
This movement resulted in official recognition and agreement according to Islamic
sharia between the Shaikh and Imam Mohammad Bin Saud, ruler of ad-Diriyah.
Thus was born a state whose purpose was to fulfill Gods law, and which, over the
next seventy years, changed the course of Arabian history.
The 18
th
century saw the rise of the number of ulama. The learned scholars of
the law were needed to become imams (prayer leaders), qadis (judges) and muftis
(legal advisors to the rulers). With the establishment of the First Saudi State on
the principles propounded by the Shaikh, the triumph of Islamic law in Najd was
complete. The career of the Shaikh marked the point at which the ulama
achieved equal status and power in government with the rulers themselves a
relationship which was embodied for the first time in the mode of government
at Diriyah.
Ph. 35 Aerial view of at-Turaif ADA, 2007
45
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Ad-Diriyah and the Reform Movement, the First Saudi State
1745-1819
Ad-Diriyah is the name of an area containing a number of villages and farms on
either sides of an eight-kilometer stretch of Wadi Hanifah. In the late 17
th
century,
at-Turaif supplanted Ghasibah as the chief town. The Wadi Hanifah was the nerve
of the economy of the entire region attracting merchants from other parts of
Arabia and as far as Syria.
In 1726 AD, when Imam Mohammed Bin Saud assumed its rulership, ad-Diriyah
was just one of several Najdi towns competing for influence. Imam Mohammad
Bin Saud established ad-Diriyah as a stable polity and its prosperity increased.
When, in 1744, Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab was expelled from nearby
al-Uyaynah for preaching his call to purify Islam, ad-Diriyah as a political centre
of power was the natural place to embrace him and to protect and propagate
his movement. With the pact between the Sheikh and the House of Saud in 1745,
ad-Diriyah became the centre of the reforming mission.
Between 1745 AD and 1790 AD, ad-Diriyah extended its authority over Najd.
Until 1773, ad-Diriyah was strongly opposed by Riyadh, under its ruler Dahham
Bin Dawwas. Imam Abdulaziz continued his campaigns until he gained victory
over Dahham who fled the town leaving his properties that passed to the public
treasure of ad-Diriyah. By 1785, the authority of the Saudi State extended all
over of Najd. In the beginning of the 1790s ad-Diriyah took control of Eastern
Arabia and began to encroach on the Hijaz.
Between 1745 and 1810, forces from ad-Diriyah carried the message of Reform
to all parts of Arabia. Ad-Diriyah became the most powerful town that Najd had
ever known. With the military success of Al-Saud, wealth poured in and traders
flocked to the markets of ad-Diriyah. The city also became a centre of Islamic
instruction which attracted students from all of Arabia. Its Imams reputation for
justice and strictness was such that the customary lawlessness of the desert was
completely eradicated, and traders, pilgrims and herdsmen could go abut their
business in peace.
Ad-Diriyah became the headquarters for an Islamic administrative system with
governors and judges that were appointed to administer justice, collect zakat and
care for the interest of the people, preserving their rights and ensuring equality.
Ad-Diriyah was constantly full of people who came from all over its domain to
petition the Imam. The centre of government was situated in at-Turaif district
overlooking Wadi Hanifah. The palaces of ad-Diriyah rang with the provision of
hospitality for a large number of visitors every day.
The city of ad-Diriyah and its Rulers
At-Turaif quarter became the centre of the First Saudi State as it developed
during the last half of the 18
th
century and the first quarter of the 19
th
century.
Increasing revenues allowed the development and expansion across the Wadi
Hanifah from the existing ad-Diriyah quarters and the construction of the
administrative centre, a treasury and the palaces of the Saudi Princes.
Pl. 15 The Rulers of the House of Saud in FACEY, W., 1997
46
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
From at-Turaif, the Emirs and Imams lived and governed an increasingly significant
Kingdom that was to eventually include most of the Arabian peninsular and
neighbouring Emirates and territories.
The Salwa Palace was the first area developed in at-Turaif where, in addition to
the administrative buildings and the palaces, certain structures were used for
educational purposes for scholars who were supported by the Imams of the Saud
Dynasty.The Palace was constructed over a period of time from ca. 1750 to 1818.
It is considered to be the largest palace in the Najd region. The footprint of the
palace covers approximately 10,000 m
2
and consists of seven main units.
Ad-Diriyah became a centre for teaching and learning pure Islamic doctrines. The
centre of study was in the village of al-Bujeiri on Wadi Hanifah. Here, Shaikh
Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab had his abode and mosque.
The Shaikhs sons were themselves all learned scholars of the sharia. Students
flocked to this landmark of Reform, until there were said to be twenty-seven
mosques with study circles and thirty Islamic schools there. It was because of this
educational effort that the spirit of the Reform Movement survived the attempt
by the Ottomans to suppress it during their occupation of Najd.
But the city was also a living market place of a size yet unknown in the region. In
his book Titles of Glory in the History of Najd, the 19
th
century historian Ibn Bishr
gave a vivid description of the town and market of ad-Diriyah:
We saw ad-Diriyah during the period of Saud bin Abd al-Aziz bin Muhammed bin
Saud, may God have compassion on them, and the property of the people, the
large number of me and weapons ornamented with gold and silver. They had fine
horses and Omani thoroughbred camels, elaborated clothes, luxuries, and such
gardens and childrens as cannot be enumerated or described. I looked at its market
one day. I was on the high ground, and it was in the palace known as the batin,
between the western houses in which the Al Saud lived which was known as at-
Turaif, and the eastern houses, which were known as al-Bujairi, in which the sons of
the Sheikh lived. I saw the market for the women on the other side, with all the gold,
silver, weapons, camels and sheeps and goats, and the numerous deals for sale
and purchase, taking and giving in barter and so on. It was as far as an eye could
see. Nothing could be heard but a drone like a swarm of bees: the sound of people
saying I have sold and I have bought.There were shops on both the eastern and
western sides and they had such a variety of clothes, cloth and weapons that they
are beyond description. Praise be to Him whose authority and kingdom remains.
The Imams of the First Saudi State were renowned for their wiseness, piety and
incorruptibility. The first, Imam Mohammad Bin Saud, had a reputation not only
for fairness but also for great shrewdness. His son, the Imam Abdulaziz, who
succeeded in 1765, combined these qualities with formidable skills as a military
commander and political ruler.
His son Imam Saud, Saud the Great, ruled 1803-1814. A great ruler like his
father, he was equally feared for the severity of his justice. His son, the Imam
Abdullah who ruled 1814-1818, followed along the lines of his father in terms of
piety and faced his death bravely when was executed in Istanbul in 1819.
Pl. 16 Imam Abdullah Bin Saud 1818 Brydges in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 17 Bedouin soldier with an Azami tribesman (litograph) in ST JOHN, 1848
47
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The reaction of the Ottoman Empire
The establishment of the First Saudi State, the expansion of its influence, the
success of the Reform and the speed by which it spread drew the attention of
the Ottomans who waged a war against ad-Diriyah, the birthplace of the Saudi
State and the Reform Movement. The Ottomans destroyed ad-Diriyah but the
foundations of the Saudi State which was based on true belief and the genuine
unity, security and stability that it had achieved for the people of the area enabled
its legacy to pass to Riyadh and to remain very much alive in the Saudi Arabia of
today.
The Ottomans, whose writ ran in all Egypt, Syria and Iraq, began to be concerned
about the Saudi State which was adopting the Reform and was directing its
campaigns towards Iraq as well as Hijaz where Ottoman authority was exercised
through the Sharif of Makkah.
In the beginning of the 1790s, Ottoman forces from Iraq were humiliated by the
Imams men. By 1801, Saudi military campaigns were directed towards Iraq and
at Makkah; The forces of Imam Abdulaziz, led by his son Imam Saud, completed
his campaigns with the conquer of Taif in1802, and entered Holy Makkah in peace
in 1803 accompanied by his men dressed as pilgrims. The Saudis imposed their
discipline on the pilgrimage and, in 1807, turned back the Syrian pilgrim caravan
at al-Medinah. Ad-Diriyah demonstrated at the world its claim to be the Guardian
of the Holy Cities of Islam. By 1808, ad-Diriyah had reached the zenith of its
power in Arabia.
Following the loss of the Holy Cities and a raid into Syria in 1810, the Sublime
Porte and its chosen instrument Mohammed Ali, the new Governor of Egypt,
organized a great expedition against the Saudis. After some initial reverse, they
recovered Medinah, Makkah and Taif. By 1813 the Hijaz was back under Ottoman
control and from there it was possible to launch the invasion of Najd.
The Ottoman forces were assembled in Egypt under the leadership of Egypts
ruler Mohammad Ali Pasha and his sons, Tusun and Ibrahim. Ibrahim led the
campaign to invade and conquer Najd in 1816-1818. Ibrahims force consisted
initially of ten thousand men, reinforced from time to time during the campaign.
It included three thousand North African cavalry men, as well as Turkish and
Albanian infantrymen. These were well trained and well armed with firearms
compared to the Saudi forces. Ibrahims force was completed by a dozen artillery
pieces with gunners and artificers.
The destruction of ad-Diriayh
In March 1818, the Egyptian reached ad-Diriyah via Durma where they massacred
all the male population. After an arduous six-month siege attended by hardship,
tragedy, and dogged resistance by the defenders, ad-Diriyah finally fell in
September 1818.
Once encamped at al-Ilb, Ibrahim Pashas plan was to advance down Wadi
Hanifah, while attacking the defence lines from the rear by entering through side
wadis. However, his forces were constantly thwarted by the defenders. As the
summer wore on, they were assailed by the heat, disease and low morale. When
his ammunition dump exploded, Ibrahim Pasha had to wait for reinforcements
from al-Madinah. After garrisoning Irqah to the south, he ordered his men to
advance once more from the north. Bitter engagements near Ghasibah ensued,
Ph. 36 Weapons from ad-Diriyah, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2007
48
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
and the defenders gave way. ImamAbdullah surrendered in face of the artillery
bombardment which now rained down on the at-Turaif district and its exhausted
people.
The fall of ad-Diriyah in September marked the end of the First Saudi State. Imam
Abdullah was sent in captivity to Egypt, then to Istanbul where he was publicly
beheaded. Many prominent Saudis were sent into exile, mutilated or executed.
In 1819 was taken the decision to evacuate Najd and destroy ad-Diriyah. The city
was sacked and burnt and every date tree cut down. All fortifications were
ordered to be razed.
Despite the destruction, attempts were made to revive ad-Diriyah. Already in
1819 the former ruler of Uyaynah had rebuilt some of ad-Diriyah. Then he was
helped by a cousin of Saud, Turki Bin Abdullah Bin Mohammad Bin Saud and by
a brother of the deposed Imam Abdullah, Mushari Bin Saud. Under Mushari the
rebuilding of ad-Diriyah continued, while Turki was named governor of Riyadh.
Fight erupted between the Saud and Bin Muammar and a new Egyptian
expedition was sent to curb down the hopes of the remaining Saudis. In 1821, the
partly rebuilt ad-Diriyah was destroyed for the second time.
Out of the chaos which followed the razing of ad-Diriyah, the deportation,
torture and mutilation of many Saudi family members and the sons of Sheikh
Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab, and the in-fighting of claimants to the rule, Imam
Turki bin Abdullah Al-Saud finally emerged as leader. Imam Turki expelled the
Ottoman occupation forces. In 1824, choosing Riyadh as its capital, he went on
to revive the spirit of the Reform, unifying Najd and al-Hasa once more.
Between 1820 and 1824, Riyadh emerged as the chief garrison town. When Imam
Turki emerged from hiding in 1823, he benefited from the Saudi roots in the area
and the loyalty of its people to the Al Saud who were supporting the Reform and
establishing security, stability and unity of people. By 1824 he was able to force the
Ottoman forces first to southern Najd, and then from al-Qasim. Because of the
devastation of ad-Diriyah, Riyadh, as a well-maintained garrison town, made an
obvious choice as capital of the Second Saudi State.
Ph. 38 Ancient cannons in at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 37 Model of Riyadh in the 19th century, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2008
49
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Western visitors and early description of the Site
Little was known of the Najd city, outside the Peninsula and in the West. In 1795,
ad-Diriyah received the visit of its first European visitor. His account of the city
describes it as : beautifully built in Arabian style and watered by a small river.
With the Egyptian forces a number of European visitors arrived in the Najd. A
Frenchman, Vaissire, provided the only eye-witness account of the siege of ad-
Diriyah in 1818.
The area was visited in 1819 by an officer of the British Army in India, Captain
Sadlier, who wrote a precise description of the situation: The site of Deriah is in
deep ravine north-west of manfooah about ten miles distant. It is now in ruins, and the
inhabitants who were spared, or escaped from the slaughter, have principally sought
shelter in Riyadh. Sadlier witnessed the utter devastation of ad-Diriyah where he
saw not a single person left among the ruins and all the date plantations laid
down.
Palgrave in 1862 and Pelly in 1865 found the city completely deserted, however,
the farmland did not lay uncultivated for a long time and in 1917 Philby found the
city still empty, but counted some 7.000 people living in the oasis.
Ph. 39 The earliest photo of at-Turaif by Philby in 1917 ADA
Ph. 40 Salwa Palace ruins in 1938 in FACEY, W., 1997
50
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
DEVELOPMENT
The Site in the 19
th
and 20
th
centuries
After the destruction of ad-Diriyah, the House of Saud was based in Riyadh and
the mud brick and stone structures that remained at At-Turaif began to suffer 125
years of neglect and decay.
The site of at-Turaif remained unoccupied until the mid-20
th
century when
approximately 200 families resettled the eastern part of the site, building new
houses on the debris and the ruins of the first Saudi State capital. These houses
were built with mud from the ruins that was used to make new bricks during the
1950s and early 1960s and were abandoned by their last inhabitants in 1982
when the site was bought by the Department of Antiquities.
The destruction of the site and the years of abandonment took a heavy toll. The
reoccupation of the site and the associated constructions necessary for habitation
also took a toll on the integrity of the structures and the site of the centre of the
First Saudi state.
Modern al-Diriyah
In the last thirty years the village of ad-Diriyah has faced, like the rest of the
Kingdom, a great increase of population and an important urban development. As
Riyadh expanded, ad-Diriyah experienced renewed development as a suburb of
the capital connected to it by a growing net of motorways. The city mainly
developed on this East side (on the bank opposite to at-Turaif) and more recently
on the North-West.
Directly across Wadi Hanifah lies al-Bujeiri neighbourhood composed of a
restored mosque and a few restored mud buildings and the future location of the
Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab Foundation (at the time being, al-Bujeiri is
the subject of a comprehensive masterplan prepared by a team composed of
Dar Al-Omran Architects & Engineers, and MK2 Landscape Architects).
The modern city of ad-Diriyah is composed of three main sectors :
Old ad-Diriyah, mainly the neighbourhoods of al-Rawqiyah and Samhan,
adjacent to the east bank of Wadi Hanifah.
Sulaymania, a large area of new housing lying between Old ad-Diriyah
and Qasim (Makkah) Road. Only part of this large sector has already
Ph. 41 20
th
century mudhouse in at-Turaif ADA, 2006
51
DESCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
been built, while some parts have been laid out for development but
are still only partially constructed.
New ad-Diriyah, a large and partially developed area to the west of
Wadi Hanifah and north-west of at-Turaif, on the edge of a sub-wadi, and
connected to Sulaymania by a modern bridge over the wadi.
The modern development of the city lies almost entirely outside the Buffer Zone
and the city's historic districts. The new quarters are characterized by typical
Saudi middle-class villas organized according to a rigid square grid.
Old ad-Diriyah is the civic centre where is located the Municipality. It is composed
of mainly low-quality workers' housing, with few basic retail units and a recently
refurbished mosque.
Within the development project, this area is called to develop as a connecting
spine leading to at-Turaif/al-Bujeiri with new housing and heritage inspired uses.
The remaining slum-like dwellings, partially in mud, will be up-graded and partially
replaced.
New ad-Diriyah lies outside of the Buffer Zone and mostly even outside the
larger historic perimeter currently studied by ADA. Yet, It will inevitably play a
role once the development plan is completed. By then, it will become a more
and more desirable location in the vicinity of a major national site.
Parts of New ad-Diriyah offer opportunities for heritage or tourism-related uses
and afford panoramic views over the sub-wadis leading to Wadi Hanifah.
The dramatic pace of the growth of the modern neighbourhoods of ad-Diriyah
can be fully appreciated comparing the two aerial views presenting the same area
in 1980 and in 2007.
Pl. 18 Aerial colour orthophotography, 1:2500 ADA, 1980
Pl. 19 Satellite photo ADA, 2007
52
|
CHAPTERTHREE
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
JUSTIFICATION
FOR INSCRIPTION
53
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.a Criteria under which inscription is proposed (and
justification for inscription under these criteria)
The nomination of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah for inscription on the World
Heritage List is based upon criteria (iv), (v) and (vi).
Criterion (iv) requires that at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah should:
be an outstanding example of a type of building, architectural or
technological ensemble or landscape which illustrates (a) significant
stage(s) in human history;
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is an outstanding example of Najdi
architectural style. The 18
th
century palaces of the House of Al-Saud are
particularly remarkable for the quality of their mud brick masonry laid on
limestone foundation rising above ground level to protect the base of the walls.
The site of at-Turaif differs from the other Najdi settlement for the size, quality
and antiquity of its vestiges.
The vestiges of the palaces, though in a ruinous shape, preserve a complete
catalogue of the stylistic characteristics of Najd architecture. This unique
architectural style that developed in the centre of the Arabian Peninsula is
characterized by high ventilation openings, by plastered and limewhased stone
columns and column capitals, by high-rise toilet-towers and keel arches, and by the
striking masses of its buildings opening on internal courtyards.
These architectural features were developed to cope with the harsh central
Arabian climate and to provide suitable living conditions in the desert, where
temperature wildly varied between seasons and between night and day.
At-Turaif shows an extraordinary consistency of scale in its asymmetrical urban
pattern that developed organically adapting to the natural topography, the
circulation and defensive needs, and in response to social relationships.
The combination of building materials and constructive systems that can be seen
on the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah constitutes an outstanding example of
earthen architectural ensemble reflecting the unique development of the
traditional know-how of at-Turaif master builders.
Ph. 43 & 44 Architectural details
F. Cristofoli, 2007
[Previous page]
Ph. 42 Aerial view of Salwa Palace ADA, 2007
54
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Criterion (v) requires that it should:
be an outstanding example of a traditional human settlement, land-
use, or sea use which is representative of a culture (or cultures), or
human interaction with the environment especially when it has
become vulnerable under the impact of irreversible change;
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah illustrates a significant phase in the human
settlement of the central Arabian plateau, when in the mid-18
th
century ad-
Diriyah became the capital of an independent Arab State.
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is an outstanding example of traditional human
settlement developed in a desert environment.
Located along one of the major wadis of Arabia, the settlement of ad-Diriyah
exemplifies the intimate link between landscape, natural resources and the human
efforts to settle the land. The rich water table close to the surface and the fertile
lands of the banks of Wadi Hanifah permitted the growth of a large wadi-based
oasis settlement that created its political and administrative centre in at-Turaif.
The clay to build the houses and palaces of at-Turaif was directly obtained from
the Wadi Hanifah bed, whose alluvial deposits are composed largely of adhesive
clay naturally mixed with silt and sand, while the water was drawn from wells dug
down to the water table. These wells were operated by donkeys and camels.
They represent the evolution of an age-old system whose origin might reach back
to the second millennium BC, and some of them are still visible in the site, living
memory of the traditional farming techniques.
Ph. 45 Ruins and palm tree groves
ADA, 2008
Ph. 46 At-Turaif sub-wadi
F. Cristofoli, 2007
55
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Criterion (vi) entails that at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah:
be directly or tangibly associated with events or living traditions, with
ideas, or with beliefs, with artistic and literary works of outstanding
universal significance.
The significance of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, is also intimately connected with
the teaching of the great reformer Shaikh Mohammed Bin Abdul Wahab who
lived, preached and died in the city. From ad-Diriyah, following the alliance with
Mohammad Bin Saud in 1745, the message of the Reform has reverberated
through the Arabian Peninsula and the Muslim world.
The followers of this movement saw themselves as adherents of the faith and
practices of the early Muslims and called for the return of Muslims to the pure
and original teachings of the Quran and the sunna (the traditions of the Prophet
Mohammad) and for the purification of the religious beliefs and practices from the
bida (innovations and deviations) that accumulated over the centuries and were
added to the teachings of Islam.
The Reform produced a formidable state and central authority that unified Arabia
and imposed peace and order on its nomads and settled people for the first time
since the time of the caliphs. It also brought about reforms that influenced the
social practices of the Arabian people, and inspired the thought of many Muslim
reformers since the 18
th
century.
Besides, at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah meets the conditions of integrity and
authenticity and has and adequate protection and management system ensuring
its safeguarding.
56
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.b Proposed statement of Outstanding Universal Value
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, extending over some 29 hectares and surrounded
by a large buffer zone, possesses Outstanding Universal Values justifying its
inscription on the World Heritage List.
Located on a low limestone plateau in the wadi-based oasis of ad-Diriyah, at-
Turaif became, at the end of the 18
th
century, a powerful centre under the rule
of the House of Saud, who developed it with imposing palaces built in a distinctive
and confident style.
Its Outstanding Universal Value relates to its physical vestiges, its location and its
relationship in scale with the surrounding developments and landforms.
At-Turaif shows an extraordinary consistency of scale throughout the site and a
unique coherence, typical of earthen architectural sites, in its building heights,
architectural details, colours and surface textures. The vestiges of the palaces of
the Imams of ad-Diriyah in at-Turaif a site where traditional architecture
reached unmatched quality constitute the pre-eminent example of Najdi
architectural style, a significant constructive tradition that developed in central
Arabia. Their architectural details are significant features of the local architecture
and contribute to the worlds cultural diversity.
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is an urban and architectural monument
presenting the culture and lifestyle of the First Saudi State direct ancestor of the
modern Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Furthermore, it has a noteworthy historic value
as the battleground of a significant military event that involved international forces
and powers and had a lasting impact on the geopolitics of the whole region.
The site is proposed for inscription according to the criteria iv, v and vi: it is an
outstanding example of earthen architecture particularly remarkable for the
quality of its mud brick masonry laid on limestone foundation; of a traditional
human settlement in a desert environment reflecting the intimate link between
landscape, natural resources and the human efforts to settle the land; and it is
from this site that the message of the Reform has reverberated through the
Arabian Peninsula and the Muslim world.
The site offers a whole range of typologies and preservation conditions, ranging
from razed ruins to free standing walls, from original to reconstructed palaces
from traditional dwellings to modern mud houses, with an extraordinary unity in
the colour, shape and building materials. Its integrity is guaranteed as the whole
neighbourhood is included within the Nominated Property, and because its
immediate desert and oasis environment has been preserved from the urban
development that took place further afar in modern ad-Diriyah.
The city's multiple layers are entirely preserved including the 20
th
century housing
neighbourhood built with traditional techniques. Its transformation into a Living
Heritage Museum aims at preserving not only the material remains, but also, as
much as possible, the symbolic and traditional role of the buildings and of the
entire village. The reuse project carefully maintains and consolidates the ruins of
the main palaces and revitalizes the site re-introducing it as a qualifying experience
in the life of modern Saudi citizens. New additions, limited only to the areas where
they are essential for the stability, and modifications are done with compatible
materials and techniques respectful of the original.
The Nominated Property is entirely owned by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, it is
fully protected from external threats and continuously guarded. The Buffer Zone
has been drawn with the goal to protect the site from urban encroachments, to
preserve the agricultural use of the wadi area, and to protect the views from and
towards the site. It includes vast palm dates plantations, traditional
neighbourhoods, new developments and preserved desert areas; and it permits
to control the evolution of the nearby agricultural and urban settlements.
57
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.c Comparative analysis (including state of
conservation of similar properties)
EARTHEN ARCHITECTURE IN SAUDI ARABIA
INTERNATIONAL COMPARISON: NAJDI ARCHITECTURE AS A UNIQUE ARCHITECTURAL
STYLE
Earthen Architectural Heritage Conservation
Earthen Architecture in the UNESCO World Heritage Lists
EARTHEN ARCHITECTURE IN SAUDI ARABIA
Traditional buildings in Saudi Arabia respond to the cultural, physical and climatic
needs of local populations. While the peninsula is widely known for its harsh
desert and Bedouin culture with its nomadic way of life, there are, and there have
always been, areas of settlement with large cities and villages, and historical and
archaeological records provide evidence of regular interaction between nomadic
and settled lifestyles.
Recent historical and archaeological studies, and the impressive number of vestiges
of towns and villages built with earthen materials, clearly show the importance of
earthen architecture in Arabia, a region located at the crossroads of several
civilization: Mesopotamia and Elam to the north-east, western Syria and Egypt to
the north-west, the Persian Gulf to the east, the Red Sea and the African
continent to the west and finally the Indian Ocean to the south. This pivotal
position turned the Arabian Peninsula into a centre of contact and exchange
between different civilizations from ancient times to the present day.
Mud construction is one of the oldest and most widely present architectural
forms in Saudi Arabia because throughout the history of this region, this material
has proven an appropriate response in terms of social, cultural and economic
needs, as well as an appropriate choice to cope with the extreme weather
conditions of the Peninsula.
Two regions of Saudi Arabia, different in terms of weather and physical,
environmental, cultural and social conditions, have expressed in their own unique
way the beauty and ingenuity of earth construction, and deliver a striking
representation of the great value of this vernacular architectural heritage that
enriches the list of world heritage earthen architecture:
Ph. 47 City wall and tower in Sadus, Wadi Hanifah F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 48 Decorated house in al-Qarinah, Wadi Hanifah F. Cristofoli, 2008
58
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Najd Architecture
The central region of Najd, with ad-Diriyah as its historic capital, shows one of
the most remarkable developments of earthen construction.
The traditional Najdi architecture is based on the use of mud brick as a primary
material for walls, covered with a protective and sometimes ornamented layer of
protective mud plaster inside and out. In more substantial buildings, like the mud
palaces of ad-Diriyah, the mud walls often rested on several courses of cut stone.
In earlier times, as exemplified in at-Turaif, the basic wall structure was sometimes
of stone, covered by mud plaster. The roofs of rooms, or upper galleries were
spanned by tamarisk beams overlaid by palm matting. The larger rooms beams
were often supported by pillars or columns constructed of stone drums coated
with mud plaster. There are examples in at-Turaif of triangular or even arched
pediments. Doors were usually made of wooden planks decorated with
geometric designs.
Najdi structures are generally simple in plan and compact in design, with special
attention given to internal courtyards and the reception rooms (majlis). Most
houses have two storeys, with additional living space on the roof. Although Najdi
architecture is plain and often un-ornamented, its simple lines have their own
powerful aesthetic.
Remains of this peculiar constructive tradition are still visible across the Najd and
in the valley of Wadi Hanifah. However, this fragile heritage is at risk, threatened
by the rapid development of the country and by its actual proximity with the
modern capital of the Kingdom, Riyadh. Among the sites that still show significant
examples of Najdi architecture, we might remember the villages of Durma and
Sadus in the vicinity of Riyadh.
The surviving structures of at-Turaif, however, are by far the most important as
they include some of the earliest surviving examples of the Najdi style, and notably
unique examples of early mud palace and mosque architecture. Although most
of the structures are fragmentary, due to the impacts of time and acts of war,
they constitute a unique archive of this regionally significant style of architecture.
No other settlement in central Arabia possessed earthen buildings of such
grandeur.
The development of at-Turaif settlement and the prosperity of the first Saudi
State have promoted the use of earthen material as a source of creation and as
an original substance of architectural innovation. The architectural details of the
earlier historic period such as toilet tower, stone columns, column capitals, keel
arches, pilasters and decorated wood beam and doors, are all significant features
of the local architecture and will strongly contribute to the worlds cultural
diversity.
Besides these older examples, substantial constructions built in Najdi style are
preserved in Riyadh. The city developed after the destruction of ad-Diriyah and
became the capital of the Second Saudi State and then of the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia. Its major earthen architectural sites include fortresses and royal palaces
but also entire urban neighbourhoods and small sections of the city walls.
Ph. 49 Mud wall textures and details in at-Turaif in FACEY, W.,1997
59
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The Musmak Fortress has been restored by ADA and reused as a museum. The
large complex of the Murabba Palace, in the heart of King Abdulaziz Cultural
Centre, and hosts today official receptions and events, and a museum, while
another royal residence, Badiyah Palace, on the outskirts of the city has been
recently restored by SCTA.
Alongside these major monuments, the city centre of Riyadh still preserves some
mud neighbourhoods with remarkable example of residential Najdi architecture.
These areas, that have been neglected and partially abandoned, are now being
studied in view of their requalification and preservation.
Asir and Najran Architecture
The regions of Asir and Najran in the south of the Arabian Peninsula, bordering
with Yemen, present another architectural tradition and still preserve their earth
building know-how.
Asir, a rocky, isolated and varied region contains the most distinctive and diverse
examples of traditional earthen architecture constructions in Arabia.
The standard building material in this region is a combination of mud and rough-
cut stone. A multitude of defensive villages positioned on hilltops, especially in
Bilad Zahran, present a fortified wall-like image. In valleys and plains, the villages
are unfortified. Characteristic of both regions are the rectangular watchtowers,
slightly crenulated and varying in height and proportion. In the Abha area, houses
are built of mud, stone or a combination of both. The traditional building
technique in this region is the monolithic method, using direct shaping of mud in
successive layers. Each layer is applied and left drying before another one is added.
Rows of flat stone slabs are placed between each mud-layer to create a horizontal
line to break up the flow of rainwater and provide shade to the exposed faades.
The mud surfaces of buildings are often white-washed or decorated with designs
of stylized patterns in bright primary colours.
Another typology of traditional mud buildings, influenced by African style still
remains on the Tihama plain where villages composed of conical huts made of
brushwood with intricately decorated interiors, can still be found.
The traditional architectural heritage in this region reminds of Yemen and
preserves a surprising diversity of mud construction that can be found only in
the mountain region and stands in deep contrast with the desert dwellings of the
Najd region.
Due to the inaccessibility of the mountain areas and the isolation of the tribes that
inhabit this land, this exceptionally rich architectural heritage is still alive.
The comparison between Najd and Asir regions highlights the richness of the
building techniques developed in theses two regions and underlines the
gracefulness of their architectural forms, perfectly adapted to their surrounding
landscapes. In the middle of the Arabian Peninsula, the Najdi architecture is born
Ph. 50 Old Riyadh house M. Bendakir, 2008
Ph. 51 Murabba Palace, Riyadh F. Cristofoli 2008
Ph. 52 Badiyah Palace in Wadi Hanifah M. Bendakir, 2008
Ph. 53 Musmak castle, Riyadh F. Cristofoli, 2008
60
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
in a desert environment; in the South, the local architecture is adapted to the
vertiginous cliffs of the mountains of Asir. The first expression fully contrasts with
the latter to prove once again the incredible capacity of the earth material to
adapt to specific local conditions.
Both regions show an impressive traditional building know-how, evident in the
design concepts, forms, and details of traditional architecture, providing a suitable
climatic response to the vast desert and highland environment of Saudi Arabia.
Traditional design methodology, passive environmental control systems, and careful
use of local materials seem to provide an effective solution to both hot-dry and
wet climates.
INTERNATIONAL COMPARISON:
NAJDI ARCHITECTURE AS A UNIQUE ARCHITECTURAL STYLE
Several mud brick cities, in the Arab world and beyond, are well known and visited
by thousands of tourists : the city of Ghadames in Libya, the Ksar of Ait Ben
Haddou in Morocco, the ancient cities of Shibam, Sana and Zabid in Yemen, the
ancient Ksour of Ouadane, Chinguetti, Tichitt and Oualata in Mauritania, the
ancient town of Ghardaia in Algeria, the Fort of Bahla in Oman, the city of Bam
in Iran, Timbuktu and the old town of Djenn in Mali are all already inscribed on
the UNESCO World Heritage List.
Among these historic cities, some are still inhabited, like Shibam, Timbuktu, Djenn
and Ghardaia while others, like Ghadames, Bahla, Bam, and Ait Ben Haddou, have
been deserted.
The density of the urban fabric, the narrow streets and alleys, the introverted
dwellings organized around open courtyards, the massive walls providing thermal
Ph. 54 Najran building in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 55 Mud house with alternate layers of protruding flat stones, Bilad Zahran in MAUGER, 1996
Ph. 56 Ancient picture of Wadi Najran in FACEY, W., 1997
61
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
insulation, and the regular maintenance of their built structures are the common
values shared by all these cities and represent the basic principles essential to the
perpetuation of a system that has lasted for centuries.
Each of these cities, however, though subjected to similar physical and climatic
conditions as well as cultural and religious influences and sharing the use of
earthen materials for construction, is different from the others in terms of their
artistic, technical and architectural expressions.
In the Najd region, traditional earthen architecture, city planning and urban forms
show similarities with those found in regions with equivalent weather conditions
and cultural influences from the Arab world. Yet the specificity of Najdi
architectural style is evident, despite the similarity of constructive materials and
technologies.
Earthen architectural heritage conservation
The aim of this section of the comparative analysis is to present an overview of
the present situation in other major earthen architectural sites throughout the
world and to assess the current level of knowledge in the fields of site
management, conservation and presentation of earthen architecture in World
Heritage Sites.
Indeed, despite the growing interest in the registration of earthen architectural
and archaeological sites on the World Heritage List and in their protection, these
sites are likely among the most fragile and threatened.
In 2007, 106 out of 660 cultural properties inscribed on the World Heritage List
incorporated earthen structures and about 25% of the sites inscribed on the
World Heritage List in Danger were earthen sites.
Conscious of the importance of this issue, the World Heritage Committee has
launched (New Zealand, 2007) an integrated World Heritage Programme on
Earthen Architecture to be developed in the period 2007-2017. Donors and
States Parties have been invited to provide financial support for the
implementation of the activities, structured in four phases and meant to expand
progressively to the whole world.
In 2008 (WHC, Quebec City), the World Heritage Committee has called for
surveillance on historical sites in danger focusing in particular on earthen
monuments. The mechanism of enhanced surveillance established by UNESCO,
provides for the dispatch of experts on World Heritage sites subject to specific
threats to keep informed the Organization on the protection needs of certain
sites.
Indeed, the specificity of earthen construction makes conservation and
management interventions particularly difficult. Though significant progress has
been achieved in the last 20 years and dissemination of appropriate methods and
techniques in conservation and management has taken place in many sites
worldwide, it is evident that each earthen site has its own specific characteristics
and, therefore, that conservation techniques and methods designed for a specific
site cannot be simply reproduced elsewhere.
In the last 20 years, the need of a deeper understanding of the causes of
deterioration of these fragile sites and the importance of designing new
management and conservation solutions capable to answer to the growing
problems faced by this specific kind of heritage whose very survival seems now
threatened, have become acutely evident. This new attention has produced a
series of international conferences and seminars and the creation of a network
of specialized earthen architecture specialists.
Besides, the last years have also seen a stronger presence of International
Organizations like the UNESCO World Heritage Centre, ICCROM, ICOMOS,
World Monuments Fund, Getty Foundation, etc. that support, technically and
financially, the efforts aiming at the definition of methods and conservation policies
specifically conceived for the world earthen architectural heritage.
The strategic aim of these programs is to strengthen the capacities of the Member
States in the fields of site management and conservation and favours the
development of research, training, and experimental programs through the
identification of pilot projects.
62
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
In this perspective, at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah represents a major opportunity
for the international scientific community because in Diriyah, for the first time,
substantial technical and financial means are devoted to the conservation of a
mud brick city.
Indeed, at-Turaif development project aims at setting quality standards in this field,
taking into consideration international recommendations and charters, and this
site might become, in the coming years, an extraordinary living laboratory to test
and apply purposely-designed conservation and management solutions.
Furthermore, at-Turaif has another important characteristics that differs from
other sites: a number of highly qualified national and international bodies and
experts, coming from different horizons, have already worked together at the
elaboration of its comprehensive conservation and plan.
Earthen architecture in the UNESCOWorld Heritage Lists
Increasingly threatened by a number of natural and human degradation factors
(including notably: natural disasters; rapid urbanization; industrialization; modern
building technologies; disappearance of traditional conservation practices;
uncontrolled tourist development; lack of management plans ; unsuitable
conservation methods and lack of active maintenance) earthen architectural
World Heritage Sites are under serious stress. The main sites inscribed on the two
UNESCO Lists of World Heritage Sites and presenting characteristics similar to
at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah are:
Bahla fort and oasis - Oman Sultanate
Bahla Fortress was founded by the al-Atik tribe and acquired a great prosperity
for a period of four centuries, between the 12
th
and the end of the 15
th
century,
when it became the first capital of Oman. Bahla has also a high religious
significance related to the presence in this site of the great Islamic thinker, Ibn
Baraka, during the 10
th
century.
Bahla Fort, built upon a rocky outcrop dominating the oasis, still preserve many
of its historic mud brick neighbourhoods (harats), some small mosques and
sablans (community meeting halls), large sectors of its defensive walls with their
flanking towers, monumental gates, traditional irrigation canals in the palm grove
and traditional pottery kilns. The large Friday Mosque, near the fortress, still keeps
its 1511 mihrab, the most beautiful and famous of all Oman. The site is inscribed
on the WHL since 1986.
Most Omani fortresses have been heavily restored and partially rebuilt during
the last 25 years with in-adapted techniques that do not respect the original
materials: stone, mud and palm tree leaves. Within the fortress, the Kasbah has
been largely destroyed by a series of tribal wars and by the bombardments dating
from the end of the British Mandate period, creating serious conservation
problems.
The Outstanding Universal Value of the site of Bahla imposed a conservation
strategy respectful of its material authenticity and integrity. The project has
Ph. 57 Bahla fortress, Sultanate of Oman CRATerre, 2008
63
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
therefore favoured the use of traditional materials and the restoration has
concerned only sectors known from 19
th
century documents. The conservation
works have notably led to:
- The creation of a local production of mud bricks;
- The development of a research programme focusing on traditional
plasters;
- The conservation of the Fortress, the Friday Mosque and the structural
consolidation of the Kasbah;
- The organization of a international seminar on mud brick conservation
in the Arab Region;
- The preparation of a conservation and management plan.
The project was developed by the Ministry of Heritage and Culture of Oman
Sultanate and by the Municipality of Bahla, with the support of the Ministry of
Culture of the Kingdom of Morocco and of the World Heritage Centre of
UNESCO, and with the cooperation of WS Atkins & Co (Management Plan) and
CRATerre centre from France.
Ksar At-Ben-Haddou - Morocco
Ait-Ben-Haddou, some 30 Km from Ouarzazate, is built on a hill overlooking
Wadi Al-Maleh. This ensemble of tightly packed houses represents a striking
example of the architecture of southern Morocco. Though abandoned and rapidly
decaying, the ksar traditional pre-Saharan habitat composed of a group of
earthen buildings surrounded by high defensive walls reinforced by corner towers
is still an impressive sight for all visitors. The outstanding natural beauty of the
site has made it a favourite location for film-sets (including Lawrence of Arabia,
Jesus of Nazareth, Gladiator, Kingdom of Heaven, and many others) and one of
the foremost tourist attractions of southern Morocco.
Following the abandonment of the ksar, the population has moved to the other
bank of the wadi, to set a new village more accessible and with modern
commodities (electricity and running water), where planning and financial
efforts of the Moroccan authorities have all concentrated.
In 1987, the site was inscribed on the WHL. Since, many national and international
experts have proposed conservation measures that unfortunately have not been
able to preserve the site from its rapid deterioration. Though some streets, a
mosque and few buildings have been restored between 1991 and 1995, the ksar
is still deteriorating at an accelerated rate. In the meantime, international tourism
has continuously grown without profiting, however, to the local population or to
the conservation of the site where new decay patterns developed. Some 130.000
tourists visit the site every year, while international film studios continue to use it
as a set location.
These elements, that could bring important financial revenues to the site,
constitute an opportunity for the elaboration of a preservation and management
programme. A management plan for the site is being drawn by the local
authorities in collaboration with the International Centre for Earth Construction
- School of Architecture of Grenoble, France (CRATerre-ENSAG) since 2005/6.
However, the World Heritage Committee, beside praising the efforts being done,
has recently expressed its concern because a satisfactory overall resourced
management structure on the site is not yet functioning and there are not yet
sustainable funding arrangements for the conservation and management of the
property.
Ph. 58 Ksar At-Ben-Haddou, Morocco CRATerre, 2008
64
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Historic town of Zabid - Yemen
Zabid's domestic and military architecture and its urban plan make it an
outstanding archaeological and historical site. Besides being the capital of Yemen
from the 13
th
to the 15
th
century, the city played an important role in the Arab
and Muslim world for many centuries because of its Islamic university.
The outstanding archaeological and historical heritage of Zabid has seriously
deteriorated in recent years. About 40% of its original houses have been replaced
by concrete buildings. In 2000 at the request of the State Party the Historic
Town of Zabid was inscribed on the List of World Heritage in Danger. UNESCO
is helping the local authorities to develop an urban conservation plan and to
adopt a strategic approach for the preservation of this World Heritage site.
At its 30
th
session, Vilnius, 2006, the World Heritage Committee of UNESCO
has urged the State Party to complete and to implement urgently the urban
conservation plan and a socio-economic revitalization action plan for the city of
Zabid. The continuing decline of the city seriously threatens the Outstanding
Universal Value of the site.
The city of Bam - Iran
Bam is situated in a desert
environment on the southern
edge of the Iranian high plateau.
The origins of Bam can be traced
back to the Achaemenid period
(6
th
to 4
th
centuries BC). Its
heyday was from the 7
th
to 11
th
centuries, when it was at the
crossroads of important trade
routes and was renowned for the
production of silk and cotton
garments. Life in the oasis was
based on an extraordinary net of
underground irrigation canals
(qanats) of which Bam has
preserved some of the earliest
evidence in Iran. The historic city,
surrounded by a 3 Km-long city
wall and its citadel built on a
rocky outcrop were considered,
before the earthquake, as one of
the most important and better
preserved historic mud brick sites
in the world. It external city wall
was flanked by 38 towers and protected the Governors quarter, the bazar, the
8th/9
th
century mosque and a craftsmens neighbourhood.
Following the dramatic earthquake that killed some 26.000 people and destroyed
most of the city in December 2003, the ancient Citadel and its surrounding
cultural landscape were simultaneously inscribed on UNESCOs World Heritage
List and on the List of World Heritage in Danger in 2004.
Ph. 61 Zabid, Yemen UNESCO WHC, 2007
Ph. 59 & 60 Bam before and after the earthquake, Iran
CRATerre
65
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Important international efforts are mobilized to recover the cultural heritage of
this devastated city. UNESCO has recommended to design a management plan
for the city and to complete the scientific studies and surveys of the site.
Since, a number of studies have been launched aiming at linking the reconstruction
of the new city with the conservation of the vestiges. Notably, a laboratory for the
analysis of the mud has been created and quality test for the preparation of mud
bricks are regularly carried out to identify the most suitable materials for the
reconstruction of the ancient site and for the construction of new buildings.
The partners of the Bam project are: UNESCO WHC, and UNESCO Regional
office in Tehran; the Iranian Cultural Heritage Handicraft and Tourism
Organisation, Japan funds in Trust for World Cultural Heritage, Bam Research
Project, Municipality of Bam, UNDP, the Islamic Housing Foundation and the
International Centre for Earth Construction - School of Architecture of Grenoble,
France (CRATerre-ENSAG).
Timbuktu - Mali
Home of the prestigious Koranic Sankore University and other madrasas,
Timbuktu was an intellectual and spiritual capital and a centre for the propagation
of Islam throughout Africa in the 15
th
and 16
th
centuries, and a major centre of
trans-Sahara commerce. Its three great mosques, Djingareyber, Sankore and Sidi
Yahia, remind of Timbuktu's golden age.
Although continuously restored, these monuments are today threatened by
ongoing desertification and by the new constructions built within the old city
core. These threats have lead to its simultaneous inscription on both the World
Heritage List and the World Heritage List of Sites in Danger in 1988. Besides
being slowly covered by the desert sands, Timbuktus mosque are also washed by
strong, though rare, desert rains. Notwithstanding the efforts paid by the local
population, who regularly re-plaster the mosques, the rapid changes of the social
structure of the city and the difficulty in locating suitable building materials, cause
many problems to the conservation of these extraordinary monuments.
Since January 2006, the Malian authorities have been developing a management
and conservation plan for Timbuktu. In March 2006, a management committee
composed by the imams of the three mosques, representatives of all local areas,
tour guides, and municipal and administrative authorities was created by municipal
decree. The development of this management and conservation plan is the result
of a decision by the World Heritage Committee aiming at removing Timbuktu
from the List of World Heritage in Danger on the condition that a management
and rehabilitation plan to facilitate the preservation and sustainable development
of the Old City of Timbuktu is completed.
Local and international efforts have allowed training some 100 qualified workers
and the staff of the Cultural Mission in charge of the protection of the mosques,
who, in turn, have been able to launch a conservation campaign that has greatly
improved the overall situation.
The partners of the project are: National Directorate for Cultural Heritage,
Timbuktu Cultural Mission, Timbuktus masons association, Municipality of
Timbuktu, UNESCO World Heritage Centre, University of Udine (Italy) and the
International Centre for Earth Construction - School of Architecture of Grenoble,
France (CRATerre-ENSAG).
Ph. 62 & 63 Timbuktu (Sankore mosque [right]) CRATerre, 2003 & 2007
66
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Ghadames - Libya
Located in the desert very close to the
border between Algeria and Tunisia,
some 700 km southwest of Tripoli,
Ghadames lies in a beautiful landscape
of rocky desert and sand dunes. The
architecture and urban pattern of
Ghadames has been adapted over the
ages to the extreme Saharan climate.
The old town used to have a
population of about 7000 people with
about 1600 multi-storey houses.
During the early 1980s, the remaining
population was moved out of the old
city and relocated in modern houses
built by the government, and the old
city was abandoned. Known as the pearl of the desert, Ghadames was inscribed
on the WHL in 1986 on the basis of criterion v. The city, located in an oasis, is one
of the oldest pre-Saharan cities and an outstanding example of traditional
settlement. Its domestic architecture is characterized by the vertical division of
functions: the ground floor used to store supplies, above which lies a floor for the
family, overhanging covered alleys that create what is almost an underground
network of passageways, and, on top, open-air terraces reserved for the women.
Old Ghadames and its palm grove were recognised as a site of immense cultural
significance in the history of Libya and Northern Africa.
The Government of the Great Jamahiriya (Libya) has already taken a number of
significant decisions concerning the preservation of Ghadames historical site, and
have developed an operational plan providing direction for the conservation of
significant monuments. Besides, general policies have been adopted to integrate
heritage protection into comprehensive planning programmes targeting legal,
scientific, technical, administrative and financial issues to safeguard and to
revitalize the Old city of Ghadames.
The Authorities in charge recognise the collective interest of the international
community to co-operate in the protection and the management of this heritage
have set up a joint team with national and international experts in the field of
cultural heritage and its conservation. Ghadames is currently being restored within
the framework of a cooperation programme between Ghadames City Promotion
and Development Authority (GCPDA), Engineering Consultancy Office for
Utilities (ECOU) and the International Centre for Earth Construction - School of
Architecture of Grenoble, France (CRATerre-ENSAG).
The plan develops a first set of activities and concentrates notably on the
elaboration of a Management Plan for the historic city of Ghadames and its
surroundings and on the identification of pilot projects to be launched soon.
CONCLUSION
The comparison between the sites presented above and at-Turaif is particularly
meaningful. Indeed, though the technical issues are somehow similar, the political
and economic environment is completely different.
The project for the conservation and development of at-Turaif District in ad-
Diriyah can become an extraordinary opportunity for the application of
UNESCO prescriptions, a site where the studies that couldn't be implemented
in the other cities, might become reality.
The quality of the conservation preliminary studies carried out in at-Turaif, and
the comprehensiveness of the management system proposed, offer a unique
opportunity for the conservation of earthen architecture worldwide. The brief
presentation of the sites made above, underlines in perspective the strengths of
at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah project.
Ph. 64 Ghadames, Libya CRATerre
67
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.d Integrity and/or Authenticity
INTEGRITY
The Site
The Buffer Zone and the Natural Environment
Conclusion
AUTHENTICITY
INTEGRITY
At-Turaif Distric in ad-Diriyah is one of the foremost example of mud architectural
sites in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
The site has been bought by the Deputy Ministry for Antiquities and Museums
(DMAM) in 1982, and has been since protected and cared for by the Department
of Antiquities (now part of the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities).
The whole site is surrounded by a metal fence and has a single, guarded entrance
with a small visitor centre and office facilities for the guards and the site staff. The
site is well preserved from external threats, vandalism, and theft.
At-Turaif was destroyed in 1818, left abandoned for a century and a half, then
briefly and partially re-settled in the second half of the 20
th
century, to be finally
completely evacuated in 1982. It shows therefore an extraordinary degree of
authenticity, with no modern incongruous addition to its traditional earthen
architectural pattern and no substantial modifications of the citys original street
network.
The site offers a whole range of typologies and preservation conditions, ranging
from razed ruins to free standing walls, from original to reconstructed palaces
from ancient dwellings to recent mud houses, with an extraordinary unity in the
colour, shape and building materials.
The landscape surrounding the site has also been mostly preserved from the
rapid and dramatic urban development that characterizes the Kingdom and its
capital Riyadh some 20 Km afar. At-Turaif has been able to preserve its wadi-oasis
nature with large plantations of date palms forming a green screen around the city
vestiges reminding of its very origin as an agricultural settlement.
The immediate desert environment of the site has also been preserved from
urban development that took place further afar where lies modern ad-Diriyah
The Site
The works carried out by the DMAM since 1982 have made the site accessible
to the visitors without having a negative impact its overall image.
The restoration campaigns carried out in the early 1980s, in collaboration with
Egyptian antiquities experts, have permitted to re-create the long city walls
encircling at-Turaif and protecting the wadi, materializing the limits of the historic
site, and to present the visitors with an image of what the palaces of some of the
imams of the House of Saud might have looked when firstly built. These
campaigns have not altered the natural setting nor the overall aspect of the city
and have favoured on the contrary its very survival.
The comparison with the first pictures of the site made in the early 20
th
century,
is an essential reminder of the fact that, in the absence of continuous use and
maintenance, mud brick architecture cannot withstand for too long the passage
of time and natural weathering.
The still imposing ruins of at-Turaif are therefore a proof of the constructive
excellency of the original constructions and constitute an extraordinary
laboratory for the study and preservation of earthen construction.
In the last three years, since the comprehensive study of the site has been
launched in view of its transformation into a Living Heritage Museum. Intense
scientific collaboration has developed with the major earthen architecture
preservation centres in the Arab world and elsewhere to identify the principles
that should guide the preservation and the re-use of the site. These studies, soon
to be materialized into operational plans and conservation working sites, open
new possibilities in the field of earthen architecture and represent one of the
most complete analysis ever carried out of a earthen architectural site.
68
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The continuous monitoring and protection of the site since the 1980s has
preserved it from the threat of voluntary demolition and illegal excavations,
guaranteeing an extraordinary level of integrity not only of the monumental
structures but also of the underground archaeological layers.
The Buffer Zone and the natural environment
The buffer zone landscape, including the wadi bed and the agricultural lands, is an
essential complement to the ruined cityscape of the Nominated Property. The
discussions and brain storming sessions with all concerned stakeholders have
permitted to define a two-level Buffer Zone surrounding the fenced site.
The 1392/1971 Antiquity Laws mentioned the establishment of a buffer zone
around archaeological sites but it did not outline or specify the limits of a buffer
zone, while the new Draft Antiquities and Museum Law imposes a 200-meter
wide strip around the Nominated Property as protective measure.
The proposed Buffer Zone for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah extends much further
than 200 meters to include vast palm dates plantations, ancient neighbourhoods
and preserved desert areas surrounding the site. The protective perimeter will
guarantee the control upon the evolution of the nearby agricultural and urban
settlements in the future.
The decree fixing the new boundaries has not been signed yet; it will, if the
nomination proves successful, be transmitted to the World Heritage Centre at a
later stage.
Conclusion
Integrity is considered in UNESCO Operational Guidelines as a measure of the
wholeness and intactness of the natural and/or cultural heritage and its attributes
It is generally considered that the physical fabric of the property and/or its
significant features should be in good condition, and the impact of deterioration
processes controlled. In this sense, the concept of 'integrity' might appear
challenging for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, since the site lies in ruins following
the Ottoman destruction in 1818 and only few of the original palaces are still
standing.
Yet, the overall plan urban pattern of the site and the street network are fully
visible. Besides, the integrity of the site is guaranteed in the sense that the whole
neighbourhood is included in the Nominated Property, and that its very size
ensures the complete representation of all the elements that convey its cultural
significance.
Furthermore, the detailed conservation and management mechanisms
presented in Volume 2 of the Nomination File upon which the development
project is based, are an almost unique example of coherent and holistic approach
to the medium and long term conservation and maintenance of the site.
Ph. 65 Aerial view of at-Turaif ADA, 2007
69
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AUTHENTICITY
When dealing with perishable materials like earth and fragile sites like mud brick
cities, the very concept of authenticity needs to be partially reconsidered as some
of its commonly accepted bases are actually challenged. Indeed, what does
authenticity mean when the building material is regularly re-plastered, repaired
and rebuilt, sometimes even on a seasonal basis?
It has been argued in other World Heritage Sites that authenticity in these cases
should refer to the techniques used and to the preservation of know-how more
than to the physical material remains. In the case of at-Turaif, however, there is no
doubt about the site material authenticity. The city's multiple layers (including the
recent 1980s reconstructions) are entirely preserved and additions, limited only
to the areas where they are essential for the stability and the reuse of the
buildings, are done with materials and techniques respectful of the original.
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, however, challenges the concept of "authenticity"
also at another level: the proposed re-use of the site as a Living Heritage Museum.
Its overall authenticity as an urban environment might be questioned. Should at-
Turaif Living Heritage Museum be considered an authentic historic feature, or
merely a modern function pasted over a site that once had a residential and urban
function?
To answer correctly to this question, however, it is necessary to consider it not
just in reference to this site, but at a more global level, taking into consideration
the situation of all the mud brick sites within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (and
actually also the current situation of earthen architectural sites in other countries).
Today, At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is no more a living city: it has been destroyed
in 1818, briefly re-settled in 1825, partially re-used in the mid 20
th
century and
Ph. 66 Ruins of at-Turaif Palace F. Cristofoli, 2008
70
JUSTIFICATION FOR INSCRIPTION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
finally definitely abandoned in 1982 when it was bought by the Department of
Antiquities. The rapid and dramatic evolution of the Saudi society in the last 30
years has made the traditional villages obsolete and their possible reuse as a living
urban centre unlikely. Hundreds of traditional mud brick sites are rapidly vanishing
under the harsh climatic conditions of the Arabian Peninsula, erasing the fragile
traces of a rich cultural and constructive tradition that developed throughout the
centuries to counter Arabian climate. At-Turaif is the most important among
these villages, a site where traditional architecture reached unmatched quality and
where the remains of this specific architectural style and know-how can still be
seen and appreciated.
This urban environment, however, is no more suitable to modern life conditions.
Its transformation into a Living Heritage Museum aims at preserving not only the
material remains, but also, as much as possible, the symbolic and traditional role
of the buildings and of the entire village. The project does not only carefully
maintain and consolidate the ruins of the main palaces, but it also aims at
revitalizing the site and at re-introducing it as a qualifying experience in the life of
modern Saudi citizens.
Authentic, yet artificially-created, life for the site is assured by the reuse as a Living
Museum that aims at recreating, wherever possible, both the original functions
and upgraded conditions for modern facilities (guest houses and traditional
restaurants and cafes, handicrafts souq, etc.) that will be built within the site.
Though it is evident that from the theoretical point of view this is not a perfect
solution for the preservation of the village, the reuse as a Living Heritage Museum
guarantees nevertheless the physical survival of the ruins within an overall strategy
aiming at favouring the contact between modern Saudi citizens and their history
and heritage and at re-connecting modern life with its historical roots. Without
such a large-scale intervention, that includes economic considerations since its
planning phase, the fate of the site is sealed and the progressive, ever-accelerating
erasure of the vestiges unavoidable.
The Living Heritage Museum is a mechanism allowing the sustainable, long-term
survival of the site, a solution capable to preserve, maintain and reuse the
extraordinary vestiges of al-Turaif. The project has been developed according to
the highest standards to guarantee the preservation of the vestiges, while
introducing state-of-the-art techniques to recreate and simulate the life in the
neighbourhood in the heyday of the First Saudi State in the 18
th
century.
It is SCTA's opinion that this project was not just the only possible way to save
the site, but also that it will greatly contribute to develop the sensibility of the
Saudi people to the significance of their past and heritage, and that it will give
Saudi and Riyadhi people a sense of pride and attachment to their roots,
underlining their own contribution to the larger world scene.
In a word, it is SCTA's opinion that this project does respect the criterion of
authenticity, in a broad sense, and that it is worth the World's recognition.
It is therefore considered that At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah fully meets the
UNESCO requirements of integrity and authenticity.
71
|
CHAPTER FOUR
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
STATE OF
CONSERVATION
AND FACTORS
AFFECTINGTHE
PROPERTY
72
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
4.a Present state of conservation
INTRODUCTION
GENERAL STRATEGY AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
SITE DETERIORATION
INTRODUCTION
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is composed of the ruins of a large mud
brick settlement mostly built in the 18
th
century, razed in 1818 and partially re-
settled in the 20
th
century.
Conservation-related issues are therefore paramount in the programme of
redevelopment of the site currently being designed and implemented by the Saudi
authorities with the aim of revitalize the site adapting it as a Living Heritage
Museum celebrating the Kingdom identity and values.
The description presented in sections 2a and 2b, offers an overview of the
complexity of the conservation tasks to be faced in at-Turaif. Not only at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah has been purposefully destroyed after a bitter siege, but is has
also remained abandoned for some 150 years. Furthermore, the entire city is
built of adobe (though on limestone foundations), a material whose capacity to
withstand weathering once in the state of ruin is extremely limited.
Yet, the imposing vestiges of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah are still standing, with
imposing facades and towers, challenging time. Their survival is certainly favoured
by the extreme dryness of central Arabia, but is also due to extraordinary quality
of the buildings, to the quality of the building material and to the skill and know-
how of the najdi master builders who created it.
The challenge faced by the Saudi authorities is indeed extraordinary and unique
have been the efforts paid by the government to meet it.
Saudi Arabia has a long tradition in mud brick construction and experience also
in the modern re-use of this traditional constructive system. Since the early 1980s,
Saudi experts have collaborated with CRATerre and with Egyptian antiquities and
architects studying the technical characteristics of earthen architecture. In 1988,
a Mud Building Exhibition was organised by ADA in cooperation with the George
Pompidou Centre in Paris, CRATerre, and the French Embassy in Riyadh. This
exhibition focused on mud as a traditional and an alternative building material
especially for Saudi Arabia. During this exhibition, an international seminar
presented the history of mud construction worldwide and in the Kingdom, the
suitability of earthen buildings for local cultural and climatic conditions, modern
techniques and methods for the preservation of earthen heritage.
Finally, a specialized centre for Heritage Conservation Program and earthen
construction was developed by ADA to promote studies, publications and
dissemination of knowledge about traditional architecture and urban design. The
main objective of this centre is to study traditional architecture, earthen building
materials and modern methods of construction to develop new projects and to
preserve national earthen architectural heritage.
Ph. 68 Destroyed wall F. Cristofoli, 2007
[Previous page]
Ph. 67 Aerial View ADA, 2007
73
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Ad-Diriyah has played, since this early phase, a central role in this revival. The
world-famous Egyptian architect Hassan Fathy, visited the site and designed a
modern mud house for the new village in the 1970s, while Egyptian Antiquity
experts collaborated, under the aegis of UNESCO, since 1974 to the planning of
the partial reconstructions of the city walls and of some palaces.
Since, many other experiences in conservation and re-use of earthen architecture
have taken place in the Kingdom. Among these, particularly meaningful are:
The Saudi Arabia pavilion at the Seville Expo in 1992 that reproduced
and built upon traditional najdi mud architecture;
The restoration of the central sector of Riyadh with its major palaces
and fortress al-Murabba and al-Musmak implemented by ADA;
The recent restoration of al-Badiyah palace near Riyadh and the ongoing
works in the village of al-Ghat, in the North, implemented by SCTA.
Ph. 70 The restored fortress of al-Musmak in Riyadh F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 71 The mud village Al-Ghat F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 69 Saudi Pavilion in Sevilla 1992
Exposition in FACEY, W., 1997
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
Pl. 20 Hassan Fathy 1975 prototypical housing unit for the village of ad-Diriyah
in ArchNet.org, AKTC
74
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Furthermore, mosques and houses have been built with earthen compressed
mud bricks in Riyadh and elsewhere:
The Pavilion presented National Folk Festival in Janadriyah, constructed
in 1988 using traditional forms and new technologies (project by arch.
Ibrahim Aba Al-Khail in collaboration with CRATerre) ;
Al-Madi Mosque in the King Abdulaziz Historical Centre, reconstructed
using local architectural style and materials.
The suburban traditional mud farm of Prince Sultan bin Salman bin
Abdulaziz al-Saud near at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, that has been
thoroughly restored becoming an unmatched example in the re-use and
up-grading of traditional mud brick houses to modern living standards.
These experiences show the importance of earthen architecture in the Kingdom
and the attention paid to the preservation of this national heritage. Yet, till now,
nothing comparable to what planned in at-Turaif, as far as scale ad complexity are
concerned, has been carried out in Saudi Arabia.
Aware of the complexity of the task, ADA and SCTA have sought international
advice in the conservation of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah. Saudi experts from
ADA have been collaborating with the best earthen conservation experts from
different horizons.
Pl. 21 Survey & Interventions Areas A, B, C, D CRATerre, 2008
Ph. 72 Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz mud farm in ad-Diriyah S. Ricca, 2007
Ph. 73 Al-Madi Mosque in Riyadh F. Cristofoli, 2007
75
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
GENERAL STRATEGY ANDTECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The general strategy for the conservation of the site has been designed by
Anthony Crosby for ADA* since 2006/7. In the preliminary phases of the
development were fixed the general principles concerning the acceptable degree
of reconstruction, the areas to be fully preserved and the ones where re-use and
adaptive interventions were possible.
The guiding principles underpinning the whole redevelopment plan are presented
in the Site Master Plan elaborated by Lord Cultural Resources for ADA and are
based on international views on conservation and on recommendations from
UNESCO. The principles for the at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah Living Heritage
Museum are:
Because the Atturaif Museum is understood as the whole of the Atturaif
site, the site and building ruins are to be treated as artefacts ; that is, the site
and building ruins comprise the core of the Atturaif Museums collection
and are its fundamental and irreplaceable asset. This means that decisions
as to restoration, adaptive reuse or even removal of remains must be
undertaken only with respect to the Museums overall Vision, Mission and
Mandate and with respect to international standards of conservation and
the requirements of UNESCOs World Heritage Site criteria.
The remains of Atturaif that have survived are a dramatic and evocative
evidence of its history and destruction.They epitomize the noble ruin and,
as they now are, represent the climax of the story of the First Saudi State
and give powerful testimony not only to the violence of the destruction, but
also to the power and majesty of the First Saudi State.
Therefore priority will be given to the stabilization and retention of the
authentic structures and remains of the First Saudi State, especially of those
which have assumed an iconic character such as the silhouettes of the Salwa
Palace remains and other major palaces and fortifications.
As a general conser vation principle, the more historically significant a
particular site or ruin is the more emphasis there should be on stabilization
and retention of the structures, as opposed to reconstruction. When the site
was reoccupied in the 20
th
centur y many of the original remains were
adapted, modified or rehabilitated by the new residents; these architectural
remains of later periods of occupation may be modified if necessar y to
expose and conserve significant remains of the First Saudi State.
Regardless of the historical period or era to which any particular building or
building modification belongs, the importance of proper documentation
cannot be overstated. Therefore as a conservation principle we may say
that no development will be undertaken without full documentation of
existing remains to ensure that their heritage values are not lost.
According to these principles has been drawn a redevelopment plan that foresees
the reconstruction of only one major historic palace and makes of the
consolidated and stabilized ruin of the Salwa Palace the symbol of the project.
Furthermore, an extraordinary amount of studies and surveys, including 3D
scanning of the street facades and of some of the most important ruins, have
been carried out by ADA. These data have produced a state-of-art survey of the
ancient neighbourhood that offers a unique opportunity for the monitoring of the
future evolution of the entire city in the coming years and certainly constitutes a
unique example in the field of earthen architecture conservation. In parallel with
the study phase, preventive conservation programmes have been implemented
using temporary consolidation techniques: propping, cleanings and sand bags, to
slow down the erosion action and create safer conditions and emergency
stabilization for the most endangered structures on the site.
The strategic choice to seek UNESCO recognition for the site of at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah, has played an essential role in assessing the overall strategy to fully
respect the values of the site and the issues related to the specificities of mud brick
architecture conservation.
* CROSBY, A., April 2007, Conservation Assessment and Treatment Recommendations for Atturaif,
study prepared for Lord Cultural Resources / ADA.
76
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
SCTA has supported ADA in the definition of the schedule of the intervention
in order to give the priority to the identification of the origin of decay processes
and experimentation of adapted conservation methods and techniques.
According to this general technical and cultural framework, at-Turaif District in ad-
Diriyah has been subdivided, for the practical handling of the project, into different
sectors attributed to various designers and conservationists. Saudi, Egyptian,
American and French earthen architecture experts have designed the
conservation projects and specifications for the site of al-Turaif. Each of them
contributing with top-quality solutions adapted to the different situations found
on site (Cf. Volume 3, annexes).
CRATerre has been working on the sector planned to become the souq area of
the Living Heritage Museum, and has prepared a conservation manual for this
sector. A tool that will be made available to contractors, owners, and supervisors
who will be responsible for implementing restoration works, and will further
evolve following the implementation of the conservation pilot project.
SITE DETERIORATION
The site of at-Turaif lies in ruins. It has not only been weakened by the passage
of time, but also from absence of maintenance, insufficiently planned studies, and
unsuitable activities.
This is not a specificity of the site of at-Turaif, unfortunately, as most rural and
urban settlements of historic significance in Saudi Arabia have disappeared under
the pressure of rapid urban growth and abandon. Within a very short period
between 1965 and 1980 a large number of historical, heritage buildings and
traditional human settlements have been removed and replaced by contemporary
structures (like it happened in the old city of Riyadh).
Ph. 75, 76, & 77 Archaeological cleaning and excavations in Mishari (left) and Ibrahim palaces
F. Cristofoli, September 2008
Ph. 74 3D scanning &
orthophoto. survey
CRATerre, 2008
Pl. 22 3D model of at-Turaif
ATM-3D, 2008
77
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Four main categories of vestiges can be identified according to their present
physical conditions.
The standing monuments (palaces) :
These monuments are still standing but have lost some structural integrity which
ensured its protection. Without a roof and without a resistant base, the walls are
prone to a slow, but continuous, decay processes and suffer from direct
weathering and structural problems threatening their stability. These monuments
still require a longer period of study and experimentation before sound
restoration proposals can be elaborated. Proposed conservation techniques must
be tested first before being applied on a large scale. This category of monuments
comprises 12 palaces which are the most impressive structures at the site.
The abandoned residential quarter :
The quarter on the west part of the site that has been resettled in the 20
th
century. New mud brick houses have been rebuilt upon the foundations of older
palaces and dwellings. In most cases the urban pattern has been respected and
the outer walls respect an older layout.
The ruined sector :
This part of the site has been lying abandoned since 1818 destruction. It shows
interesting technical features like herringbone stone walls.
The restored palaces :
Though completed only in the last twenty years, the present state of conservation
of these structures is unsatisfactory. Only the visitors centre within the Salwa
Palace is still open for the public. The other buildings show evident signs of decay
Ph. 78 Excavations in the Ancient Mosque area F. Cristofoli, September 2008
78
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
due to the absence of maintenance after reconstruction and to design defects in
the water drainage systems of the roofs.
Finally, to these four categories can be added the new archaeological excavations
that constitute a new feature within the site and are connected to the ongoing
development works carried out by ADA in the framework of the site
transformation into a Living Heritage Museum. There are currently four
excavations ongoing on site supervised by SCTA. The excavated areas will be
partially included in the new structures, partially kept visible for the visitors and
partially backfilled.
a) Salwa Palace: Archaeological cleaning and excavations preliminary to
the construction of the catwalk and exhibition areas (Cf. Volume 3).
b) Ancient Mosque: These large-scale archaeological excavations have
developed around the remains of the oldest mosque of at-Turaif,
associated with Imam Mohammad Bin Saud, the first Emir of ad-Diriyah,
who ruled for forty years between 1725 and 1765.
The excavations now cover the area of the mosque and the area of the
entrance towards the planned pedestrian bridge. Organized according to
a regular 5x5 meter grid system, the excavations have unearthed the
trace of the city walls, of the large praying hall of the first mosque, and
a number of stone foundations of ancient constructions that do not
match with the current street layout in this area.
c) Ibrahim Palace: The site where stood the palace of Ibrahim al-Saud has
been re-occupied by three more recent houses. These houses, located
in what will become the southern part of the Traditional Culture
Demonstration area, have been excavated till the bedrock. The digs
show the extent of the modification undergone and the differences in
the internal layout between the houses and the older structures of the
palace. Two major occupation phases are evident after the excavations:
the first level, built directly on the bedrock (with no foundation), had
large walls (80/100 cm thick) in well-dressed stone, covered by a layer
of gypsum-based plaster and courtyards with large stone columns; the
second visible phase, built about one meter above the original palace
level, consists of relatively recent mud houses (most likely dating from
the 1950s/1960s), though the southernmost house seems to belong to
an intermediate constructive phase.
d) Mishari Palace: Archaeological cleaning in the ruins of the palace is under
way. The site is being cleared down to a lower level by removing
collapsed mud walls to reach the level of the original floor. The
excavations are done according to the same regular grid visible in the
mosque area, by hand digging.
Pl. 23 3D map of the excavated area ATM-3D for ADA, 2008
659320
659330
659340
659350
659360
659370
659380
659390
2 736 460
2 736 450
2 736 440
2 736 430
2 736 420
2 736 410
2 736 400
2
79
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Among the main causes of deterioration should be listed the impact of rainwater.
Even though all over Saudi Arabia, and in the region of at-Turaif, rainfall is low
and erratic and the average rainfall may consist of only one or two torrential
outbursts flooding the site and then rapidly disappearing into the soil, such flash
flooding represent a real danger for the conservation of earthen buildings and
causes several damages to the site.
On the one hand, the ground becomes saturated with water that cannot be
entirely absorbed. The poor site drainage, the topography and the physical
characteristics of the site further accelerate the erosion of the mud brick
structures. The dry subsurface layer, composed of a silty clayey soil, absorbs the
humidity and stores it near the base of the wall. Therefore the sloped streets of
at-Turaif can quickly turn into raging streams during and after heavy rains, and the
lower points of the site can be filled with floodwaters during many days.
On the other hand, the high evaporation rate, linked to the low rainfall,
eliminates any possibility of soil leaching and leads to the formation of salts
accumulating on the surface. This phenomenon, common in many semi-desert
or arid areas, should be taken into account, as it constitutes an important
factor in the process of degradation of earthen architectures. Presence of
salts, in fact, generally accelerates decay processes, more specifically those
related to damp and water migration.
Pl. 25 Conservation Manual CRATerre, June 2008
Pl. 24 Wooden water outlet in
FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 79 Water dripping from the rock in
FACEY, W., 1997
80
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
4.b Factors affecting the Property
(i) DEVELOPMENT PRESSURES (E.G. ENCROACHMENT,
ADAPTATION, AGRICULTURE, MINING)
The Government of Saudi Arabia has bought the area of at-Turaif in 1982 and
heavily invested since in the effort to protect and develop the site. The entire
property has been surrounded by a metal fence, while a great campaign was
launched by the Department of Antiquities to rebuild the impressive defensive
wall lining the heights on either sides of the Wadi Hanifah and surrounding at-
Turaif. The entire area of at-Turaif has therefore been protected from direct urban
encroachment. The Nominated Property in fact is surrounded by some
cemeteries (waqf property and fully protected by the Law), and by large parcels
of agricultural land belonging to members of the Saudi royal family.
Though the development of modern agriculture infrastructures has slightly
modified the immediate surroundings, it has had the positive effect to preserve
the overall image of a site that was originally built because of the quality of the
agricultural land and the possibility to water date palm plantations and other
crops. The large and intensive date palm plantations surrounding the site provide
an additional "layer" of protection to the site.
The legal provisions set by ad-Diriyah Governorate, forbidding the subdivision of
the estates into parcels smaller than 5 ha, further reinforce the protection of the
surrounding landscape (Cf. Volume 2, Appendix).
Attention will need to be paid in the future to the preservation of the traditional
agricultural pattern that characterized for centuries the landscape of Wadi
Hanifah: the wadi terraces were used for agriculture (where the water table was
near the surface) while the plateau was used for settlement and grazing. The use
of modern pumps makes it possible nowadays, to plant and develop also the
desert plateau, but such an activity risks to alter the natural setting of a wadi-
oasis and should be discouraged.
Ph. 82 Ad-Diriyah walls before restoration DMAM, 1974
Ph. 80 Cemetery and
agriculture land in the
sub-wadi F. Cristofoli,
2008
Ph. 81 Watered fields
F. Cristofoli, 2008
81
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The development plan for the site, aiming at its revitalization and transformation
into a Living Heritage Museum, imposes the construction of a small reception
centre for the visitors. This new building, very low and horizontal, has been
designed by an American architectural firm. The driving principle of the design has
been the will to avoid confrontation with the nearby ruins of the Salwa Palace,
and the desire to reconnect the faade with the traditional walls that border and
protect the wadi terraces. This low, delicately curved structure is situated in front
of the ruins of the Salwa palace, but is almost invisible from the viewpoints
towards the site. Its high architectural standards and its essential role for the
development of the site justify the addition of this element, situated outside the
Nominated Property within the first Buffer Zone surrounding the site.
Inevitably, some visual disturbances from the site exist, most of the views, till a
reasonable distance, are well preserved.
The new planning developments foreseen for the neighbourhoods of al-Bujeiri
and in Old ad-Diriyah, are respectful of the historical value of the site. Indeed,
though a relatively significant urban development will take place in front of the site,
the design of the new neighbourhood respects both the scale and the
proportions of traditional low built fabric, and will be in large part made of
compacted earth bricks. It will create a high-quality urban setting with low density
and large green areas and terraces above an underground parking.
The new religious foundation that will be created where the Shaikh Mohammad
Bin Abdul Wahab used to study and preach, is being designed by a well-known
Pl. 28 Visual cones from and towards the site F. Cristofoli, 2007
TOP HEIGHT OF SALWA
TOP HEIGHT OF VRC (PROJECTION BOOTH-652)
TOP HEIGHT OF VRC (VIEWING TERRACE-649.5)
AVG FLOOR HEIGHT SALWA (652)
35 55 METERS APART
BASEOF VRC (644.5)
FLOOD PLANE (643.5)
WADI FLOOR (641)
BUJEIRI (647.5)
BASEOF SALWA (649)
D
Pl. 26 Transversal section across the Visitor Reception Center A.S.G for ADA, September 2008
Pl. 27 Visitor Reception Center 3D design A.S.G for ADA, September 2008
82
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
contemporary architect, M. Rasem Badran from Jordan. This new institution will
be hosted in a modern structure with anurban front in the direction of the city,
integrating the existing mosque built in the 1990s. The remaining mud structures
of the neighbourhood will be preserved.
On the southern side, the desert land, currently empty but scarred by fences and
by the dumping of building material, will be cleaned and preserved as the
necessary untouched background of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
The urban growth of modern ad-Diriyah, on the other hand, has taken place
towards the east, in direction of Riyadh, and recently further north on a sub-wadi,
preserving the setting of at-Turaif from the modern urban sprawl.
Furthermore, the comprehensive planning being developed by ADA for the
historic areas of ad-Diriyah and, at large, for the entire Wadi Hanifah area, has
integrated the preservation not only of the historic area of at-Turaif, but also of
its immediate surroundings (along the perimeter of the proposed UNESCO
Buffer Zone) into the planning principles.
The regional development centred around the attraction provided by the Wadi
Hanifah and by the historic at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, will inevitably lead to the
development of tourism reception activities and the transformation of part of
the agricultural farms into hotels and accommodations for Riyadhi families.
However, large-scale resorts are forbidden within the Buffer Zone and will not
take place within sight of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
Within the framework of the Wadi Hanifah plan, quarrying in the wadi has been
stopped. with an evident a positive effect on its natural environment.
Ph. 83 Metallic fences on the desert F. Cristofoli, 2008
Pl. 29 3D graphic of the new development project in Al-Bujeiri ADA, 2008
Pl. 30 Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab Foundation project, view from the wadi ADA, 2008
83
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
(ii) ENVIRONMENTAL PRESSURES (E.G. POLLUTION, CLIMATE
CHANGE, DESERTIFICATION)
Pollution
There are no major sources of air pollution in the area of ad-Diriyah. The air is
cleaner than in Riyadh and there is no evident trace of decay caused by air
pollution on the built structures of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
At a different scale, ADA has been in charge of designing a comprehensive plan
for the cleaning and revitalization of the whole course of the Wadi Hanifah (some
120 Km), following the definition of the Strategy for Wadi Hanifah adopted in
1994.
The plan aims at tackling the environmental degradation, loss of natural functioning
and ecosystem productivity of the wadi caused by the un-sustainable use of land,
water, energy and other resources that characterized the rapid growth of Riyadh
during the period 1970-1990. These conditions have notably negatively affected
the wadis function as a natural drainage system, and its ability to deal with floods.
In 2001 ADA commissioned the British consultants Buro Happold along with
their Canadian Landscape Architect partners Moriyama & Teshima to develop the
Wadi Hanifah Comprehensive Development Plan (WHCDP), to draw together
all the completed studies and contain a plan to meet the future needs of the City.
ADA is currently in the process of setting up the Wadi Hanifah Directorate, which
will be ultimately responsible for the continued maintenance and development of
the wadi. The scheme proposed is a cost effective method of achieving cleaner
water to help create a healthy environment and to allow people to achieve a
more healthy and productive life; it has won international recognition with the
awarding of the prestigious Waterfront Prize in Montreal in 2003, and the it was
presented to the United Nations in New York in April 2004.
Climate and climatic change
The climate of central Arabia is among the driest on earth with extremely little
precipitation. There have been recurrent droughts in the past that caused severe
damages to the population. There is no historical proof of a climatic change taking
place in the last two or three hundred years, and the climatic conditions visible
today are likely the same ones that characterized the heydays of the First Saudi
State at the end of the 18
th
century.
Pl. 31 Wadi hanifah aerial view ADA, 2004
84
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Mechanical pumping and the large increase in population and water consumption
in the last decades have significantly lowered the level of the water table that
used to lie some 15-20 meters below the surface, while it is now much deeper.
The meteorological data for the area underline the dramatic and drastic changes
in temperature between night and day and between summer and winter. Daytime
temperature can approach 50 degrees in the shade with 42 C as average
maximum in July, while frost can occur at night in winter.
Rainfall in Riyadh is at an annual average of 84 mm. However rainfall averages are
especially misleading in Arabia as they conceal huge irregularities. It can range
from 15 mm, recorded in 1966, to 257 in 1976.
Desertification
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah lies in a desert environment and within a wadi-oasis
ecological system. The climatic conditions presently visible at the site do not
greatly differ from the ones that used to characterize the region during the
First Saudi State period, though the surface canals that used to distribute the
water to the cultivated areas of the wadi terraces have disappeared and the
traditional animal powered wells have been substituted by deep drilled wells and
mechanical pumping.
Ph. 84 Stone canal in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 32 Climatic chart
in FACEY, W., 1997
85
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
(iii) NATURAL DISASTERS AND RISK PREPAREDNESS
(EARTHQUAKES, FLOODS, FIRES, ETC.)
The site does not seem to be affected by earthquakes. It is, however, relatively
often touched by small floods and more rarely , by more serious floods causing
damages to the mud brick walls of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
Within the framework of the redevelopment project, ADA has prepared specific
plans to tackle eventual man-caused disasters and has set up security mechanism
to cope with fire, and other threats (Cf. Volume 2, Management Plan).
The overall control of the floods in the wadi bed has also been tackled within the
large Wadi Hanifah planning. The road and the infrastructures have been
redesigned to drain floods properly.
The impact of strong rainfall storms on site is also been taken into consideration
by the conservation plans, though it will be necessary to set up monitoring
mechanisms to verify the extent of the damages to the mud structures after every
rain and the effectiveness of the conservation design.
The Site Manager of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah Living Heritage Museum will be
asked to integrate specific measures for the protection of the World Heritage Site
within existing emergency planning systems at the local, regional and national
levels.
Ph. 85 Flood in the wadi in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 86 Wadi road F. Cristofoli, 2007
86
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
(iv) VISITOR/TOURISM PRESSURES
The area of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is relatively large and the site can, in
theory, receive large numbers of visitors without jeopardizing the preservation of
the vestiges; It is obvious, however, that the earthen architectural heritage of the
site is fragile and that its transformation into a large-scale tourist destination might
requires great attention and technical skills.
At the time being, there are no accurate estimates of the number of visitors, but
it is likely that visitors to at-Turaif in the last years did not exceed 10.000 per year.
However, this number is meant to increase dramatically following the opening of
the Living Heritage Museum and, hopefully, the inscription on the World Heritage
List.
The planners of the Living Heritage Museum estimate the number of visitors per
year (at least in a first phase) at some 200.000, with peak numbers of some 2.500
per day, and have been designing services and facilities on this basis.
On the long term, if the project proves successful, it is likely that this number will
grow and might even double within 10 years. Technical infrastructures are already
designed to cope with larger crowds, but, because of the unicity of the project in
the Saudi context, and of the uncertainty concerning the effective future
development of national and international tourism in the Kingdom, it is difficult to
assess precisely the expected attendance on the long term.
The number of tourists has been calculated to respond to their practical needs
and to guarantee their safety, but also to verify that their number is compatible
with the characteristics of the site and to assure that their presence will not cause
harm to the site. Indeed, at-Turaif is by definition a non-renewable resource and
it should be preserved and protected to be able to play its role of major cultural
attraction.
Planning and design solutions, therefore, limit the access to dangerous and unsafe
areas, regulate the pedestrian flows and limit the circulation on site to pedestrians
and people movers, while precluding access to cars.
Tourist circuits have been designed to bring the visitors to most of the site (but
not everywhere), and catwalks and new additions inserted within historic ruins
have been skilfully designed detached from the ancient walls to avoid damaging
the site.
Ph. 87 Visitors at the entrance of the site F. Cristofoli, 2008
Pl. 33 & 34 Salwa Palace Museum designs A.S.G for ADA, September 2008
87
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
It is evident that the actual impact of the visitors on the built structures, both
ruined and standing, restored or simply consolidated, should be continuously
monitored. It will be the Site Managers duty to ensure that all unexpected decay
or act of vandalism are recorded, that the causes of the problem are identified and
that solutions are found.
The museums and exhibitions halls will be guarded by the site personnel and by
a CCTV system to protect the collections, while site guards, tourist guides and site
staff will assure that the visitors will respect and not damage the site.
Voluntary vandalism is not expected to be a major issue in the Saudi Arabia
context, but involuntary damages caused by a public that is not yet used to visit
heritage sites is more likely to be an important issue. Therefore, part of the site
protection measures is related to the education of the public and to the
development of raising awareness campaigns in the schools and at the site.
The issue of littering and cleaning for example, that might favour the spread of fires
and affect the conditions of the mud plasters and of the very buildings, will not
only be dealt with by janitors, by also be addressed by public campaigns on site.
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, however, will, by its very nature of earthen
architectural site, requires continuous maintenance, repairs and even partial
reconstructions at regular intervals of time. Mud plasters will be regularly replaced
and repairs will be needed after heavy rains. Eventual graffiti, which might be
traced on the walls by the visitors, will therefore be regularly erased by the
simple maintenance strategy designed for the site. The management structure
will see to it that qualified technicians intervene each time conservation
intervention is needed to answer to the man-caused damages.
Archaeological excavations
The Site Management will be responsible of designing a strategy for long term
archaeological research to take place within the site perimeter. Similarly, training
workshops and didactic working sites will be regularly held at at-Turaif.
It is essential that excavations and conservation workshop, particularly sensitive
and fragile, are protected from the damages that could be caused by the visitors.
Though they might also be included among theattractions of the Living Heritage
Museum, it is essential that these activities are protected from the public and that
dangerous and fragile zones are closed off to the public to assure that no damage
is done to the finds.
Ph. 88 [left] Archaeological excavation M. Bendakir, 2008
Ph. 89 Archaeological excavation F. Cristofoli, 2008
88
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Landscape, flora and fauna
The major threat for the site landscape, which is protected by a series of
regulations and planning provisions, is represented by the uncontrolled presence
of private cars and buses along the wadi. The noise and the pollution provoked
by private transportation in the immediate vicinity of the site might greatly affect
the scenery and the value of the site.
The design of the new parking areas and the re-planning of the wadi bed road,
are meant to control the incoming fluxes and limit the unsuitable uses of car
within the Buffer Zone perimeter.
The management system will monitor regularly the effectiveness of the solutions
proposed and eventually adapt the plan to new situations.
Finally, the re-qualification of a wadi farm, and its transformation into one of at-
Turaif District in ad-Diriyah attractions, will bring large crowds inside the wadi farm
areas. It is essential to guarantee the protection of the agricultural and natural
environment of the green areas from littering, fires, collection of plants and flowers,
etc. Similar regulations should also be designed for the newly planned green areas
designed within the Buffer Zone for the rest of the visitors.
Ph. 92 to 95 Desert and wadi flora
in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 90 Gazelle in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 91 Herd under the palm trees
in FACEY, W., 1997
89
STATE OF CONSERVATION AND FACTORS AFFECTINGTHE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
(v) NUMBER OF INHABITANTS WITHINTHE PROPERTY ANDTHE
BUFFER ZONE
The Nominated Property nominated for inscription on the World Heritage List
is not inhabited. The only buildings in the immediate vicinity of the Nominated
Property are the reception offices of the site guards at the Gate, the visitors
Centre and the Site Management offices, but no residential units are included
within the Nominated Property perimeter.
The Buffer Zone has been designed with the aim of guaranteeing the maximum
protection with the smallest possible number of residents to simplify the
application of planning mechanisms that might interfere with private property
rights.
At the time being, there are only some tens of residents in al-Bujeiri
neighbourhood, no residents in al-Ghasibah and some hundreds of people living
in the wadi farms and in areas of old ad-Diriyah included in the Buffer Zone. The
desert zone south of at-Turaif is not inhabited.
This situation is meant to evolve with the implementation of the project on site,
as the Buffer Zone too is undergoing a complete renovation connected to the
revitalization of at-Turaif. While al-Bujeiri will become a commercial area with no
urban settlement foreseen, and Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab Foundation will be
a religious and cultural institutions with no residents, it is likely that the urban
section of Old Diriyah included in the Buffer Zone will take part in the overall
economic regeneration of the area brought about by the creation of at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah Living Museum. These areas will be slowly up-graded and
renewed, respecting the strict planning regulations to be defined for the Buffer
Zone, and will inevitably change and likely slightly increase their population.
The current number of residents within the Buffer Zone is estimated at
400 people; this number will not be significantly increased by the development
project.
90
|
CHAPTER FIVE
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
PROTECTION
AND
MANAGEMENT OF
THE PROPERTY
91
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.a Ownership
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is located in the Municipality of ad-Diriyah, in the
Province of ad-Diriyah, within the Governorate of ar-Riyadh, in the very centre
of Saudi Arabia.
Till 2003, the site was managed by the Deputy Ministry of Antiquities and
Museums (DMAM) depending from the Ministry of Education. Following the
recent merge of the DMAM with the Supreme Commission for Tourism (SCT)
and the creation of the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities (SCTA) in
2007, the responsibility of the site has passed in the hands of SCTA.
The Supreme Commission for Tourism (now SCTA, Saudi Commission for
Tourism and Antiquities) was established by Council of Minister Resolution N 9
of 12.01.1421 H (1999 AD), with the specific mandate to attend, develop, to
promote and enhance the tourism sector of the Kingdom. It is a technical
organization with responsibility for a specialised sector being supervised by a
Board of Directors chaired by the Second Deputy Prime Minister.
The Nominated Property is entirely owned by SCTA. In 1982, the whole sector
was bought by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the village that grew inside the ruins
evacuated and the site given to the Department of Antiquities (now SCTA). It
covers an area of 28,78 hectares and is entirely fenced. Access to the site is
controlled by guards 24/24h.
The Buffer Zone has been drawn with the goal to protect the site from urban
encroachments, to preserve the agricultural use of the wadi area, and to protect
the views from and towards the site. Its perimeter mostly follows ad-Diriyah city
wall, though it does not include the whole area that used to be encircled by this
defensive perimeter. The proposed Buffer Zone extends over a surface of 237,95
hectares. There is no full cadastral map of the entire area, but satellite images
elaborated by the SCTA and ADA, present the use of the land and the private
properties within and around the Buffer Zone.
The Buffer Zone lies entirely within ad-Diriyah municipal borders. Land ownership
in the Buffer Zone is mixed, with large public estates, belonging to different
governmental bodies (SCTA, ADA, Municipality and Governorate of ad-Diriyah,
Waqf, etc.), covering more than 35% of the area, and small and large private
parcels. Private and public parcels are partially urban and partially agricultural:
The ruins of the ancient neighbourhood of al-Ghasibah are owned by
the SCTA.
The cemeteries, surrounding at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, belong to the
waqf and are fully protected by the law.
The agricultural farm lands on the wadi terraces are privately-owned.
These parcels are subject to a specific regulation established by the
Governorate of ad-Diriyah that states that parcels cannot be subdivided
into units smaller than 5 hectares and construction in these parcels is
allowed only as far as it is connected to agricultural use. Some of these
estates belong to members of the Saudi Royal family.
Al-Bujeiri neighbourhood is owned by the Governorate of Riyadh. The
urban areas of old ad-Diriyah within the Buffer Zone comprise state
land and private parcels.
From the management point of view, the Buffer Zone is subdivided into two
sectors offering different degrees of protection and answering to specific
regulations.
Notably, all modification in the immediate vicinities of the Nominated Property
including cemeteries, agricultural parcels and desert land is strictly forbidden.
This first Buffer Zone (represented in dark blue on the map) guarantees the
maximum possible preservation of the candidate site.
Around it, extending over a larger area, a second Buffer Zone is designed. Inside
this perimeter economic and residential activities are submitted to a strict control,
but are not necessarily excluded. Within this second zone lie notably the
neighbourhood of al-Bujeiri, the majority of the agricultural parcels of the wadi,
and the protected archaeological site of al-Ghasibah.
[Previous page]
Ph. 96 Saad Ibn Saud Palace ADA, 2007
92
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 35 Land ownership pattern in historic ad-Diriyah, Govt Property Ownership Plan ADA, 2008
93
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 36 Two level Buffer Zone SCTA, 2008
94
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.b Protective designation
The protection of Cultural Heritage in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is defined by
the Law of Antiquity issued by Royal Decree No 26/M in 23/6/1392 H (the English
translation of the Law is joined in the Appendix of the Volume 2) and its
amendments.
According to the Law of Antiquity, the Antiquity Directorate depending from
the Ministry of Education and the Higher Council of Antiquity are responsible
of the protection of the movable and immovable properties.
The Law of Antiquity has 79 articles divided into seven chapters ; Chapter two
deals specifically with immovable properties.
A new Draft Antiquities and Museums Law has been prepared, and is currently in
the final stage of the process of approval (the English translation of the New Draft
Law is joined in the Annexes of the Management Plan)
According to the new Draft Antiquities and Museums Law, the responsibility for
the protection of the Cultural Heritage of the Kingdom passes under the authority
of the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities.
The new Draft Antiquities and Museums Law is divided into nine chapters and
95 articles. Chapter two (articles 22-25) deals with archaeological & historical
sites and urban heritage sites, chapter five defines protection perimeters and
regulations for urban and archaeological sites.
The Ministry of Municipality and Rural Affairs (MOMRA) collaborates with the
supreme Commission in the protection and classification of urban heritage.
Article 50 of the new Draft Law foresees that a protection area of 200 metres
should surround all immovable urban and archaeological sites. This protection area
could be extended to maintain the visual environment of the registered antiquity.
The new Buffer Zone of the Nominated Property is much larger than the 200
metres protection area.
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is the property of the government with all its
moveable and un-moveable elements and is considered an historic and
archaeological site according to the Royal Decree No 26 issued on 23/6/1392 AH
(1972 AD).
The mechanism of registration and the whole Antiquities Inventory is currently
being updated and reformed to comply with modern international standards and
to become an effective tool for the protection and management of the countrys
rich Cultural Heritage. All sites and all data concerning them are going to be
integrated in a geographically referenced system (G.I.S.).
95
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.c Means of implementing protective measures
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS
NATIONAL LAWS
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia ratified the 1954 The Hague Convention for the
Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict on 20/01/1971.
On 07/08/1978, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia ratified the 1972 Convention
concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage.
The Kingdom has submitted its Tentative List to the World Heritage Centre on
25/09/2006.
In July 2007, the site of al-Hijr Archaeological Site (Madain Salih) became the first
Saudi site to be inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List.
NATIONAL LAWS
The Antiquities Law, issued by Royal Decree No 26/M in 23/6/1392 H, defines
and protects as antiquities moveable and immoveable properties older than 200
hundred years. More recent properties might be considered as antiquities
following a resolution by the Ministry of Education (art. 5). The responsibility for
preservation and registration of antiquities lies within the Directorate of
Antiquities (art.6).
Antiquities Law imposes planners to seek Directorates approval for all
development plans in villages and cities (art. 12).
Existing laws concerning heritage in the country are in need of strengthening as
they are difficult to enforce and leave many important resources without
protection. In order to overcome this situation, the Supreme Commission for
Tourism, now SCTA, has drafted a new Draft Antiquities and Museums Law
currently under review by the Saudi government.
This new legislation includes various chapters covering: provisions and general
provisions; archaeological historical and urban sites; underwater antiquities; trading
in antiquities ; surveys and excavations ; urban heritage; museums ; penalties for
non-compliance and effectiveness.
It foresees also regulations to cover all the detail requirements for implementation
of the law. These will be subject to the authority of Government departments and
Ministerial control, and where required will be ratified by the Council of Ministers.
According to the analysis of the existing legislative framework elaborated in 2004,
within the Strategy and Action Plan for the Antiquities and Museums Sector of the
Saudi Commission for Tourism, there are still key elements to be defined concerning
notably the issues of general legislation relating to real estate (affecting the rights
of the SCTA to acquire and to lease for development) and the liability to identify
precisely ownership through an effective system of land registration.
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT INAD-DIRIYAH
Having acknowledged the actual limitations and shortcuts of the existing legal
system for the protection of Cultural Heritage within the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, it should be stated unambiguously that the protection system currently in
place at at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah guarantees the full preservation of the site.
Indeed, the core area is entirely fenced and its only vehicular access is controlled
by guards.
At the site, the Antiquities Law is enforced by the local police, by the governor
of the province and by the antiquities staff.
96
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Following the approval of the 1972 Antiquity Law and the 1976 official registration
of the site, Saudi Arabian Government has bought the area of at-Turaif in 1982
removing the inhabitants that settled there in the 1950s and 1960s in order
to guarantee the protection of the site.
The new Draft Antiquities and Museums Law foresees the creation of a buffer
zone around archaeological sites on a width of 200 metres. In 2007-8, during the
process of the preparation of the nomination file, the perimeter of this buffer
zone for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah has been reconsidered. The new protective
perimeter presented in this file is currently in the process of being approved.
Saudi procedures for the approval of the Buffer Zone are relatively simple,
requiring in fact only approval at the local level. The system foresees that the
proposed perimeter, drafted by SCTA, is submitted for discussion and approval
to the local department of Antiquities and then submitted to the local
department of the Ministry of Agriculture. If approved, the document is sent back
to the SCTA for signature and approval by the SCTA President. This procedure
usually requires some six months and ad-Diriyah the new buffer zone perimeter
is expected to be approved by the end of 2009.
Copy of the approved perimeter should be sent to the Ministry of Municipal and
Rural Affair (MOMRA) in order to be integrated in their planning procedures.
In this case, a copy of the approval decree will also be sent for information at the
World Heritage Centre headquarters in Paris to be included in the at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah nomination file.
Within the nominated site, the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities is
responsible for all conservation activities and investigation as well as for the overall
management of the site. The implementation of the development program for the
Living Heritage Museum is being carried out by Ar-Riyadh Development
Authority (ADA). When ADA proposes significant works, new constructions,
demolition, adaptation of existing buildings to new roles, etc., it consults SCTA
and needs its approval on the proposals.
In the Buffer Zone the Site Manager of the World Heritage Nominated Site has
a major role. Though the development plan is directly run by ADA that has been
in charge of the planning of the al-Bujeiri neighbourhood and of the Mohammad
Bin Abdul Wahab Foundation.
The new management scheme requires the approval of the Site Manager for any
change or construction proposed within the perimeter of the Buffer Zone. The
Site Manager will be asked to review the project and to verify its conformity with
the planning regulations and its compatibility with the preservation of the
Oustanding Universal Value of the Nominated Property.
In the green wadi terraces, inside and outside the Buffer Zone, consent for new
construction can only be granted by the Ministry of Agriculture since the area is
considered agricultural land. The desert area north of at-Turaif, is non-
constructible.
Outside the nominated site, there are different procedures for regulating new
building in different areas abutting the site. ADA is in charge of the whole wadi
Hanifah project and of the planning of the ad-Diriyah urban area. SCTA is not
consulted directly but would normally be asked to give its opinion.
97
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.d Existing plans related to municipality and region in
which the proposed property is located (e.g.
regional or local plan, conservation plan, tourism
development plan)
RIYADH MASTER PLAN
WADI HANIFAH PLAN
AD-DIRIYAH URBAN PLAN
The policy designed by the Governorate of Riyadh and the Supreme Commission
for Tourism and Antiquities for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah meant to become
the capital of Saudi tourism proposes a vision of economic development
based on services, on cultural tourism and on the re-appropriation of local identity.
The sustainable tourism development imagined by SCTA implies eco-friendly and
heritage-friendly plans for the overall development of the region.
The conservation and development project for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is
part of a large scale planning strategy and development strategy for the capital
Riyadh and its region. The next paragraphs briefly outline the regional plans being
implemented.
Several planning instruments provide further protection for the proposed World
Heritage site:
Urban planning for Riyadh (Riyadh Master Plan)
Wadi Hanifah Plan
ad-Diriyah development plan
Tourism promotion plans for Riyadh and its region
Royal Order supporting the inscription of Saudi heritage sites on the
World Heritage List.
RIYADH MASTER PLAN
The town planning of the capital city, Riyadh, is done at the level of the
Governorate by ar-Riyadh Development Authority (ADA).
Urbanization in the Kingdom has been rising rapidly, increasing from 48% in 1975
to 80% in 2000 and it is likely that the trend towards an urban lifestyle will
continue. Riyadh current population amounts to 4.7 millions and the city spreads
over a vast area with a low density.
This process of rapid urbanization has occurred essentially within a single life span,
undercutting links with the traditional family and tribal culture. It has placed the
historic centres of Saudi towns and villages under great stress, often leading to
their abandonment and demolition to make way for the new.
Pl. 37 Structure Plan for Riyadh 1442H / 2022AD High Commission for the Development of ar-Riyadh,
Metropolitan Development Strategy for ar-Riyadh, MEDSTAR, 2002
98
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The new Master Plan for Riyadh was designed in 2002 to direct development for
the period 2002-2020. The city is laid out in a 2x2 km grid bounded by the Ring
Road that encircles the North, East and Southern limits of the city, and is planned
to close the Western side in the near future, thus creating a clearly enclosed
urban centre from which development corridors spread out into the periphery.
These corridors are planned to support large populations in so-called
Metropolitan Sub-Centres located to the North, East and South of the centre.
The city will therefore experience an acceleration along its north-south axis in the
coming decades.
The urban motorway system is the backbone of the Riyadh development policy,
sustaining the growth of the urban corridors that will direct the development of
the city in the next decades. The creation of the Metropolitan Sub-Centres is
part of a strategy aimed at achieving a multi-polar city and promoting a more
balanced work-live environment in the city and reducing commuting needs as a
mean to reduce congestion in the centre. By promoting denser development, it
is intended that the conditions will be in place for the introduction of public
transport, currently under study by the ADA.
WADI HANIFAH PLAN
Besides the urban Master Plan for Riyadh, the major regional plan concerns the
upgrading of the entire length of the Wadi Hanifah, the most significant natural
landmark of the Region.
Wadi Hanifah basin, with its many tributaries, forms a unique 120 kilometre long
ecological region that descends from the Tuwaiq Escarpment in the northwest to
open desert southeast of Riyadh.
Though citys history is inextricably tied to that of Wadi Hanifah, little attention
has been paid to its protection and ecological equilibrium. Various forms of illegal
building and industrial activities have produced the environmental degradation of
the wadi, heavily polluted and dominated by traffic, parked cars, and un-treated
rubbish. The wadi has lost its function of usable public space and has, in the
meantime, became unable to cope with flood events.
The need of a comprehensive development plan for Wadi Hanifah led Ar-Riyadh
Development Authority (ADA) to carry out technical studies in parallel with the
development of a strategy for the Wadi. In addition to ongoing groundwater
monitoring, ADA undertook studies on water resource and flooding, as well as
historical and archaeological assets that were used as the technical basis of the
Strategy for Wadi Hanifah, adopted in 1994.
Wadi Hanifah Comprehensive Development Plan, designed between 2001 and
2004 by Buro Happold, tackles the crucial issue of the purification of the used
waters of the capital. The plan, supported by technical and administrative
guidelines, proposes programs for environmental restoration, open spaces and
recreational areas.
Pl. 38 Wadi Hanifah Master Plan Buro Happold for ADA, 2002
99
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
This project directly impacts on the World Heritage candidate site located in the
central sector of the wadi. New studies are currently being developed to
coordinate general strategy and local planning in the ad-Diriyah area.
AD-DIRIYAH URBAN PLAN
ADA has commissioned to the firm Happold Consulting the preparation of a
Regeneration Project for the central sector of Wadi Hanifah around the city of
ad-Diriyah that lies to the north west of the centre of Riyadh, immediately outside
the citys still unfinished Ring Road.
This project, still in the planning phase, directly concerns, and relates to, the parallel
work done by SCTA (with ADA) in view of the nomination of at-Turaif District in
ad-Diriyah on the World Heritage List.
It has been developed on the principle that the heritage-led development of at-
Turaif, cannot succeed completely without the parallel redevelopment of
ad-Diriyah. The plan defines a comprehensive planning approach to the site and
evokes the possibility to consider the whole district as a National Historic Park
reinforcing the Buffer Zone proposed for the UNESCO listing and ensuring a
wider protection of the views towards and from the site.
ad-Diriyah sector has been divided into 10 zones; in the segment of the Wadi
Hanifah between at-Turaif and al-Bujeiri the plan suggests reducing traffic to the
minimum and foresees special provisions to eliminate parking and reduce the
visual impact of any street furniture in order to maintain as close an appearance
to the historical wadi as possible.
A certain level of urban development in the surroundings of the world heritage
candidate site is absolutely compatible with the highest standards of protection,
as it is likely that the new residential neighbourhoods of modern ad-Diriyah will
be low-density areas (1-2 level houses) without direct visual impact on/from the
site.
Nevertheless, the overall scale of the planned settlements between the existing
city and the new highway (the so-calledgateway area) needs to be continuously
monitored. The Site Manager will establish regular contacts with Riyadh planning
department. Typical issues to be tackled concern, for instance, the size of the light
poles of the ring-road highway and the limits of the urban expansion in the
proximity of the historic walls of ad-Diriyah.
AL BUJEIRI NEIGHBOURHOOD PLAN
The historic neighbourhood of al-Bujeiri, just in front of at-Turaif, is being
completely replanned by ADA within the framework of the overall development
plan and of the establishment of the Living Heritage Museum.
The area, owned by ADA, will see the development of two major projects
supporting and completing the activities foreseen for the restored neighbourhood
of at-Turaif.
According to the general plan, al-Bujeiri is being redeveloped as a service and
commercial zone. It will host a large underground car parking, small scale
Pl. 39 Ad-Diriyah 10 Planning Zones Happold Consulting for ADA, 2007
100
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
commercial activities, the reception centre for at-Turaif living museum, a large
landscaped park, a restored ancient mosque and a preserved group of mud brick
constructions. The new neighbourhood will be composed of a series of low
buildings made in compressed earth that will be leased to the private sector. The
site will be managed directly by ADA.
Within the neighbourhood, a second project is planned: the Shaikh Mohammad
Bin Abdul Wahab Foundation. This new centre integrates within a new complex
the large existing Mosque that was built in the early 1990s.
The Foundation will be an international organization aiming at presenting the
message and heritage of Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab, its adoption and
continuation that reached us in the form of religious ideology, faith and Reform
propagation. It will be a Charity Organization. The Foundation will serve
researchers, scholars, students and common people who are interested in
religious studies and in the message of the Shaikh and its propagation.
It will consist of a library and information centre, a unit for the teaching of the
shariya by modern electronic means, and of two units for debates and conferences
and for research and studies.
The westernmost part of the neighbourhood will be developed as a landscaped
park in front of at-Turaif. Though the complex will have a relatively high faade
towards the city of ad-Diriyah, it will be low and well integrated from the site of
at-Turaif.
Pl. 40 Al-Bujeiri Development Plan ADA, April 2008
101
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.e Property Management Plan or other Management
System
THE EXISTING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OF THE SITE
THE NEW MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR AL-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
Preliminary Considerations
Driving Principles
Organizational Charts
The administrative and protective system currently in place at at-Turaif will be
completely replaced by a new system in the coming months, before the opening
of the at-Turaif Living Heritage Museum.
At the time being, the new management plan for at-Turaif is not yet approved.
However, the recent appointment of the Site Manager of at-Turaif District in ad-
Diriyah already follow the new scheme being currently defined and implemented.
The issue of the management of the site, during and after the end of the site
work, has been a constant concern for ADA, SCTA and all the stakeholders
involved in the site, since the preliminary phases of the large-scale planning effort
being developed by ADA to establish the new at-Turaif Living Heritage Museum.
A comprehensive and detailed management plan for the site is being prepared
jointly by the planners of the Living Heritage Museum and by SCTA aiming at
guaranteeing the respect of the outstanding universal values of the site and the
sustainable development of the project. This plan has a double and intimately
interwoven objective: to permit the proper and smooth management of the Living
Heritage Museum on the one side, and to meet UNESCO standards for World
Heritage Sites on the other.
The reflections that have brought about the new organizational charts for the
site are detailed in Volume 2. The plan is the result of the efforts of a multi-
disciplinary team of Saudi experts and foreign consultants during the period 2007-
2008.
The discussions held during the preparation of the Nomination File, between
SCTA and ADA, that was in the very same period defining the operational
mechanisms of the Living Heritage Museum, have been instrumental in defining
the guidelines of the site management plan and in fixing a commonly agreed
organizational system.
The continuous and full support of the higher echelons of SCTA and ADA, and
the commitment of the Saudi Kingdom to the preservation and re-development
of the site that saw the earlier achievements of the House of Saud, guarantee that
all the steps outlined in this report will be soon transformed into practical legal
and administrative blueprints.
AL-TURAIF DISTRICT INAD-DIRIYAH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The site is owned and cared for by the Antiquities Department. The department,
that was once depending from the Ministry of Education, is now officially a branch
of the SCTA.
At the head of at-Turaif office used to be an archaeologist, directing a team of 9
people: 4 archaeologists, 1 Site supervisor, 2 attendants, 1 Administrative staff and
1 Tourist guide; to this group should be added 4 guards that patrol the site.
The site department is officially in charge of the reception of the visitors, of their
security and of the protection of the heritage of at-Turaif. All what relates to land
use and property within the zone depends from this office, according to a special
legislation.
The site is open every day from morning to sunset prayer; however, the budget
of the department is minimal (aside from staff salaries).
Since the studies and development plan for the creation of the Living Heritage
Museum have started, ar-Riyadh Development Authority (ADA) has supported
financially the archaeological excavations on site.
102
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The local department on site depended from the General Administration of
Antiquities (Cf. Volume 2), but is also in relation with ad-Diriyah Municipality
notably for all issues relative to the Old City walls that were rebuilt in the early
1980s by the Department of Antiquities.
The Site office has also established a connection with ad-Diriyah Governorate
office, notably for the preparation of official visits of VIPs to the site and whenever
problems arise with the private owners that own the surrounding parcels.
A new system, capable to cope with the new challenges and opportunities
brought upon by the conservation and redevelopment plan for at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah, and capable to create a bridge between the highest echelon of the
Kingdom on the one side, and the local community on the other is an utmost
priority.
AL-TURAIF DISTRICT INAD-DIRIYAH NEW MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Preliminary considerations
The Operational Guidelines issued by the World Heritage Committee strongly
recommend that all State Parties have management frameworks and an adequate
legal protection suitable for securing the long-term conservation of World
Heritage Sites.
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia actively supports the elaboration of Management
Plans for all its Candidate World Heritage Sites. The need for a Management Plan
stems not only from international guidance, but also from the reality on the site
and in its environs.
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah candidate site is the focus of a major national cultural
endeavour. To achieve the Convention's aims of sustaining the outstanding
universal value of World Heritage Sites, it is crucial to develop a co-ordinated
and consensual framework for the long-term management and development of
the Site.
The site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah has been the object of a Royal Decree
that underlines its importance and favours the development of policies capable
to attain world heritage recognition for the site (Cf Volume 2, Appendix).
A series of successive Master Plans for the re-development of the area has been
drawn by the Saudi authorities (ADA) with the support of international
consultants. These plans have been continuously up-dated and modified to take
into account the conservation needs of the site and UNESCO-set standards for
restoration.
In the last two years, the coordination between the authority in charge of the
redevelopment of the site (ADA) and the authority in charge of the preservation
of national Heritage (SCT then SCTA) has been continuous and intense and has
produced a shared vision for the development of the site.
The project for the development of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah has profited of
the growth of attention that developed within the Kingdom towards national
heritage and traditional crafts and techniques. In this regard, the activities of the
National Museum in Riyadh and of the Al-Turath Foundation have played an
important pioneering role bringing to the attention of the national elites the rich
heritage of the Kingdom.
Ph. 97 Stakeholders meeting F. Cristofoli, 2008
103
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Furthermore, the historic and continuous presence of the Royal Family in the
area of ad-Diriyah, where royal princes own private estates and where traditional
palaces and farms have been restored and upgraded, sets an example for other
wealthy Riyadhi families.
The overall objectives set by SCTA for the development of the tourism sector in
Saudi Arabia have been integrated in this document. The management plan of at-
Turaif District in ad-Diriyah participates to the overall vision put forth by SCTA and
summarized hereafter:
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, as the cradle of Islam, seeks to conserve and to
present its cultural heritage as a most important element of the nations civilization
and cultural identity, and to develop compatible uses, and cultural, social and
economic benefits, within the context of the nations Islamic values.
Driving principles
The development plan foresees the creation of a cultural and religious centre in
the area that saw the birth of the Saudi power. The vestiges of at-Turaif District in
ad-Diriyah are being transformed into a Living Heritage Museum presenting, in a
preserved authentic architectural and urban setting, the fundamental elements of
Saudi national identity and culture.
The preservation of these extraordinary yet ruined and emptied vestiges
is possible only if joined to an ambitious plan aiming at underlining the importance
of Cultural Heritage for modern Saudi Arabia through state-of-the-art museum
techniques and cultural attractions that could meet peoples expectations and
offer a lively interpretation of the nation origins and evolution.
To comply with UNESCO recommendations, to guarantee the quality of the
experience, and to direct the development, a culturally-driven public-supported
strategy has been designed. Private sector investments a key element for the
success of the operation are framed into a clearly defined general policy and
are not allowed setting the standards and the rules of the game.
Differently from most sites, in the case of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
management issues have been taken into account since the very beginning of the
project as the plan was drawn by an experienced agency already in charge of the
urban management of vast enclosed sectors of the Saudi capital Riyadh.
Management solutions and needs are geared essentially to the conservation and
maintenance of the site and to the management of the tourist fluxes. The social
aspects and the involvement of the local population, essential elements of a
sustainable plan, do not concern in this case the inhabitants of the site, but the
communities living around it that will beneficiate, directly and indirectly, from its
development.
The Management Plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, builds upon the
experience gained at al-Hijr, the first Saudi site to be inscribed on the WHL, and
upon the extraordinary know-how and experience of ADA.
Organizational charts
The Management Plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is presented in Volume 2
with the legal documentation in the Appendix. In the following pages are simply
reminded the Organizational Charts describing the new management system for
at-Turaif :
The first chart presents the Antiquity Department of SCTA with the
newly created ad-Diriyah Department directly depending from the Vice-
President for Antiquities and Museums;
The second chart presents the general framework and the coordination
mechanisms set up between the two agencies (ADA and SCTA)
involved in the management and development of the site;
Finally, the third chart presents the detail of the World Heritage Site
Management Unit with its various departments and sections.
104
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Vice Pr esident for A&M
Advisor y Gr oups V. P Office
Suppor t Ser vices
Provincial Ant iquit y
Offices Coor dinat or
Ant iquit y Office in
Al- Hij r
Ant iquit y Office in
ad- Dir' iyah
Exhibition
Halls
Supervisors
Visiting &
Temp.
Exhibitions
Dep.
Technical
Affairs Dep.
Safety &
Security Dep.
Visitor Relations
Dep.
Education Dep.
Programs Dep.
Marketing Dep.
Museum Societies
Dep.
Support & Finance
Dep.

Provincial
Museums
Dep.
Private
Museums
Dep.
Local &
International
Exhibitions
Dep.
Exhibitions
Organization
Workshop
Dep.
Registration
&
Documentatio
n Dep.
Private
Collection
Services Dep.
Antiquity
Collection
Laboratory
Antiquities
Storage Dep.

Visitor
Relations
Dep.
Programs
Dep.
Education
Dep.

Studies &
Programs
Dep.
Execution
Dep.
Operation &
Maintenance
Dep.
Historical
Building
Laboratories
Dep.
Urban
Heritage
Preservation
Dep.
Site
Management
& Supervision
Dep.
Projects
Support Dep.
Archaeologica
Survey &
Excavation Dep
Underwater
Antiquities
Dep.
Survey &
Drawing Dep.
Photography
Dep.

Specialized
Studies Dep.
Scientific
operation De
Library
Saudi
Antiquities
Annual
Publication
Awareness
&
Publication
Dep.
Scientific
Publication
Dep.
Data Base
Dep.
Data
Collection &
Analysis
Dep.
Data
Processing
Dep.
Register o
Antiquities
Dep.

Safety &
Security
Dep.
Vandalis
m Dep.
Antiquitie
s &
Archaeol
ogical
Items
Merchand
ize
Heritage
Associati
ons Dep.
National
Heritage
Recovery
Dep.
Antiquity Office in Al-Majma`
Antiquity Office in Makkah
Antiquity Office in Taif
Antiquity Office in Jeddah
Antiquity Office in Maddinah
Antiquity Office in Al-Ula
Antiquity Office in Buraidah
Antiquity Office in Dammam
Antiquity Office in Hafouf
Antiquity Office in Abha
Antiquity Office in Tabouk
Antiquity Office in Tayma
Antiquity Office in Hail
Antiquity Office in A`ra`r
Antiquity Office in Jazan
Antiquity Office in Najran
Exhibit ion
Halls Dept .
Pr ogr ams &
Visit or s Dept .
Masmak
Museum
Dep.
Collect ions
Dept .
Museums
Dept .
Ur ban
Her it age Dept .
Sit e
Rest or at ion
& Development
Ar cheological
Excavat ion &
Sur vey Dept .
St udies
Dept .
Media &
Publicat ion
Dept .
Regist r at ion
Dept .
Pr eser vat ion
Dept .
Nat ional
Museum
Museums
Pr oj ect s &
Development
St udies &
Resear ch
Ant iquit ies
Pl. 41 SCTA, Department of Antiquities and Museums new organizational chart SCTA, 2008
General Secretariat
SCT BoD
Marketing &
Investment Division
Strategic Planning &
Monitoring Division
Support Division
Antiquities &
Museums Division
105
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Pl. 43 WHS Management Unit SCTA, 2008
SCTA
ANTI QUI TI ES
& MUSEUMS
SCI ENTI FI C
COMMI TTEE
SI TE MANAGEMENT
- Cor por at e Relat ions
- Publicit y &
Communicat ions
SPECI AL PROJECTS
COORDI NATI ON
SECTI ON
Sit e
Maint enance
Sit e Oper at ions
Secur it y
Sit e Ser vices
Sit e Ser vices Financial
Administ r at ion
Cont r act s &
Lease
Administ r at ion
Administ r at ion
Human
Resour ces
Educat ion
Her it age
Management
& I nt er pr et at ion
Public
Pr ogr ammes
Collect ions &
Resear ch
Pl. 42 Institutional Framework SCTA, 2008
MANAGEMENT I MPLEMENTATI ON
High Execut ive
Commit t ee
for ad- Diriyah
Development
High
Commission for
Developement
of Riyadh
ArRiyadh
Development
Aut horit y
Hist oric ad- Diriyah
Development
Program
SCTA

Saudi
Commission
for Tourism
& Ant iquit ies
Ant iquit ies
& Museums
Sit e Manager
for ad- Diririyah
Vice-
Pr esident
Oper at ion Her it age Admin.
106
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.f Sources and levels of finance
The budget of the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities is allocated
from the Ministry of Finance on a yearly basis. SCTA budget is subdivided into four
different sections:
- Salaries
- Operational expenses
- Maintenance and cleaning
- Projects
Since the year 2000, when SCT (now SCTA) was created, the governmental
funding of this organization has greatly augmented. The total budget for the year
2003 was 84.000.000 SR (22,4 million US $) of which 26% was allocated for
payroll and allowances, the one of 2006 was of 222 millions Riyals (59.2 m $).
The creation of the SCT (now SCTA) implied a significant shift in the approach
to the cultural heritage sector. In 2003 was decided to merge the DMAM with
the SCT with the intention that the merged entity would be empowered to
implement a major new program of investment and development of cultural
tourism based on the largely undeveloped heritage resources of the Kingdom.
The Antiquities Department of SCTA is responsible for over 6.300 cultural
heritage sites, 65 museums and many excavated sites and has a yearly budget
assuring its protection and maintenance. Besides running expenses and salaries,
the funds are allocated on a project basis according to the needs of the sites.
In the last years, the budget of the projects section of the Department of
Antiquities has considerably increased, passing from 15 million Riyals in 2007 to
32,7 in 2008. The provisional budget for 2009 allocates 46,8 million riyals for
projects.
The challenging project being designed for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah will
become the largest AD-run project and considerably augment the budget
allocated to the Antiquities Department. It is a national project of a scale
comparable only to the establishment of the National Museum in 1999/2000.
Differently from this case, however, the project for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
aims at being not only a highly costly operation, but also at creating some income-
generating activities to reduce the amount of the public financial support. It has
been agreed, in fact, that the revenues produced by the entrance tickets and by
the other income-generating activities, will be directly managed by the Site
Management Unit and contribute to the overall financing of the site.
The estimation put forth by the Living Heritage Museum planners, based upon
the analyses of the Saudi market and the estimates of growth of national, regional
and international tourism in the Kingdom, suggests that at-Turaif Living Museum
will attract, in a first phase, approximately 200,000 visitors per year.
On the basis of this estimate have been calculated the Operating Expenses (for
the following categories: Staff, Exhibition, Educational programmes, General and
Administrative, Marketing, Collections and curatorial costs, others) and the
expected Earned Revenues (Tickets, Retail sales, Educational programmes, Events,
Food service concessions, etc.).
Yearly expenses are estimated at 26.25 million SR; revenues at 5.15 million SR.
Government sources (and eventual private sponsors) should still cover about 21
million SR per year (5 million US $).

2007
2008
2009
Pl. 44 Department of Antiquities
and Museums, projects budgets
SCTA, 2008
107
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.g Sources of expertise and training in conservation
and management techniques
The rationale behind the creation of SCT, the Kingdoms National Tourism
Administration, was the need to change and reinforce the entire sector creating
new dynamics to help Saudi Antiquities to overcome their gap with the
international community.
SCTA is not subordinated to a ministry, but combines the functions of
Department of Antiquities, Ministry of Tourism and a statutory agency responsible
for the development and promotion of the tourism industry. It reports directly to
the prime Minister. Its status is further reinforced by the fact that its Board of
Directors includes members of the Council of Ministers.
According to the studies commissioned by the SCT to analyse the situation of the
cultural heritage sector in the Kingdom, the country has a shortage of technical
and professional expertise on the conservation and development of cultural
heritage, particularly at the regional level, where the current staff often lacks basic
scientific training.
In 2003 there were 834 employees of the DMAM including 256 Antiquity
Guards and 125 positions in regions and provinces. DMAM existing human
resources included 5 PhD holders, 14 Postgraduates and 120 Graduates, making
up 30% of the staff. The remaining 70 % has lower qualifications or none. Notably,
the regions are understaffed, preventing the development of synergies with
MOMRA and other governmental agencies.
Indeed, apart from a core group of high-profile researchers with academic
background directing the Department of Antiquities, Saudi Arabian Antiquities
personnel (DMAM), has been relatively isolated from the international scene in
the past, being only marginally involved in international training courses devoted
to conservation and management of cultural properties.
The training and development of key staff in the SCTA, particularly in terms of
the management and marketing of heritage properties including museums, have
been set among the major priorities of SCTA programme.
The President of the SCTA, His Royal Highness Prince Sultan Bin Salman Bin
Abdulaziz, conscious of the absence of familiarity with cultural heritage policies and
sustainable cultural tourism within the Kingdom, has notably launched a
programme of visits to European heritage cultural sites and parks designed for
Saudi local administrators (at the governorate and provincial levels) with the goal
to raise their awareness of the development possibilities related to the
management of cultural heritage.
This kind of initiative is meant to be extended to other sectors of the
administration and will be complemented by technical trainings for the
Department of Antiquities and Museums personnel.
Since 2003, employees from the Department of Antiquities and Museums have
attended various conferences, meetings and workshops related to World Cultural
Heritage Sites within the country and abroad.
Significant measures have already been taken to raise the quality of the staff in
various sectors, from English and computer skills, to more technical conservation,
preservation and management issues. The Antiquities and Museums section of
SCTA has organized various training courses for its employees in the fields of
computer, English language, restoration, preservation & protection of monuments
and sites, inventory & database preparation, in collaboration with local training
centres and foreign institutions.
Saudi Arabian architects and engineers from SCTA have taken part in the recent
regional training course on management organized by ICCROM at Doha in the
Arab Emirates, and some staff has been trained at ICCROM in Rome.
The preparation of the nomination file for al-Hijr Archaeological Site has constituted
a first important opportunity to motivate the personnel of the SCTA and to
involve the staff in conservation and management debate at the international
level. The work on this second Nomination Document, carried out in close
collaboration with ADA, has been a new opportunity to confront high level
professionals and to debate management and conservation issues with a vast
array of Saudi and international experts.
108
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.h Visitor facilities and statistics
Since the early 1980s, when the site was recovered by the Department of
Antiquities, the facilities for the reception of the visitors and the offices of the
staff in charge of the site, were hosted in a renewed 20
th
century extention of the
Salwa palace, at the very entrance of the site.
Visitors had access to a pedestrian circuit developing through the citys unpaved
streets. A basic system of direction panels introduced the main palaces and
neighbourhoods, and a small flyer with a colour map of the city was distributed
to the visitors.
Unfortunately, however, though the site of at-Turaif was opened to the public
before the launch of the ongoing site works for the development of the Living
Museum, no regular statistics concerning the number and characteristics of the
visitors have been recorded by the site staff.
The site of at-Turaif used to be visited by local school classes, and by many
Riyadhis and foreign residents of the Saudi capital. Furthermore, because of the
significance of the site of ad-Diriyah for the Saudi Royal Family, foreign leaders and
high-rank officials have often been visiting at-Turaif during their official missions in
the Kingdom. It is estimated that some 5-10,000 people visited at-Turaif every year.
The new plans for the Living Heritage Museum are designed according to a
comprehensive strategy and plan aiming at transforming the whole site into a
major cultural and tourist attraction.
The quality and the characteristics of the new reception facilities for the visitors,
therefore, cannot be compared with the situation of the site in the past. High-
quality standards have been set and achieved; the new Museums, the interactive
areas and the whole visitor reception and management facilities are carefully
designed and planned to offer the visitors of at-Turaif Living Museum a high-
quality cultural and recreational experience.
The plans are based upon a scientific estimate of the likely attendance to the
Museum and some 200,000 visitors per year are expected
On the basis of such an attendance have been designed the Orientation Centre
and at-Turaif Visitor Reception Centre and all practical facilities for the public
(lavatories, restaurants, etc.).
The new Museum will collect regular statistics concerning the visitors in order to
verify the estimate and, if needed, adapt the circuits and the facilities to the actual
number of visitors.
Ph. 98 The French President visiting the site ADA, 2005
109
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.i Policies and programmes related to the
presentation and promotion of the Property
The comprehensive plan for the development of at-Turaif Living Museum has
designed a carefully studied strategy for the presentation of the site to the public.
Circulation routes on site will link key didactic, themed and programmed buildings
and the 7 main Museums planned on the site: Military Museum, Treasury Museum,
Arabian Horses Museum, Lifestyle Museum, Museum of Palace Life and Museum
of Architecture and Technology.
The visitor experience route will begin with the site access via thepeople mover
or on foot across the bridge and will lead first to the Visitor Reception Centre.
Different itineraries are proposed to the visitors, designed to suit different
interests and to take different amounts of time. They will be suggested to the
public at the Visitor Reception Centre, outlined on the flyers distributed at the
entrance and indicated on directional site-maps throughout the site.
Visitor circulation routes will intersect and overlap across the site and lead to the
many visitor site amenities. These include notably programmed open spaces
(lookout area, food court plaza, handicraft courtyard, horsemanship
demonstration area, etc.) and existing buildings.
The buildings of at-Turaif have been studied in detail and their re-use, within the
Living Museum carefully considered.
Some structures will become interpreted buildings with visitor access (stabilized
and interpreted ruins), some will be interpreted and reused with museum exhibits,
others re-used with handicrafts and shop functions (the 20
th
century houses), or
with participative visitor experiences, or with traditional restaurants and food
services. Finally, some structures will be partially reconstructed to host new offices
facilities for the site administration and services.
At-Turaif Living Museum will be a dynamic experience, aiming at educate and
entertain visitors and to make ad-Diriyah a premiere heritage destination. Several
communication methods have been devised to contribute to the quality of the
experience: signage, publications, human interaction, self-guided tours,
audio/video/multimedia presentations, live demonstrations and theatrical
presentations.
The fundamental experience for visitors will be a blend of museum or gallery-
based exhibitions and out programmes designed to make this historic quarter
come alive. In different areas of at-Turaif, visitors will be able to visit shops selling
traditional handicrafts, sample traditional food from food retailers, encounter a
daily souq and attend a traditional weekend market. Such programmes serve to
bring back life to ad-Diriyah while providing services to the visitors wishing to
purchase refreshments, meals and souvenirs.
Specific programmes and circuits will be designed for the schools, a key audience
for a site like at-Turaif Living Heritage Museum. Two palaces (Nasir Bin Saud Palace
and Saad Bin Saud) will be devoted specifically to host school activities.
Pl. 45 General Visitor Circulation Routes Lord Cultural Resources for ADA, September 2008
110
PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
5.j Staffing levels (professional, technical, maintenance)
A restored unit of the Salwa Palace complex, at the very entrance to the site, used
to host the small Department of Antiquities of ad-Diriyah, composed of nine
Antiquity staff and 4 guards (Cf. 5e).
The situation is now drastically changing with the progressive implementation of
the revitalization plan and the establishment of at-Turaif Living Museum.
The Operations Master Plan foresees the creation of a large site department
where some 210 people will be working in the 4 sections of the new Living
Museum organization.
According to this scheme, the vast majority of this staff will be located on site at
at-Turaif. The location of offices and staff will be finalized following the detailed
planning and design of each building. It is anticipated that a number of services can
be contracted out, as commonly done elsewhere and according to the standard
practice in the Kingdom.
The Staffing Organization is conceived as a division within the SCTA Department
of Antiquities and Museums. The Site Management section directs three sections:
Administration Site Operations Heritage Management & Interpretation.
Each of them has sub-sections.
Site Management:
- Corporate Relations
- Publicity and Communications
Administration:
- Financial Administration
- Human Resources
- Contract and Lease Administration
Site Operations:
- Visitor Services
- Site Maintenance
- Site Services
- Security
Heritage Management and Interpretation:
- Collections and Research
- Public Programs
- Education
In Volume 2 - Management Plan, are presented the descriptions for the various
positions.
It is expected that staffing will account for some 50-60% of the operating costs
since in at-Turaif large maintenance, security and programming staff is required.
The Operations Master Plan provides a staffing list (reproduced hereafter) for a
total of 211 people. Staffing costs are estimated at some 15.300.000 SAR (Some
3,8 million US $) per year, representing some 58% of the estimated 26,25 million
SAR (some 6,5 million US $) per year for the Operating Expenses of the Living
Museum.
111
PROTECTIONAND MANAGEMENT OF THE PROPERTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
At-Turaif Living Heritage Museum staffing list
112
|
CHAPTER SIX
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
MONITORING
113
MONITORING
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
6.a Key indicators for measuring state of conservation
The Operational Guidelines for the implementation of the 1972 World Heritage
Convention stress the importance of monitoring programmes and require that
they be established at World Heritage Sites to control natural, cultural and human
processes that can affect or destroy key resources in the absence of adapted
intervention.
The continual inventory and evaluation of site resources and conditions using
developed protocols for monitoring provides the basis for a more effective
management of the site. Monitoring is an activity aimed at regularly assessing the
condition of the site and progress made or difficulties encountered to implement
the activities proposed. It allows the record of changes at two scales: the
integrated landscape in which the site is located and the management of the
protected zones. And it notably provides site managers with directions about the
best way to use funds and staff and to link the results of monitoring to
management decisions.
In a monitoring program, the site to be protected is treated as a system containing
specialized parts that must function and interact in ways that sustain the system
as a whole. Monitoring programs, based on scientific studies, enable the
understanding of processes of decay, threats, conflicts, successes and failures, as
well as the identification of opportunities. Finally, they allow checking if activities
are implemented according to the specifications provided and international
conservation standards.
According to the format of the Operational Guidelines, and to facilitate the
preparation of regular monitoring reports, the definition of key-indicators of the
conservation state of the property is an essential tool that helps achieving a
scientific approach to site conservation and allows an immediate, almost
automatic, verification of the conservation and maintenance needs.
For such a large and complex site as at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, different
indicators should be identified to tackle issues ranging from mud deterioration to
floods and tourist pressure.
Hereafter are briefly presented the key indicators summarized in the table
presented in the following page:
- The record of environmental data offers essential information to be
crossed with site deterioration. Particular weather conditions (might
freeze) or floods might have a destructive effect and could therefore act
as red alarms imposing immediate site technical visits to verify the
stability of dangerous areas, etc.
- The regular check of the state of advancement of the Wadi Hanifah
regeneration plan (through the analysis of the satellite images of the
area) permits to monitor its impact on the wadi area environment in
ad-Diriyah and in the palm groves surrounding the site.
- The regular (yearly) analysis of the satellite images of the city of ad-
Diriyah permits to verify the application of the urban regulations
designed for the Buffer Zone and its immediate surroundings. It should
be carried out at regular basis (likely every 1-2 years) to verify the
evolution of the agricultural and urban settlements surrounding the site,
confirm the progress of the Wadi Hanifah and Old ad-Diriyah plans and
test the effectiveness of the policies foreseen by these plans to direct
local development.
- The collection of precise statistics at the entrance of at-Turaif Living
Heritage Museum is an essential tool for the running of the site.
Communication policy, events, and commercial strategies for the leasing
of the private sector licenses will depend on the number of visitors.
Furthermore, the mud brick palaces of at-Turaif might suffer from an
excessive number of visitors and too high an attendance might lead to
[Previous page]
Ph. 99 South tower F. Cristofoli, 2008
114
MONITORING
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
introduce policies aiming at reducing the number of visitors to
certain structures.
- Questionnaires to test the degree of satisfaction of the public
with the exhibition and the overall experience at at-Turaif Living
Museum will allow fine-tuning the offer and adapting it to the
public needs.
- The extraordinary graphic and photographic documentation of
the site that has been done by ADA and the 3D scans of many
mud buildings and of the area of the archaeological excavations
at the entrance mosque, offer a precious graphic tool that allows
an easy and precise verification of the rate of the deteriorations
taking place in the different sites within at-Turaif. A regular update
of these plans will offer almost immediate answers and could
direct the conservation choices.
Indicator Periodicity Location of records
Environmental
parameters in at-Turaif
(Temperature, humidity,
rain, wind, frost)
Daily records
Double copy to be kept
at At-Turaif Site
Management Office and
at ADA Planning offices
Natural changes in the
Wadi Hanifah (satellite
views landscape scale)
Once a year
Double copy to be kept
at At-Turaif Site
Management Office and
at ADA Planning offices
Urban changes in ad-
Diriyah (satellite view
urban planning scale)
Once a year
Double copy to be kept
at At-Turaif Site
Management Office and
at ADA Planning offices
Visitor flow at at-Turaif
Living Museum
Daily records and regular
statistic elaborations
Double copy to be kept
at At-Turaif Site
Management Office and
at ADA Planning offices
Visitor experience
(quality assessment of the
visit to at-Turaif Living
Museum)
Twice a year
Double copy to be kept
at At-Turaif Site
Management Office and
at ADA Planning offices
Erosion of standing
monuments (10 major
palaces). Photos, drawings,
reports, etc.
Twice a year (particularly
after rainy periods)
At-Turaif Site
Management Office
Erosion of residential
areas in the domestic
area
Twice a year (particularly
after rainy periods)
At-Turaif Site
Management Office
Erosion of ruined areas Once a year
At-Turaif Site
Management Office
New excavated
archaeological areas
(comparison woth 3D
scans)
Once a year
At-Turaif Site
Management Office
115
MONITORING
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
6.b Administrative arrangements for monitoring
Property
Until now, SCTA site department used to be sole responsible of the conservation
and monitoring of the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
Following the beginning of the implementation of at-Turaif Living Museum
development plan, ADA has been in charge of the elaboration and
implementation of the plans and of the overall conservation, restoration and re-
use site works.
The new Management Plan for the site foresees the creation of a new Site
Management Unit, directed by Site Manager. The recent appointment of Dr. Ali
al-Moghannam at this position (Cf. Appendix in Volume 2), marks the beginning
of a new phase that will see a large team depending from SCTA to take over
the site. The creation of such a body, based within at-Turaif and including a team
of specialists and technicians, greatly facilitates the setting of the monitoring
programme and the regular maintenance of the site.
The presence on site of the team in charge of the maintenance, protection and
monitoring is a major opportunity to simplify data collection, establish standards
and take urgent measures whenever necessary.
At the time being, however, the site management offices in at-Turaif are not yet
ready and Dr. Moghannams office is still hosted in ADA headquarters in Riyadhs
Diplomatic Quarter, and the official address of the site remains still at SCTA
Headquarters.
6.c Results of previous reporting exercises
No official monitoring report has been prepared yet for the site of at-Turaif.
However, a series of technical reports on the conservation of a-Diriyah have
been prepared in the last 20-30 years.
The first technical reports were done in 1974 by Egyptian experts, and were
followed by a large scale restoration campaign (city walls and palaces within at-
Turaif) during the 1980s.
In the framework of the preparation of the development plan for the Living
Museum, high-quality technical reports and assessments of the state of
conservation of the site were carried out by a number of Saudi and international
consultants for ADA.
These reports have led to the definition of the technical solutions to be applied
in the restoration projects. Two of these reports, prepared by an American
conservationist and by the French centre CRATerre are presented in Volume 3
Annexes.
In the meantime, SCTA has, with the support of foreign consultants, been
considering the possibility to propose at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah for inscription
on the World Heritage List. The strategic choice of pursuing the candidature of
the site, supported by His Majesty the King, has played a major role in the
definition of the overall re-development program and imposed the respect of
international conservation standards in the design of at-Turaif Living Museum.
116
|
CHAPTER SEVEN
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AL-DIRIYAH
DOCUMENTATION
117
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
7.a Photographs, slides, image inventory and
authorization table and other audiovisual materials
[Previous page]
Ph. 100 At-Turaif ADA, 1917
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
118
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Contact details:
ADA (Historical ad-Diriyah Development Program), PO Box 94501 - Riyadh 11614,
Tel: +996 1 4883331, Fax: +996 1 4829331, E-mail: arrukban@arriyadh.net NB: All the pictures are given in *.TIF format at 300 dpi resolution
N did.
Format
(slide/print/video)
Caption
Date of photo
(mo/yr)
Photographer /
Director of the video
Copyright owner
(if different than
photographer)
Contact details of
copyright owner (Name,
address, tel/fax and e-mail)
Non exclusive
cession
of rights
1 digital photo DSC_0063 1/2007 ADA - ADA YES
2 digital photo DSC_0026 11/2007 ADA - ADA YES
3 digital photo FC_2007_11 IMG_0972 11/2007 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
4 digital photo FC_2007_11 IMG_0993 11/2007 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
5 digital photo DSC_0075 4/2006 ADA - ADA YES
6 digital photo Old Diriyah_0022 5/2006 ADA - ADA YES
7 digital photo Old Diriyah_0014 5/2006 ADA - ADA YES
8 digital photo FC_2009_01 P1000142 1/2009 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
9 digital photo DSC_0070 2007 ADA - ADA YES
10 digital photo PHOTO_DOORS 2007 ADA - ADA YES
11 digital photo Old Diriyah_0016 5/2006 ADA - ADA YES
12 digital photo FC_2008_01 IMG_1311 1/2008 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
13 digital photo FC_2008_01 IMG_1308 1/2008 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
14 digital photo DSC_0085 2007 ADA - ADA YES
15 digital photo FC_2008_01 IMG_1367 1/2008 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
16 digital photo DSC_0065 1/2007 ADA - ADA YES
17 digital photo FC_2008_05 IMG_1792 5/2008 Franois Cristofoli - - YES
18 digital photo DSC_0036 1/2007 ADA - ADA YES
19 digital photo DSC_0020 2007 ADA - ADA YES
20 digital photo Old Diriyah_0025 5/2006 ADA - ADA YES
119
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
7.b Texts relating to protective designation, copies of
property management plans or documented
management systems and extracts of other plans
relevant to the property
See documents presented in Volume 2: Management Plan of the Nomination
File for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah:
- Management Plan
- Law of Antiquity (Royal Decree n 26/M, 23/6/1392 AH)
- New Law of Antiquities
- Agricultural Regulation for the Governorate of ad-Diriyah
- Royal Order for the Inscription on the World Heritage List (N 17997,
7/9/1422 AH)
- Nomination of the Site Manager of the site of at-Turaif District in ad-
Diriyah
To these documents, joined to this Nomination File, should be ideally added the
Operational Master Plan prepared by Lord Cultural Resources for ADA, in
September 2008.
7.c Form and date of most recent records or inventory
of property
The Department of Antiquities & Museums within the Saudi Commission for
Tourism and Antiquities keeps an updated inventory of the archaeological and
monumental sites of the Kingdom protected by the Law of Antiquities.
The inventory, listing more than 6.000 archaeological sites, is regularly updated and
published by Department of Antiquities & Museums. The last edition dates from
2006.
The mechanism of registration and the whole Antiquities Inventory is currently
being updated and reformed to comply with modern international standards and
to become an effective tool for the protection and management of the countrys
rich Cultural Heritage. All sites, and all data concerning them, are going to be
integrated in a geographically referenced system (G.I.S.).
Within the framework of the development plan for the site of at-Turaif District in
ad-Diriyah, an impressive number of new studies and surveys have been carried
out by ADA to make the development work possible. Among these, we would
remind the 6-volume photographic inventory of the existing wooden doors in at-
Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, that has been recently completed under the direction
of Dr. Ali al-Moghannam, and the complete graphic documentation of the
excavation site at at-Turaif Mosque in 3 dimensions, carried out by the French
Company ATM-3D. These documents are presented in the Volume 3, Annexes
120
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
7.d Address where inventory, records and archives are
held
All documents, records and archives concerning at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah are
kept in the premises of the General Commission for Tourism and Antiquities in
Riyadh.
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Riyadh, Diplomatic Quarter - 11586
P.O. Box 66680
Once formally established, and the facilities opened, a copy of the new site
management plan as well as a copy of all the surveying drawings and plans will be
kept also in the site management unit office at ad-Diriyah.
121
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
7.e Bibliography
ADA, 2000, The King Abdulaziz Historical Centre, Riyadh.
AL-ASKAR, Al-Yamama in the Early Islamic Era, Ithaca Press, UK & KAF Riyadh.
ALBINI, M., 1998, Traditional Architecture in Saudi Arabia; the Central Region, Ministry of
Education, Riyadh.
AL-DAHAM, F., 2007 (1
st
ed. 1999), Al-Musmak Museum Guide, Deputy Ministry of
Antiquities and Museums, KSA, Ministry of Education (English & Arabic).
AL-JUHANY, Najd before the Salafi Reform Movement, Ithaca Press, UK & KAF Riyadh.
AL MOGHANNAM, A., 2008, Guidleline for the Development of Historic Diriyyah,
Unpublished Report, Development of Dir'yah Project, Riyadh.
AL MOGHANNAM, A., 2008, Conceptual Framework for the Development of Hay at-
Turaif, Unpublished Report, Development of Dir'yah Project, Riyadh.
AL MOGHANNAM, A., 2008, Photographic Inventory of the Wooden Doors of ad-
Diriyah, 6 volumes, Unpublished, Riyadh.
Al-SAUD, N., AL-ANQARI, M., AL-AJROUSH, M.,1989, Abha Bilad Asir Southwestern
Region of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Great Britain.
BASIL, M., 1984, Saudi Arabia Through the Eyes of an Artist,Immel Publishing, Jeddah.
BEEH GROUP CONSULTANTS, 1986, Improvement of Mud Plaster for Weathering
Resistance, High Commission for Development of Riyadh, Riyadh.
BENDAKIR, M., 1999, Problmes de la prservation des Architectures en Briques de
Terre Crue - tude de cas : le site Archologique de Mari (Syrie), Ph.D. Thesis, unpublished,
Ecole pratique des Hautes Etudes, Paris.
BATTLE, S., STEEL, T., 2001, Conservation and Design Guidelines for Zanzibar Stone
Town, Aga Khan Trust for Culture AKTC, Genova,[Online] Available at:
http://archnet.org/library/documents/one-document.jsp?document_id=9483
BLONDET, M., 2005, Construction and Maintenance of Masonr y Houses, Pontificia
Universidad Catlica del Per and SENCICO, Lima, Peru.
BOSSALH, M., JLOK, M., GUILLAUT, H. and MORISET, S., 2005, Conservation Manual
for Earth Architecture Heritage in the pre-Saharan valleys of Morocco, CERKAS,
UNESCO World Heritage Centre and CRATerre-EAG, Frane & Morocco.
BURO HAPPOLD CONSULTING & BEEH GROUP CONSULTANTS, 1986, Former
City Walls and Gates; Interpretation and representation project, Vol 3: Specifications,
High Commission for Development of Riyadh, Riyadh.
CARAZASAEDO, W., RIVERO OLMOS, A., 2003, Wattle & Daub: Anti-seismic
Construction Handbook, CRATerre-ENSAG, Grenoble.
CORPUS LEVANT, 2004, Manuel pour l'entretien et la rhabilitation de larchitecture
traditionnelle Libanaise, [s.l.].
CORPUS LEVANT, MEDA / EUROMED HERITAGE, 2004, Manuel pour l'entretien et
la rhabilitation de l'architecture traditionnelle syrienne, MEDA - EUROMED HERITAGE.
CROSBY, A., 2007, Atturaif living Museum Conservation Manual, Unpublished Report
for Lord Cultural Resources.
122
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
DJILALI, N., 1988, Rapport de Mission Riyadh, unpublished, CRATerre-EAG,
Grenoble.
DOAT, P.et al., 1979, Construire en Terre, Alternatives, Paris.
DEPUTY MINISTRY OF ANTIQUITIES & MUSEUMS, 1999, An Introduction to Saudi
Arabian Antiquities, Ministry of Education, Riyadh.
DEPUTY MINISTRY OF ANTIQUITIES AND MUSEUMS, 2000, National Museum -
The Galleries of the First and Second Saudi States, KSA, Ministry of Education.
DEPUTY MINISTRY OF ANTIQUITIES & MUSEUMS, 2004, Al Musmak Museum,
Ministry of Education, Riyadh.
EMRICK, M., MEINHARDT, C.,1990, The reconstruction of traditional structures in
the al-Turaif quarter: Diriyah, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 6th International Conference
on the Conservation of Earthen Architecture: Adobe 90 preprints, Las Cruces, New
Mexico, U.S.A, pp. 153-158.
FACEY, W., Riyadh, the Old City, Immel Publishing, London.
FACEY, W.,1997, Diriyyah and the First Saudi State, Stacey International Publishers,
London.
FACEY, W., 1997, Back to Earth: Adobe Building in Saudi Arabia, IB Tauris & Co Ltd,
Riyadh- London.
GENERAL DEPARTMENT OF ANTIQUITIES AND MUSEUMS, 1985, Walls and
towers of old Diraiyah, Ministry of Education, Riyadh.
GUILLAUD, H., HOUBEN, H., 2006, Trait de construction en terre, Parenthses, Paris.
GUILLAUD, H., HOUBEN, H., 2005, Earth Construction; A Comprehensive Guide,
Parenthses, Paris.
GUILLAUD, H., De CHAZELLES, C.A., KLEIN, A., 2007, Les constructions en terre
massive pis et bauge, Echanges transdisciplinaires sur les constructions en terre crue
(2), ditions de l'Esprou, Villefontaine.
HISTORICAL ATLAS OF SAUDI ARABIA, 2000, (in Arabic)
JOFFROY, T., 1988, Rapport de Mission pour la presentation de lexposition Architectures
de Terre Dhahran en Arabie Saoudite, CRATerre-EAG, Grenoble.
JOFFROY, T., MORISET, S., 1995, Palais royaux d'Abomey : 1. Circonstances et processus
de dgradation, Projet Prema-Bnin II : ICCROM/CRATerre-EAG/UNESCO.
JOFFROY, T., MORISET, S., 1995, Palais royaux d'Abomey : 2.Guide dentretien (Prema-
Abomey), Projet Prema-Bnin II : ICCROM/CRATerre-EAG/UNESCO.
KAIZER, T., 1984, Shelter in Saudi Arabia, Academy editions, New York.
KEEFE, L., 2005, Earth Building: Methods and Materials, Repair and Conservation, Taylor
&. Francis, New York.
KENYON, R.W., 1979, TheTraditional earth architecture in the Asr- Saudi Arabia, Project
no.206; Abha Action Master Plans, Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs, Scan plan
SWECO/Arch Center.
MAUGER, T., 1996, Tableaux d'Arabie, Arthaud, Paris.
MAUGER, T., 2002, Arabie, jardin des peintres ; Architecture et art mural du 'Asr, Socit
nouvelle Adam Biro, Paris.
123
DOCUMENTATION
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
MASSARI, P., DAGHER, C., MINOSA, T., 1983, Najran Desert Garden Arabia, Scorpio
Editeur, Paris.
MINKE, G., 2006, Building with Earth: Design andTechnology of a Sustainable Architecture,
Birkhuser, Berlin.
MORGAN, M., 1992, Janadriyah; A Case Study in Earth Architecture, CRATerre-EAG &
Secretariat Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu, Riyadh & Grenoble.
MORGAN, M., 1992, Specifications for Janadriyah mud blocks, CRATerre-EAG &
Secretariat Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu, Riyadh & Grenoble.
RENTZ, G., 2004, The Birth of the Islamic Reform Movement, Arabian Publishing,
London.
ROMERO and LARKIN, 1994, Adobe, Building and Living with Earth, New York.
Terra 2000, 8th international conference on the study and conser vation of earthen
architecture, Torquay, May 2000, Devon, UK. (Preprints : ICOMOS/ UK Earth
Structures Committee and English Heritage, Alden Press, Oxford.)
UNDP/UNESCO, ICCROM, 1983, Adobe : International Symposium and Training
Workshop on the Conservation of Adobe - 10-22 September 1983; Peru final Report
and Major Papers, Lima - Cusco.
WALLS, A., 1987, Arad Fort, Bahrein, Manamah.
WATT, D., 1999, Building Pathology : Principals and Practice, Blackwell Science Ltd,
London.
WARREN, J., 1993, Earthen Architecture;The conservation of brick and earth structures,
A handbook, ICOMOS International Committee on Earthen Architecture, Colombo,
ICOMOS.
WILDERBING, S., 1987, Guidebook to the Ruins of Diriyah, Riyadh.
ZARGAR, A., 1999, An Introduction to the Iranian Rural Architecture, Shahid Beheshti
University, Tehran.
ZOMARSHIDI, H., 1995, Iranian Architecture : Building with Traditional Materials,
Zomorod, Tehran.
124
|
CHAPTER EIGHT
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
CONTACT
INFORMATION OF
RESPONSIBLE
AUTHORITIES
125
CONTACT INFORMATION OF RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITIES
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
8.a Preparer
The nomination file of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah has been prepared by
Arch. Mohammad Yosof Al-Aidaroos
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Riyadh, Diplomatic Quarter - 11568
P.O. Box 66680
Tel: +996 1 8808613
Fax: +966 1 8808640
E-mail: alaidaroos@scta.gov.sa
8.b Official Local Institution/Agency
Dr. Ali Saleh Al-Moghannam
Site Manager of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Riyadh, Diplomatic Quarter - 11568
P.O. Box 66680
Tel: +996 1 4860274
[Previous page]
Ph. 101 Palm tree plantation F. Cristofoli, 2008
126
CONTACT INFORMATION OF RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITIES
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
8.c Other Local Institutions
ADA (ar-Riyadh Development Authority)
Historical ad-Diriyah Development Program
PO Box 94501 - Riyadh 11614
Tel: +996 1 4883331
Fax: +996 1 4829331
E-mail: arrukban@arriyadh.net
Governorate of ad-Diriyah Province
HH Ahmed Bin Abdullah Al-Saud
ad-Diriyah - PO 11567
Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs
Municipality of ad-Diriyah
Eng. Adel Al-Salem
Chief of Municipality of ad-Diriyah
Tel: +996 1 4860142
Fax: +996 1 4860550
PO Box ad-Diriyah 11922
8.d Official Web address
Web address of Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities :
http://www.scta.gov.sa
E-mail address of Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities :
info@scta.gov.sa
127
|
CHAPTER NINE
|
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
SIGNATURE ON
BEHALF OF THE
STATE PARTY
128
SIGNATURE ON BEHALF OF THE STATE PARTY
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Prof. Dr. Ali Al-Ghabban,
Vice-President for Antiquities and Museums
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
129
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
LIST OF IMAGES
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Photos
Ph. 1 At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah ADA, 2008
Ph. 2 Traditional najdi decorative pattern on a wooden door F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 3 Detail, at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 4 Aerial view of At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah ADA, 2007
Ph. 5 Ad-Dir'iyah city walls from within at-Turaif ADA, 2008
Ph. 6 Roof views in at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 7 Date palm plantation and agricultural fields in Wadi Hanifah ADA, 2007
Ph. 8 Ancient picture of a traditional Najdi well in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 9 Walls and towers aerial view ADA, 2007
Ph. 10 & 11 Artefacts and coins found in ad-Diriyah, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli,
2008
Ph. 12 Stone foundations and mud brick walls F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 13 Stone columns in front of Salwa Palace F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 14 Decorative pattern on a wooden door F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 15 The ruins of Al-Ghasibah neighbourhood F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 16 Al-Bujeiri mosque F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 17 Salwa Palace F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 18 Ibrahim Bin Saud Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 19 Fahad Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 20 Sabala Moudhi in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 21 Abdullah Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 22 Turki Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 23 Faade of the Thunayyan Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 24 Omar Bin Saud Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 25 Mishari Bin Saud Palace in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 26 At-Turaif city wall F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 27 Ongoing reconstruction of the wall in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 28 Treasury in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 29 Saad Bin Saud Palace F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 30 [left] Nasir Bin Saud Palace M. Bendakir, 2007
Ph. 31 [right] Restored tower F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 32 Bath and guest house M. Bendakir, 2007
Ph. 33 Hellenistic style fresco from al-Faw, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 34 Manuscript of Kashf al-Shubuhat by Shaikh Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab, Riyadh
National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 35 Aerial view of at-Turaif ADA, 2007
Ph. 36 Weapons from ad-Diriyah, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 37 Model of Riyadh in the 19th century, Riyadh National Museum F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 38 Ancient cannons in at-Turaif F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 39 The earliest photo of at-Turaif by Philby in 1917 ADA
Ph. 40 Salwa Palace ruins in 1938 in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 41 20
th
century mudhouse in at-Turaif ADA, 2006
Ph. 42 Aerial view of Salwa Palace ADA, 2007
Ph. 43 & 44 Architectural details F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 45 Ruins and palm tree groves ADA, 2008
Ph. 46 At-Turaif sub-wadi F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 47 City wall and tower in Sadus, Wadi Hanifah F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 48 Decorated house in al-Qarinah, Wadi Hanifah F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 49 Mud wall textures and details in at-Turaif in FACEY, W.,1997
Ph. 50 Old Riyadh house M. Bendakir, 2008
Ph. 51 Murabba Palace, Riyadh F. Cristofoli 2008
Ph. 52 Badiyah Palace in Wadi Hanifah M. Bendakir, 2008
Ph. 53 Musmak castle, Riyadh F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 54 Najran building in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 55 Mud house with alternate layers of protruding flat stones, Bilad Zahran in MAUGER,
1996
Ph. 56 Ancient picture of Wadi Najran in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 57 Bahla fortress, Sultanate of Oman CRATerre, 2008
Ph. 58 Ksar At-Ben-Haddou, Morocco CRATerre, 2008
Ph. 59 & 60 Bam before and after the earthquake, Iran CRATerre
Ph. 61 Zabid, Yemen UNESCO WHC, 2007
Ph. 62 & 63 Timbuktu (Sankore mosque [right]) CRATerre, 2003 & 2007
Ph. 64 Ghadames, Libya CRATerre
Ph. 65 Aerial view of at-Turaif ADA, 2007
Ph. 66 Ruins of at-Turaif Palace F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 67 Aerial View ADA, 2007
130
LIST OF IMAGES
131
LIST OF IMAGES
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Ph. 68 Destroyed wall F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 69 Saudi Pavilion in Sevilla 1992 Exposition in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 70 The restored fortress of al-Musmak in Riyadh F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 71 The mud village Al-Ghat F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 72 Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz mud farm in ad-Diriyah S. Ricca, 2007
Ph. 73 Al-Madi Mosque in Riyadh F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 74 3D scanning & ortho photo. survey CRATerre, 2008
Ph. 75, 76, & 77 Archaeological cleaning and excavations in Mishari (left) and Ibrahim palaces
F. Cristofoli, September 2008
Ph. 78 Excavations in the Ancient Mosque area F. Cristofoli, September 2008
Ph. 79 Water dripping from the rock in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 80 Cemetery and agriculture land in the sub-wadi F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 81 Watered fields F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 82 Ad-Diriyah walls before restoration DMAM, 1974
Ph. 83 Metallic fences on the desert F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 84 Stone canal in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 85 Flood in the wadi in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 86 Wadi road F. Cristofoli, 2007
Ph. 87 Visitors at the entrance of the site F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 88 [left] Archaeological excavation M. Bendakir, 2008
Ph. 89 Archaeological excavation F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 90 Gazelle in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 91 Herd under the palm trees in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 92 to 95 Desert and wadi flora in FACEY, W., 1997
Ph. 96 Saad Ibn Saud Palace ADA, 2007
Ph. 97 Stakeholders meeting F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 98 The French President visiting the site ADA, 2005
Ph. 99 South tower F. Cristofoli, 2008
Ph. 100 At-Turaif ADA, 1917
Ph. 101 Palm tree plantation F. Cristofoli, 2008
Plates
Pl. 1 Survey of mud houses in at-Turaif CRATerre, 2008
Pl. 2 The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the Middle East SCTA, 2008
Pl. 3 Administrative division of Saudi Arabia SCTA, 2008
Pl. 4 Riyadh Region with the Governorate of ad-Dir'iyah SCTA, 2008
Pl. 5 Topographic Plan of Riyadh, scale 1: 250.000, Series 1501NM, Sheet NG38-16 ar-Riyad
General Directorate of Military Survey, Ministry of Defence and Aviation, Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, 2002 (aerial pictures of 1988)
Pl. 6 Topographic Plan of Riyadh, scale 1: 50.000, Series 1:50,000P, Sheet 4624-14, Ed. 1 SA-ASD,
ar-Riyad (North West), ad-Diriyah Aerial Survey Department (A.S.D.), Ministry of Petroleum
and Mineral Resources, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 1982
Pl. 7 Topographic Plan of Riyadh, scale 1: 50.000, Series 1:50,000P, Sheet 4624-13, Ed. 1 SA-ASD,
ar-Riyad (South West) Aerial Survey Department (A.S.D.), Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral
Resources, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 1982
Pl. 8 City of ad-Diriyah Satellite image ADA, 2008
Pl. 9 Geo-referenced satellite image showing the limits of the Nominated Property and of the buffer
zone Satellite colour image provided by ADA, 2005, elaboration SCTA, December 2008
Pl. 10 Geo-referenced satellite image showing the boundaries of the Nominated Property Satellite
colour image provided by ADA, 2005, elaboration SCTA, December 2008
Pl. 11 Section drawing of a traditional well in FACEY, W., 2007
Pl. 12 Ad-Diriyah walls in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 13 Plan of the Salwa Palace showing its seven units (1983 drawings) in CROSBY, 2007
Pl. 14 Touristic leaflet ADA
Pl. 15 The Rulers of the House of Saud in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 16 Imam Abdullah Bin Saud 1818 Brydges in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 17 Bedouin soldier with an Azami tribesman (litograph) in ST JOHN, 1848
Pl. 18 Aerial colour orthophotography, 1:2500 ADA, 1980
Pl. 19 Satellite photo ADA, 2007
Pl. 20 Hassan Fathy 1975 prototypical housing unit for the village of ad-Diriyah in ArchNet.org,
AKTC
Pl. 21 Survey & Interventions Areas A, B, C, D CRATerre, 2008
Pl. 22 3D model of at-Turaif ATM-3D, 2008
Pl. 23 3D map of the excavated area ATM-3D for ADA, 2008
Pl. 24 Wooden water outlet in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 25 Conservation Manual CRATerre, June 2008
Pl. 26 Transversal section across the Visitor Reception Center A.S.G for ADA, September
2008
Pl. 27 Visitor Reception Center 3D design A.S.G for ADA, September 2008
Pl. 28 Visual cones from and towards the site F. Cristofoli, 2007
Pl. 29 3D graphic of the new development project in Al-Bujeiri ADA, 2008
Pl. 30 Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab Foundation project, view from the wadi ADA, 2008
Pl. 31 Wadi hanifah aerial view ADA, 2004
Pl. 32 Climatic chart in FACEY, W., 1997
Pl. 33 & 34 Salwa Palace Museum designs A.S.G for ADA, September 2008
Pl. 35 Land ownership pattern in historic ad-Diriyah, Govt Property Ownership Plan ADA,
2008
Pl. 36 Two level Buffer Zone SCTA, 2008
Pl. 37 Structure Plan for Riyadh 1442H / 2022AD High Commission for the Development of
ar-Riyadh, Metropolitan Development Strategy for ar-Riyadh, MEDSTAR, 2002
Pl. 38 Wadi Hanifah Master Plan Buro Happold for ADA, 2002
Pl. 39 Ad-Diriyah 10 Planning Zones Happold Consulting for ADA, 2007
Pl. 40 Al-Bujeiri Development Plan ADA, April 2008
Pl. 41 SCTA, Department of Antiquities and Museums new organisational chart SCTA, 2008
Pl. 42 Institutional Framework SCTA, 2008
Pl. 43 WHS Management Unit SCTA, 2008
Pl. 44 Department of Antiquities and Museums, projects budgets SCTA, 2008
Pl. 45 General Visitor Circulation Routes Lord Cultural Resources for ADA, September 2008
132
LIST OF IMAGES
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
MANAGEMENT PLAN
VOLUME 2
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
VOLUME 2 MANAGEMENT PLAN / January 2009 KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT
IN AD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
FOREWORD BY:
Dr. Ali al-Moghannam
Site Manager of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is conscious of the importance of the preservation of its cultural heritage and
is responsible in front of the international community and UNESCO of the preservation of the site.
This Management Plan has been prepared jointly by the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities and
Ar-Riyadh Development Authority and with the collaboration of the Local authorities of ad-Diriyah and all the
concerned stakeholders.
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah heritage is a unique, extremely valuable and non-renewable resource. This Plan
aims at ensuring the protection and the preservation of this precious cultural heritage as much as to promote social
and economic development. It aims at achieving equilibrium between preservation and tourist development to make
the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah a focal point in the cultural, economic and social development of the residents
of Riyadh and of the whole Kingdom.
The Management Plan describes how the historic elements within the proposed World Heritage Site will be
conserved and managed. This will ensure that the importance of the site to world history is not lost and that as many
people as possible can understand and share the sites outstanding historic environment.
In my capacity as site-manager of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, I believe that this Management Plan offers a
sound basis for the development of a project putting history, heritage and culture at the heart of the Kingdoms life.
I am especially pleased of the positive cooperation developed between the Saudi Commission for Tourism and
Antiquities and Ar-Riyadh Development Authority on the implementation of this unique project.
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
FOREWORD BY:
Eng. Abdullah Arrukban
Director of Historic Addiriyah Program
Ar-Riyadh Development Authority
The Management Plan details how monuments, ruins, archaeological sites and their surrounding wadi landscape
will be preserved; it ensures that its unique significance be preserved and its history and material vestiges become
accessible and known to Riyadhi, Saudi and foreigner visitors alike.
According to contemporary vision for the sustainability of heritage sites, it is important to ensure an economic
role to the site. This means that historic buildings do not lie empty and that funds are available for their upkeep and
repair. Ancient buildings will be used for cultural and tourism-related activities while in the vicinity of the site there will
also be new buildings and redevelopment. It is crucially important to ensure that these are of superb quality to
complement and enhance at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
Ar-Riyadh Development Authority via the Historic Addiriyah Development Program is in charge of the
implementation of the works aiming at developing and revitalizing the whole sector of Historic ad-Diriyah and at
transforming at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah into a vibrant and unique Living Heritage Museum. It is assisted in this
exceptional endeavour by SCTA and all the concerned stakeholders.
Much work still needs to be done to achieve a full understanding of the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah,
to set up the didactic presentation, to support the site managers in their everyday work, to take care of the surrounding
natural setting and achieve a complete preservation and re-development plan. This Management Plan sets the principles
and the guidelines that will be followed and further developed in the coming years.
The goals set by the Management Plan are ambitious and the Governorate of Riyadh, the Saudi Commission
for Tourism and Antiquities and Ar-Riyadh Development Authority are ready to meet this challenge.
5
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
[cover page]
Saad Bin Saud Palace ADA, 2008
CONTENTS
A. MANAGEMENT PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.6
1 Preliminary Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.8
1.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.9
1.2 Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.9
1.3 Site Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.15
1.4 Description and Significance of the Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.21
2 Management Plan for At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.28
2.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.29
2.2 Management Plan Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.33
2.3 Ad-Diriyah Conservation Strategy and Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.38
2.4 At-Turaif Revitalization Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.43
2.5 Tourism Management & Sustainable Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.47
2.6 Risk Preparedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.53
3 Management System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.56
3.1 Management Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.57
3.2 Living Heritage Museum Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.65
3.3 Staffing List and Position Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.68
4 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.69
4.1 Monitoring of the Implementation Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.70
4.2 Management Plan Monitoring and Up-dating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.71
4.3 Administrative Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.72
6
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
B. APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.73
1 Antiquity Law (Royal Decree n 26/M 23/6/1392 AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.74
2 New Draft Antiquity Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.87
3 Agricultural Regulations of the Governorate of ad-Diriyah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.104
4 Royal Order Supporting the Inscription of the Saudi Sites on the World Heritage List . . . . . . . . . . . . p.109
5 Official Appointment of the Site Manager of at-Turaif district in ad-Diriyah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.110
[next page]
Aerial view of at-Turaif ADA, 2006
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
7
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
8
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
PRELIMINARY
OVERVIEW
1.1 INTRODUCTION
1.2 BACKGROUND
1.2.1 Saudi Arabia and the World Heritage Convention
1.2.2 The Structure of Saudi Cultural Heritage Institutions
1.2.2.1 SCTA Organizational Chart
1.2.2.2 Legal Framework for the Protection of Saudi Cultural Heritage
1.2.3 Scope of the Management Plan
1.2.4 Status of the Management Plan
1.3 SITE MANAGEMENT
1.3.1 Site Management in Saudi Arabia
1.3.2 Site Management at ad-Diriyah
1.3.2.1 The Existing Management System of the Site
1.3.2.2 Preliminary Actions inView of a New Management at at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah
1.3.3 Management Plan Principles
1.3.4 Elaboration and Structure of the Management Plan
1.3.4.1 Previous Studies
1.3.4.2 Elaboration of the Management Plan
1.3.5 Limitation of the Work
1.4 DESCRIPTION AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SITE
1.4.1 Significance of the Site
1.4.1.1 Outstanding Universal Value
1.4.1.2 Brief Historical Overview
1.4.2 Borders of the Site
1.4.2.1 Buffer Zone
1.4.2.2 Nominated Property
1.4.3 Ownership and Legal Framework
1.4.4 Administrations Concerned
|
PART ONE
|
9
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Part One- Preliminary Overview
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Cultural heritage is the memory of the living culture of a people and a vector of
dialogue with other cultures and peoples; it embodies the symbolic value of
cultural identities.
Heritage places are per definition finite, scarce, valuable and non-renewable. As
reminded by UNESCO :
[] cultural property is the product and witness of the different traditions and of
the spiritual achievements of the past and thus an essential element in the
personality of the peoples of the world.
[] it is the duty of Government to ensure the protection and the preservation of
the cultural heritage of mankind as much as to promote social and economic
development.
Protecting cultural heritage values permits to share, promote and present them
to the public, whether national or foreigner, through a process of inter-cultural
dialogue.
Heritage site management is the control of the elements that make up the
physical and social environment of a site. Management is a complex process, which
involves the ensemble of the activities aiming at protecting and preserving the
values of a place and at having a positive impact on the heritage resource on the
long term. Planning process is not an end in itself, it is the beginning of a
continuous an interactive process.
1.2 BACKGROUND
1.2.1 Saudi Arabia and the World Heritage Convention
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia ratified the 1954 The Hague Convention for the
Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict on 20/01/1971.
On 07/08/1978, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia was among the first countries to
ratify also the 1972 Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and
Natural Heritage.
The Kingdom submitted to the World Heritage Centre a Tentative List, including
the three sites of al-Hijr, at-Turaif/ad-Dir'iyah and Old City of Jeddah, on 25/09/06.
The Nomination Document for the inscription of al-Hijr Archaeological Site
(Madin Salh), the first ever submitted by the Kingdom to the World Heritage
Centre, was presented in January 2007 and completed by a detailed Management
Plan submitted in December 2007. The site of al-Hijr was inscribed on the World
Heritage List in July 2008 at the World Heritage Committee at Quebec.
The Government of Saudi Arabia aims at inscribing these three sites on the
World Heritage List to underline the significance of its rich cultural heritage
ranging from extraordinary archaeological sites dating to the pre-Islamic period,
to major Islamic monuments, sites and cities and to strengthen its protection
within a general policy planning the development of the tourism sector in the
Kingdom.
1.2.2 The Structure of Saudi Cultural Heritage Institutions
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia has recently approved a political strategy aiming at
the development of tourism in the country. In the year 2000, a new, young and
dynamic organization, the Supreme Commission for Tourism (SCT), was created
10
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
and entrusted with the double goal to develop this sector for the benefit of Saudi
economy and to manage and protect the national cultural heritage.
SCT has identified Cultural Heritage as a major asset for the country. Realizing the
specificity, importance and fragility of Cultural Heritage, SCT has prepared a draft
Sustainable Tourism Development Plan to guide its actions. In the meantime, it has
launched in-depth studies for the analysis of the characteristics of the tourism
sector in Saudi Arabia.
Since its creation in 2000, SCT has already initiated a number of key actions to
reorganize and strengthen the Cultural Heritage sectors institutional and legal
structure, and to lay the groundwork for strengthening both fiscal and human
resources capacity. The major actions include notably:
Drafting of new legislation that will extend protection to all national heritage and
cultural resources (immoveable, moveable and intangible), and put in place an
institutional structure to plan and implement regulations, policies and programs
that will give force to the legislation;
Re-organization of the Deputy Ministry of Antiquities and Museums to function as a
unit within the SCT. This re-organization includes the new organizational structure
and will lead to significant human resources changes to establish capacity needed
to implement the ambitious plan for the future development of the countrys
heritage;
Provision of substantially increased budgets to support the strengthening of the
organization and the initiation of the proposed program;
External consultation with important stakeholders, both within the private and public
sectors. Without broad public understanding and support for the preservation
and development of heritage and cultural resources the proposed program will
be still-born. This requires a continuing commitment to community consultation
at every level.
In the year 2007, the merger with Antiquities Department became effective and
SCT became the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities (SCTA).
From the political/administrative point of view, SCTA is not subordinated to a
ministry, but combines the functions of Ministry of Tourism and a statutory agency
responsible for the development and promotion of the tourism industry.It reports
directly to the prime Minister. Its status is further reinforced by the fact that its
Board of Directors includes members of the Council of Ministers.
The current structure of the body in charge of the protection and development
of Saudi Heritage is presented hereafter.
1.2.2.1 SCTA Organizational Chart
Following the creation of SCTA, a new organizational chart of this structure has
been approved. The Charts of SCTA (see chart page 11), and of the Antiquity and
Museums Department (see chart page 12) are presented in the next pages.
Marketing
Tourism
Programs &
Products
Media - Public
Relations
Organizational
Development
Office of the President
Antiquities and
Museums
Support Marketing &
Media
Tourism Site
Development
Licensing &
Quality Control
Investment
Services
Investment
Human
Resources
Legal Affairs
Support
Services
Financial
Affairs
Information
Technology
Procurement
& Contracts
National Project for
Tourism Human
Resources
Assistant
President
Planning &
Monitoring
Provincial Tourism
Organizations
Support
Internal
Audit
Tourism &
Society
International
Cooperation
BOD
Secretariat
President
Tourism Information
& Research Center
OD:YA 4 Feb 2007
D
i
r
e
c
t
S
u
p
e
r
v
i
s
i
o
n
11
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
SCTA Organizational chart, general structure - SCTA, 2007
Vice Pr esident for A&M
Advisor y Gr oups V. P Office
Suppor t Ser vices
Provincial Ant iquit y
Offices Coor dinat or
Ant iquit y Office in
Al- Hij r
Exhibition
Halls
Supervisors
Visiting &
Temp.
Exhibitions
Dep.
Technical
Affairs Dep.
Safety &
Security Dep.
Visitor Relations
Dep.
Education Dep.
Programs Dep.
Marketing Dep.
Museum Societies
Dep.
Support & Finance
Dep.

Provincial
Museums
Dep.
Private
Museums
Dep.
Local &
International
Exhibitions
Dep.
Exhibitions
Organization
Workshop
Dep.
Registration
&
Documentatio
n Dep.
Private
Collection
Services Dep.
Antiquity
Collection
Laboratory
Antiquities
Storage Dep.

Visitor
Relations
Dep.
Programs
Dep.
Education
Dep.

Studies &
Programs
Dep.
Execution
Dep.
Operation &
Maintenance
Dep.
Historical
Building
Laboratories
Dep.
Urban
Heritage
Preservation
Dep.
Site
Management
& Supervision
Dep.
Projects
Support Dep.
Archaeological
Survey &
Excavation Dep.
Underwater
Antiquities Dep.
Survey &
Drawing Dep.
Photography
Dep.

Specialized
Studies Dep.
Scientific
operation De
Library
Saudi
Antiquities
Annual
Publication
Awareness &
Publication
Dep.
Scientific
Publication
Dep.
Data Base
Dep.
Data
Collection &
Analysis Dep
Data
Processing
Dep.
Register of
Antiquities
Dep.

Visitor
Relations
Dep.
Education
Dep.
Technical
Dep.
Antiquity Office in Al-Majma`
Antiquity Office in Makkah
Antiquity Office in Taif
Antiquity Office in Jeddah
Antiquity Office in Maddinah
Antiquity Office in Al-Ula
Antiquity Office in Buraidah
Antiquity Office in Dammam
Antiquity Office in Hafouf
Antiquity Office in Abha
Antiquity Office in Tabouk
Antiquity Office in Tayma
Antiquity Office in Hail
Antiquity Office in A`ra`r
Antiquity Office in Jazan
Antiquity Office in Najran
Exhibit ion
Halls Dept .
Pr ogr ams &
Visit or s Dept .
Masmak
Museum
Dep.
Collect ions
Dept .
Museums
Dept .
Ur ban
Her it age Dept .
Sit e
Rest or at ion
& Development
Ar cheological
Excavat ion &
Sur vey Dept .
St udies
Dept .
Media &
Publicat ion
Dept .
Regist r at ion
Dept .
Ant iquit y
Of f ice in
Al- Dir iyah
Nat ional
Museum
Museums
Pr oj ect s &
Development
St udies &
Resear ch
Ant iquit ies
Safety &
Security
Dep.
Vandalis
m Dep.
Antiquitie
s &
Archaeol
ogical
Items
Merchand
ize
Heritage
Associati
ons Dep.
National
Heritage
Recovery
Dep.
Pr eser vat ion
Dept .
Regist r at ion Dept .
12
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Organizational chart of the Antiquities and Museums Department - SCTA, 2007
13
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.2.2.2 Legal Framework for the Protection of Saudi Cultural Heritage
The current Antiquities Law, issued by Royal Decree No 26/M in 23/6/1392 H,
defines and protects as antiquities moveable and immoveable properties older
than two hundred years. More recent properties might be considered as
antiquities following a resolution by the Ministry of Education (art. 5). The
responsibility for preservation and registration of antiquities lies within the
Directorate of Antiquities (art. 6).
The law fully guarantees the protection of all archaeological sites within the
Kingdom, yet it does not take enough into consideration concepts like urban
heritage and historic centres.
The Saudi government is aware that existing laws concerning heritage in the
country are in need of strengthening as they are difficult to enforce and leave
many important resources without protection.
The Supreme Commission for Tourism drafted a new Draft Antiquities and
Museums Law currently under review by the Saudi government. This new
legislation includes various chapters covering: provisions and general provisions;
archaeological historical and urban sites; underwater antiquities; trading in
antiquities; surveys and excavations; urban heritage; museums; penalties for non-
compliance and effectiveness. Furthermore, it foresees also regulations to cover
all the detail requirements for implementation of the law. These will be subject
to the authority of Government departments and Ministerial control, and where
required will be ratified by the Council of Ministers.
The law-making and law-approving process in Saudi Arabia, as elsewhere, is long
and complex. There are a number of steps to be followed whose exact duration
is difficult to assess, yet it is expected that the final approval of the new Antiquity
Law will take place in the year 2009.
The official procedure requires that the draft law be submitted to the Council
of Ministries (done in November 2006) that seeks the advice of a Ministerial
Committee to review the text (done in 2007). Following this initial analysis, the
Council of Ministries transmits the text to theBureau of Experts for a complete
review (this revision is meant to be completed by the end of 2008). Finally, once
the text reviewed and eventually amended, it will be sent to the Shura Council
(Parliament) that will transmit its remarks to the Council of Ministries that will
approve the Law.
For the scope of this Management Plan it has been considered that, whenever the
provisions of the current law do not guarantee sufficient protection, the new (yet
non-approved) Law is applied.
At the site, the Antiquities Law and the other legal protection systems (agriculture
law, local regulations, etc.) are enforced by the local police, by the Governor of
the region and, as far as Antiquity Law is concerned, by the antiquities staff and
local museum administrators.
1.2.3 Scope of the Management Plan
The present Management Plan is a National Project aiming at the conservation
and tourist development of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah to be implemented in
three successive phases.
The project makes full application of the international principles of integrated
conservation, considering tourist regeneration and heritage conservation only as
particular aspects of a holistic economic and environmental development plan.
The Management Plan is based on the assumption that such a large scale
operation needs to be driven by the public sector, but should include an economic
strategy capable to guarantee its sustainability.
The management plan is therefore run by SCTA in collaboration with ADA. The
public sector is behind the revitalization programme that aims not only at
safeguarding the vestiges and preserving the extraordinary natural setting of the
site, but also at the economic development of this zone that is slowly being
integrated into Riyadh metropolitan area. At the larger scale, an ambitious traffic
14
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
and urban planning policy is related to the project whose impact on the urban
development of the capital will soon be apparent.
Following a long phase of extraordinarily rapid growth, the city of Riyadh needs
to determine new strategies for its development and to set new objectives for
the coming 20 years. The use of the Wadi Hanifah as a cultural recreational zone
in the periphery of the Kingdoms capital constitutes a strategic planning option
whose implications go far beyond the conservation of the national cultural
heritage.
The Management Plan contains the strategic options and the official guidelines for
heritage conservation, tourist development and urban management within the
World Heritage perimeter and in the buffer zone, to be observed by all
stakeholders: public authorities (State, Region, Governorate, and Municipality),
private sector and local community.
It defines a policy planning and an institutional framework, in the view of meeting
the requirements of UNESCO for the nomination of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah
as a World Heritage Site, and is to be considered as part of a larger environmental
and urban project for the future development of the capital of the Kingdom.
In adopting the present Management Plan, the Saudi authorities express their
determination to restore and develop at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah as a Living
Heritage Museum presenting and celebrating the very essence of the national
cultural heritage.
1.2.4 Status of the Management Plan
The Management Plan has been approved by the Governorate of Riyadh, the
Governorate of ad-Diriyah, the Municipality of ad-Diriyah and the other Ministries
concerned. It has been presented to His Majesty the King for his endorsement. It
has the highest legal and political strength to make it compulsory for all the actors.
The Management Plan is adopted in line with the provision of new Antiquities and
Museums Law concerning the whole cultural heritage of the Kingdom.
The Management Plan defines additional strategic objectives for at-Turaif District
in ad-Dir'iyah, which will be implemented through complementary concrete norms
and operational steps to be adopted by the all concerned parties. Detailed
measures are to be taken in order to translate the strategic objectives into
operational steps, in an on-going process. A regular monitoring, with assessment
of the realisations on the field, will lead to the appropriate corrective measures.
15
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.3 SITE MANAGEMENT
1.3.1 Site Management in Saudi Arabia
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia takes an active part in all international organizations
and institutions dealing with the protection of cultural heritage.
Saudi Arabia has been associated, through the Department of Antiquities within
the Ministry of Education at first, and later through the Supreme Commission for
Tourism and now with the Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities, to the
international programmes developing the knowledge and the practice of site
management in the Arab Region.
Yet, apart from a core group of high-profile researchers with academic
background directing the Department of Antiquities, Saudi Arabian Antiquities
personnel has been relatively isolated from the international scene in the past,
being only marginally involved in international training courses devoted to
conservation and management of cultural properties.
Indeed, because of the specific characteristics of the Kingdom and because of the
difficulty of access to the country and to its unique heritage sites, the modern
management of the cultural heritage sites remains a new issue and very few
comprehensive management plans have been produced in the country.
The vision underlying the strategy designed by SCTA has identified site
management among the priorities for the overall re-organization of the cultural
heritage sector in the Kingdom. At the time being, however, there are not yet
Saudi internationally-trained experts in cultural site management. Therefore, the
training and development of key staff in the SCTA, particularly in terms of the
management and marketing of heritage properties including museums, have been
set among the major priorities of the SCTA.
In the last years, employees from the Department of Antiquities and Museums
have already taken part to conferences, meetings and workshops related to
World Cultural Heritage Sites within the country and abroad.
The preparation of the nomination file for al-Hijr Archaeological Site (Madin Salh)
has constituted a first important opportunity to motivate the personnel of the
SCTA Division of Antiquities and Museums and to involve its staff in conservation
and management debate at the international level.
The inscription of al-Hijr Archaeological Site (Madin Salh) on the World Heritage
List has played an important role for the development of the entire cultural
heritage sector giving national and international recognition and visibility to Saudi
heritage and creating new economic and cultural dynamics in the Kingdom. It is
expected that its inscription will favour exchanges of experiences and know-how
with other WHL sites encouraging young and motivated employees to travel and
be trained abroad.
Indeed, though Saudi Antiquities had developed a large experience in the
protection of archaeological sites and created a country-wide organization
capable to deal with the preservation of its rich heritage, the plan for al-Hijr was
the first attempt to relate to architectural and archaeological sites in a
comprehensive and managerial way beyond the pure conservation and protection
of the vestiges.
It appears therefore that the solutions proposed for al-Hijr Archaeological Site
(Madain Salh), though relatively common at the international level, constituted
an important step forward in the Saudi approach to heritage sites.
At the time being, building upon the experience acquired at al-Hijr, two new
management plans are being designed by SCTA: the Management Plan of at-Turaif
District in ad-Dir'iyah and the Management Plan for the Old City of Jeddah, the
second city of the Kingdom.
These two plans tackle different and more complex issues, as they concern not
an isolated archaeological enclave, but large historic centres: a buzzing commercial
city centre partially squatted by a poor immigrant population in one case and an
abandoned mud brick city where once stood the palaces of the House of Saud
in the other.
16
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Jeddahs plan is based on a carefully balanced private sector / public sector
partnership, where local entrepreneurs and businessmen are called to play an
active role in the regeneration of the central sector of the city and its historic core;
at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah plan, on the contrary, though taking into account
economic concerns, is based on a state-driven approach to which the private
sector is asked to adhere to guarantee its long term sustainability.
1.3.2 Site Management at ad-Diriyah
Pending the formal approval of this management plan, at-Turaif District in ad-
Dir'iyah is still run by the administrative structure that used to be in place under
the Department of Antiquities and Museums, as its recent merge with the
Supreme Commission for Tourism (SCT) to create the SCTA did not bring about
yet a formally approved change in the local system of management.
1.3.2.1 The Existing Management System of the Site
The site is owned and cared for by the Antiquity Department. The department,
that was once depending from the Ministry of Education, is now officially a branch
of the SCTA.
The ongoing works and the project in-the-making make the presentation of the
actual management of the site rather complex. We should in fact detail two
systems:
- the management system that used to run the site before the beginning
of the development project
- the actual intermediate system during the implementation of the site
works
Before the launch of the development project the site was managed by a site
department depending from the General Administration of Antiquities.
At its head was an archaeologist, directing a team of 9 people: 4 archaeologists,
1 Site supervisor, 2 attendants, 1 Administrative staff, 1 Tourist guide; to this group
should be added 4 guards patrolling the site.
The site department was officially in charge of the reception of the visitors, of their
security and of the protection of the heritage of at-Turaif. All what relates to land
use and property within the zone depended from this office, according to a special
legislation.
The site was open every day from morning to sunset prayer; however, apart from
the personnel salaries, the budget of the department was minimal.
The Site Office depended from the central SCTA structure, but was also in direct
relation with ad-Diriyah Municipality notably for all issues relative to the Old City
walls that were rebuilt in the early 1980s by the Department of Antiquities. It
also established a connection with Ad-Diriyah Governorate office, notably for
the preparation of official visits of VIPs to the site and whenever problems arise
with the private owners that still own the surrounding parcels.
At a higher level, the overall strategy for the site is decided by the Executive
Committee for ad-Diriyah Development, composed of the executive members
of the concerned organizations such as Riyadh Governorate, SCTA, ADA, ad-
Diriyah Governorate, etc. This body, chaired by the HRH prince Salman bin
Abulaziz, the Governor of Riyadh, materializes the high-level political interest and
support for ad-Diriyah, and assures the adequate protection of the site.
Before reviewing the new management scheme, we will briefly present the
current situation while site works are ongoing. The organization of the works has
been carefully planned by ADA to assure the quality of the final result, and is
presented in the following pages.
The new management system proposed for the site is meant to answer to the
new needs and challenges related to the overall SCTA policies, to ADA
development and re-use plan and to the nomination of the site for the inscription
on the World Heritage List. (detailed in 3.1.1)
The full support of the higher echelons of the SCTA, the commitment of the
Saudi government to the sustainable tourism policy developed by SCTA, and the
Royal Decree for ad-Diriyah, guarantee that the steps outlined in this report will
be soon transformed into practical legal and administrative blueprints.
17
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
INVESTMENT
OPPERTUNITIES
HISTORIC ADDIRIYAH
DEVELOPMENT PROJ ECT
STUDIES
DOCUMENTATION&
ARCHEOLOGICAL
RESEARCH
PLANNING&DESIGN
EXECUTION
SUPERVISING
EXECUTION
MAINTENANCE
ALBUJ AIRY
DISTRICT
COREAREA
ASHAIKHFOUNDATION
AZWAIHRAMOSQUE
NETWORKS
PARKING
ALWADIROAD
ASHAIKHBRIDGE
ROUTES
ARRIYADH
DEVELOPMENT
AUTHORITY
THE SAUDI COMMISSION
FOR TOURISM &
ANTIQUITIES
SOCIAL HISTORICAL
EXTENSIVE
OTHER
ARCHEOLOGICAL ECONOMIC
MANAGEMENT&
OPERATION
ATURAIF
DISTRICT
AUDIOVISUAL
MANAGEMENT
CENTERS
THE IMAM
MOSQUE
VISITORCENTER
GENERALMUSEUMS
ADDERIYAHMUSEUM
MULTIMEDIA
MARKETS &
RESTAURANTS
ARCHEOLOGICAL
RESTURATION
ARCHEOLOGICA
L EXCAVATIONS
AREAL
DOCUMENTATION
VISUAL
DOCUMENTATION
COMMERCE&
ECONOMY
WAR&DEF
SOCIALLIFE
ARABIC
HORSES
ADDERIYAH
DOCUMENTATION
ATTURAIFMAN.
ATTURAIFMARKET
FOODCOURT
ATTURAIF
ADDERIYAH
GUIDENCECENTER
ADDERIYAHPARK
CENTERALPLAZA
ABOVEGRADE
UNDERGROUND
ATTURAIFDISTRICT
WHOLEADDERIYAH
ALS
HC
Lord
ADA scheme of ongoing situation ADA, 2008
18
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.3.2.2 Preliminary Actions in View of a New Management at at-Turaif
District in ad-Dir'iyah
The Operational Guidelines issued by the World Heritage Committee strongly
recommend that all State Parties have management frameworks and adequate
legal protection suitable for securing the long-term conservation of WH Sites.
The guidelines emphasise the importance of management plans as an effective
way of achieving this aim.
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia actively supports the development of Management
Plans for all Candidate World Heritage Sites.
The need for a Management Plan stems not only from international guidance,
but also from the reality of the situation within the Site and its environs. At-Turaif
District in ad-Dir'iyah candidate site is the focus of a major national cultural
endeavour. To achieve the Convention's aims of sustaining the outstanding
universal value of World Heritage Sites, there is a need to develop a co-ordinated
and consensual framework for the long-term management and development of
the Site. This management plan forms a core component of that framework.
A series of successive Master Plans for the re-development of the area has been
drawn by the Strategic Development Authority for the City of Riyadh (ADA)
with the support of international consultants. These plans have been continuously
up-dated and modified to take into account the conservation need of the site and
UNESCO-set standards for restoration. The last version, the Operations Master
Plan September 2008 , constitutes an essential reference for this management
plan.
One of the major results achieved in the last two years has been the coordination
between the authority in charge of the re-development of the site (ADA) and the
authority in charge of the preservation of national Heritage (SCT then SCTA).
Through intense debate between the two agencies and their international
consultants a common approach, capable of integrating the two visions, has been
achieved.
The project for the development of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah has profited of
the growing attention payed to the origins of national identity and to traditional
crafts and techniques. In this regard, the activities of the National Museum in
Riyadh and of the Turath Foundation have played an important pioneering role
bringing to the attention of the national elites the rich heritage of the Kingdom.
Furthermore, the historic and continuous presence of the Royal Family in the
area of ad-Diriyah, where royal princes have private estates and where traditional
palaces and farms have been restored and upgraded, might be an example for
other wealthy Riyadhi families that have began reconsidering the significance and
the value of their possessions where traditional agricultural methods and
residential patterns can still be found.
Finally, the project for the creation of a Living Heritage Museum in at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah is included within a larger national plan aiming at the improvement
of the ecological and hydraulic environment of the Wadi Hanifah, developed since
the late 1990s by the Governorate of Riyadh and ADA.
The preparation of this Management Plan comes as a second step in this ongoing
project. The preparation and the submission of a Nomination File for the
inscription of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah on the World Heritage List constitutes
an intimately-connected third phase in this process.
1.3.3 Management Plan Principles
The proposed management principles are meant to achieve higher standards of
protection and sustainable development for the site.
The principles directing the plan are based on similar experiences developed
throughout the world and particularly in the Arab region, and on the in-depth
understanding of the specificities and characteristics of the Saudi situation.
Raising the awareness and the interest towards national cultural heritage in the
Saudi public at large, and in Riyadh population in particular, constitutes the
backbone of the future development plans for the area.
19
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The overall goals and objectives set by SCTA for the development of the tourism
sector in Saudi Arabia have been integrated in this document. The management
plan of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah participates to the overall vision put forth in
previous SCT plans and reports and summarized hereafter:
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, as the cradle of Islam, seeks to conserve and to
present its cultural heritage as a most important element of the nations civilization
and cultural identity, and to develop compatible uses, and cultural, social and
economic benefits, within the context of the nations Islamic values.
This plan adds to a number of other plans already designed, or in the process of
being elaborated, by SCTA; notably to the General Strategy for the Development and
Promotion of Tourism Industry and the Sustainable Tourism Development Plan. It is
also part of a larger cultural strategy for the capital of Kingdom that has already
led to the creation of King Abulaziz Historic Centre with the National Museum
developed by ADA.
The tourism policy suggested in these guidelines follows the recommendations of
the international charters and is based on a sustainable development approach
to comply with the modern perception of the significance of cultural heritage
sites for the country and its citizens.
It is understood that, in case of inscription on the World Heritage List, all new
development proposed for the site will be submitted for approval to the World
Heritage Secretariat before being implemented.
1.3.4 Elaboration and Structure of the Management Plan
The Management Plan was commissioned by SCTA. It was drafted by Simone
Ricca in collaboration with Franois Cristofoli and Mahmoud Bendakir, and it has
been amended, following a thorough consultation process, by SCTA and ADA and
approved by SCTA. It draws upon the Master Plans prepared by ADA for the
Wadi Hanifah National Park, ad-Diriyah Historic Precinct and at-Turaif Living
Heritage Museum.
It will be submitted to ICOMOS and UNESCO World Heritage Committee as
evidence of governmental commitment to at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah
nomination, and it represents a consensus on the future conservation and
management of the Nominated site.
1.3.4.1 Previous Studies
In the last years, several studies and plans have been commissioned in order to
analyse the ruins and identify a suitable re-use strategy.
These studies, carried out on behalf of the Saudi Authorities by highly-qualified
international consultants, have analyzed the site within its larger regional ecological
environment, have designed an array of tourism programmes and scenarios and
have identified a set of priorities for the development of the site that focused on
the strategic choice to look for UNESCO recognition.
This latter element has played a fundamental role in narrowing the options to
achieve an overall plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah that fully respects its
authenticity and its Outstanding Universal Value.
Following the Royal Order (Cf. translation in the Appendix) supporting the
inscription of Saudi heritage sites on the World Heritage List, the preservation and
development of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah has become a national priority.
Workshops have been organised with a multi-disciplinary participation and
numerous reports have been prepared in order to allow the Authorities to adopt
a long term programme of urban regeneration and of heritage conservation
respectful of the site uniqueness and fragility.
The new management system builds upon many previous studies. The area of at-
Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah is in fact included within the large study area of the
Wadi Hanifah, whose overall ecological revitalization plan has been studied by
ADA since 2002. It is also part of the larger area of Historic ad-Diriyah currently
being investigated by Happold Consulting for ADA.
20
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The list of the earlier studies includes notably:
ADA, October 2002, Wadi Hanifah Comprehensive Development Plan;
LORD CULTURAL RESOURCES, 2004, Al Turaif District of Addiriyah
Phase 1 Strategy;
GLOBAL ESTUDIOS, 2005, Ad Diriyyah Implementation Plan andTourism
Development Plan;
SAUDI CONSULTING SERVICES & BW&P ABROAD, 2006,
Infrastructure plans;
KREKELER, 2006, Evaluation of Concepts and Conditions for Fulfilment of
UNESCOWorld Heritage Standards;
ADA, 2006, Atturaif Living Museum in Addiriyah Implementation Strategy;
ADA, 2008/09 Integrated Development Plan for Addiriyah Historical District;
and many more technical and planning documents elaborated by ADA.
1.3.4.2 Elaboration of the Management Plan
The present Management Plan has been prepared jointly by the Saudi
Commission for Tourism and Antiquities (SCTA) and Al-Riyadh Development
Authority (ADA), from Mid-November 2007 to December 2008.
It takes into consideration the last available studies and reports, as well as the
development projects still in the making.
This document notably takes into account the Operations Master Plan prepared
by LORD Cultural Resources on behalf of ADA in July 2008, the planning
documents for Wadi Hanifah and ad-Dir'iyah area by Happold Consulting and the
previous reports by Simone Ricca (with Franois Cristofoli and Mahmoud
Bendakir) for SCTA presented during the period 2007-8.
1.3.5 Limitation of the Work
Amanagement plan is a coherent instrument that takes into consideration the
specific characteristics not only of a site but also of the area around it; it should
serve as a development coordination tool and it is meant to be a sustainable
development tool integrated into the environment.
At-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah Management Plan, builds upon the detailed
environmental measures foreseen by the Wadi Hanifah Development Plan and
on the Environment & Sustainability Report prepared for ADA as part of the
Integrated Development Plan for Addiriiyah Historical District. The attention to a
sustainable and ecologically-sensitive development of the whole Wadi Hanifah
and the preservation of the environment of ad-Diriyah is inextricably bound up
with the heritage preservation of the area as at-Turaif would not have been the
thriving settlement it became, without the environmental conditions of Wadi
Hanifah. The implementation of the measures foreseen by these plans is currently
ongoing.
Following the daily evolution of the situation on the ground, the long-term
arrangements formalizing the relationship between the new Site Management
Unit established for at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah, the regular administrative chain
of command of SCTA and the Governorates of Riyadh will be developed, updated
and adapted.
The Governorate of Riyadh is, via ADA, the administrative body in charge of the
planning and implementation of the revitalization and redevelopment programme
for at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah; while the ownership of the site, the protection
of the ruins and the overall tourist strategies depend from SCTA.
The Governorate of ad-Diriyah, whose seat is within ad-Diriyah Historic District,
is in charge of planning and development control at a more local level and will be
instrumental in the day-to-day planning control operations within the area.
The management scheme that is proposed in this plan foresees the passage of
responsibility over at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah from the implementing agency
ADA to the site owner SCTA. This passage will take place over the next years
with the progressive completion of the site development works.
The realization of the management scheme described in this document will take
time and sensitivity to fully profit of ADA know-how and to develop a positive
synergy, which might profit to the site and to both parties, between the two
21
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
bodies. Areas where difficulties might arise concern notably the definition of the
overall tourist strategy for the site and long-term site maintenance and
conservation.
It is obvious that the effective coordination between the two institutions will
depend, beyond and besides what proposed in the organizational schemes, mainly
on the personal and working relations that will be established by the Site Manager
with the ensemble of the local stakeholders and with ADA. From this perspective,
the recent appointment of Dr. Ali al-Moghannam to the post of Site Manager,
besides confirming the importance of the site for the Saudi Government (Dr. al-
Moghannam is a leading Saudi expert with vast national and international
experience), is particularly positive because, throughout his career, he has been
collaborating on the professional level with both agencies.
The extraordinary value and significance of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah, that will
become even more than today the showcase of the Kingdom, and the direct
involvement of the Royal Family in the project, guarantee that all difficulties will
be overcome for the superior needs of the site.
1.4 DESCRIPTION AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SITE
1.4.1 Significance of the Site
This section summarizes some of the issues detailed in the Volume I of the
Nomination File for the Inscription of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah on the World
Heritage List.
The content of this section draws upon the work carried out by ADA consultants
in the preliminary phases of the project and on SCTA own experience gained
during the preparation of the nomination file for the inscription of al-Hijr
Archaeological Site (Madain Salh) in January 2007.
1.4.1.1 Outstanding Universal Value
The Management Plan aims at elaborating a conservation and tourist
development plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah respectful of the outstanding
universal values of the site. These values need therefore to be understood and
shared by all the stakeholders.
The site is considered of Outstanding Universal Value for the following reasons:
1) Its architectural significance as major example of the great earthen
architectural tradition of central Arabia. In at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah,
traditional constructive know-how developed to create unique palaces
and city pattern where many different mud constructive techniques have
been skilfully used to realize the ensemble, from defensive walls and
towers to residential palaces. At-Turaif is home to the earliest and best
surviving examples of the Najdi style of architecture, a regionally
significant architectural style;
2) Its historic significance as a unique urban and architectural monument to
the culture and lifestyle of the First Saudi State direct ancestor of the
modern Kingdom of Saudi Arabia;
22
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3) Its historic importance as the battleground of an internationally significant
military event that involved international forces and powers and had a
lasting impact on the geopolitics of the whole region;
4) Its religious universal significance as the birthplace of the Reform
Movement led by the Shaikh Mohammed Bin Abdul Wahab in alliance
with Imam Mohammad Bin Saud that has since had an extraordinary
impact on the Islamic world and beyond.
5) Its natural significance as an oasis settlement intimately connected to the
specific eco-system of the Wadi Hanifah that the city contributed to
create developing palm groves and agricultural plantation on the model
of oasis settlements.
1.4.1.2 Brief Historical Overview
Ad-Diriyah is located in Wadi Hanifah a short distance north west of the city of
Riyadh. The low-lying lands along the wadi are the most fertile in the area due to
the accumulation of rich deposits of fine soil by water flowing from the Tuwaiq
escarpment over many thousands of years beginning in the Late Pliocene. The
climate of the area in recent times is classified as semi-arid with an average annual
rainfall of 117 mm, although it is highly variable, with some years experiencing
almost no precipitation and others over twice the long-term average. Although
the climate no longer supports continuous flow of surface water in the wadi
system, shallow aquifers, recharged by seasonal winter rains, supported oasis
agriculture and the development of a populous agriculturally-based settlement
along the wadi.
Ad-Diriyah owed its success to the fertile and well-watered fields along the wadi
and its tributaries, as well as long-established trading relationships with Al-Hasa to
the East and southern Arabia.
By the time of its greatest development in the time of Imam Saud the Great, it
consisted of a series of towns extending from at-Turaif and al-Bujeiri in the south
to al-Ghasibah and al-Awda to the north. Other residential quarters were Sahl,
Zuhairah, Malwi, Naqib and Suraihah.
The first historical evidence for settlement of the ad-Diriyah area refers to the
emergence of the Bani Hanifah as the dominant power in the area before the
emergence of Islam. They continued to be the leading power in the area with their
seat of power in Hajr al-Yamamah after they embraced Islam. Control over the
rich area changed hands a number of times over ensuing centuries as successive
waves of immigrants from other parts of Arabia came to settle in the area.
Ad-Diriyah was founded in 850 A.H. (AD 1446) by the clan of Muradah led by
Mani al-Murayda and, in subsequent centuries, ad-Diriyah had emerged as the
most powerful settlement along the fertile Wadi Hanifah in central Arabia. By
the time of Emir Muqrin Bin Murkhan, 1100 A.H. (AD 1682), it became the capital
of a powerful emirate and it subsequently fulfilled that role throughout the time
of the First Saudi State up until its defeat in 1233 A.H. (AD 1818).
In about 1720 Saud bin Muhammad of the then ruling Muqrin clan assumed the
role of ruler in ad-Diriyah, founding a dynasty since known as the House of Saud.
It was his son, Mohammad Bin Saud, who formed the historic alliance with Shaikh
Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab that initiated the foundation of the First Saudi
State which at its greatest extent held sway over most of the lands now included
in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
At-Turaif quarter became the centre of the first Saudi State as it developed during
the last half of the 18
th
century and the first quarter of the 19
th
century. Increasing
revenues allowed the development and expansion across the Wadi Hanifah from
the existing ad-Diriyah quarters and the construction of the administrative centre,
a treasury and the palaces of the Saudi Princes. From at-Turaif, the Emirs and
Imams lived and governed an increasingly significant Kingdom that was to
eventually include most of the Arabian peninsular and neighbouring Emirates and
territories.
The Salwa Palace was the first area developed in at-Turaif where, in addition to
the administrative buildings and the palaces, certain structures were used for
educational purposes for scholars who were supported by the Imams of the Saud
23
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Dynasty.The Palace was constructed over a period of time from ca. 1750 to 1818.
It is considered to be the largest palace in the Najd region. The footprint of the
palace covers approximately 10,000 m
2
and consists of seven main units.
The Reform Movement initiated by Shaikh Mohammad bin Abdul Wahab in
alliance with Imam Mohammad bin Saud, inspired a renewal of Islam that swept
across the Arabian Peninsula and, despite the setback of the fall of the First Saudi
State that initially nurtured it, has spread across the Islamic world and continues
to be a major force in the world today. On a national level, it is the foundation
for the Kingdoms distinctive culture and way of life.
The capture of the Holy Cities by the armies of the First Saudi State confirmed
a lasting determination by the Ottoman Empire to crush the emerging influence
and power of the Sauds and the Reform based in the heart of Arabia. The military
campaigns that ensued lasted for from 1811 until 1818, culminating in an epic 6
month siege of ad-Diriyah. The story of the fall and subsequent destruction of
the city is still evident in the ruined quarters of al-Ghasibah and at-Turaif.
After the destruction, the House of Al-Saud was centred in Riyadh and the mud
brick and stone structures that remained at at-Turaif began 125 years of neglect
and decay. The site remained unoccupied until the mid-20
th
century when
approximately 200 families resettled the eastern part of the site, building new
houses on the debris and the ruins of the First Saudi State capital.
The destruction of the site and the years of abandonment took a heavy toll. The
reoccupation of the site and the associated constructions necessary for habitation
also took a toll on the integrity of the structures and the site of the centre of the
First Saudi State.
1.4.2 Borders of the Site
The perimeter of the Nominated Property includes the entire walled
neighbourhood of at-Turaif, taking into consideration the logical approach of the
UNESCO Guidelines.
The present Management Plan aims at safeguarding and restoring the authenticity
and the integrity of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah over a multi-annual programme
of urban rehabilitation.
The borders of the Nominated Property and of the Buffer Zones have been
defined during a long phase of stakeholders consultation and debate on the
meaning and implications of the concepts of Outstanding Universal Value. A
preliminary decision, with evident implications on the definition of the protected
perimeters, was to propose the inscription as a monumental site and not as a
cultural landscape (a concept not yet integrated within the Saudi legal and
planning system).
1.4.2.1 Buffer Zone
To achieve a comprehensive protection, a Buffer Zone has been identified to act
as an intermediate element marking the transition between the World Heritage
Site and its surroundings. According to the World Heritage Convention
Operational Guidelines, the Buffer Zone is:
an area surrounding the nominated property which has complementary legal
and/or customary restrictions placed on its use and development to give an added
layer of protection to the property.This should include the immediate setting of the
nominated property, important views and other areas or attributes that are
functionally important as a support to the property and its protection. The area
constituting the buffer zone should be determined in each case through appropriate
mechanisms.
24
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Its delimitation on the ground has been reached on the basis of the intimate
understanding/knowledge of the site, through regular site visits and with the
support of site maps at different scales and satellite pictures. The perimeter
proposed for inscription has been approved as a result of brainstorming sessions
with the stakeholders during the preparatory phases of the Management Plan
and Nomination File.
The Buffer Zone has been developed to ensure that future development in the
setting of the nominated site respects the values of the nominated site.
The selected perimeter is coherent and presents a relatively regular shape
surrounding the Nominated Property on every side with a ring. The limits include
the main visual cones towards and from the site, the wadi area and its palm groves,
the desert areas in the West, the historic neighbourhoods of al-Bujeiri and historic
ad-Diriyah, and the archaeological protected perimeter of al-Ghasibah. Though
the Buffer Zone does not incorporate the whole area once enclosed by ad-
Diriyah defensive walls, it does take into consideration the wider historic setting
of at-Turaif neighbourhood and its extraordinary natural setting.
Its actual effectiveness in protecting at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah will essentially
depend on the definition of the restrictions to the uses of the land in the Buffer
Zone and on their actual implementation on the ground.
The Buffer Zone is to be managed as an accompanying area. It is divided into
two sectors materializing two levels of protection:
Zone 1: where, in order to ensure the highest level of protection in the immediate
vicinity of the Nominated Property, a first ring Buffer Zone is created to protect
the external side of the city walls and preserve the soil for future archaeological
investigations. All building activity is frozen in this zone that contains both state-
owned and private-owned land.
Zone 2: where development is possible only under precise criteria. This larger,
yet realistic, area is conceived to ensure standard World Heritage Site protection
for green and desert lands. Buffer Zone 2 is designed considering the protection
of visual cones: cones towards the site (from the access ways and from
surrounding heights) and views from the site towards its surroundings (wadi, palm
tree groves, old ad-Diriyah, desert areas, etc.).
Within this second zone are included also the neighbourhood of al-Bujeiri and
urban sectors of Modern ad-Diriyah that respect specific plans and regulations.
The formal approval of this perimeter is under way and the official notification has
not yet been transmitted to SCTA.
For the protection of the natural setting, in both sub-zones industrial activities
are forbidden, particularly mining and quarrying activities and disposing of solid
and liquid wastes. To protect the natural environment hunting and collecting flora
and rocks, planting of exotic species, and lighting fires are also forbidden.
Economic activities and urban development are defined and controlled by the
overall development plan; new roads, new buildings, and the creation of
commercial activities are forbidden if not foreseen in the general plan.
Agricultural activities within the buffer zone, on the contrary, are favoured, as they
are part of the traditional use of the land and contribute to the maintenance and
protection of the wadi landscape. Yet, agriculture development should be
monitored to avoid that unsuitable developments might jeopardize the integrity
of the site, alter the existing natural setting of the area and modify views from and
towards at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah. Among these risks should be quoted the
recent phenomenon of the erosion of palm plantations and erection of tall walls
on property boundaries reducing their impact on public areas.
The Site Management Unit should see to it that these recommendations are
transformed into formal documents and planning regulations that will be regularly
verified and updated.
The Buffer Zone limits might eventually be modified at a later stage if and when
a natural park for Wadi Hanifah will be established. The Monitoring and updating
25
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
mechanisms foreseen by this plan allow for an enlargement (or even a reduction)
of the perimeter to adapt it to an evolving legal and planning situation.
Finally, to achieve an effective management and control of the area, it is essential
that all the stakeholders become familiar with the Buffer Zone borders. The Site
Management Unit will be in charge of explaining and presenting the limits and the
criteria for their delimitation, to the population and to the local authorities.
1.4.2.2 Nominated Property
The Nominated Property perimeter has been set by the Saudi Authorities in
view of achieving a balance between conservation needs on the one side, and
economic revitalization plans for the area on the other, and in full coherence with
UNESCO guidelines that remind that:
Boundaries should be drawn to ensure the full expression of the outstanding
universal value and the integrity and/or authenticity of the property.
Only the area of at-Turaif, one of the original quarters of historic ad-Diriyah, is
proposed for inscription on the World Heritage List.
The site is owned and cared for by the SCTA. The borders of the Nominated
Zone include the whole perimeter of at-Turaif city walls plus a narrow band to
protect the outer face of the city walls. The sub-wadi that enters the
neighbourhood, and is still mostly in private hands, has been included partially in
the Nominated Property and partially in the Buffer Zone 1 to respect private
property laws and regulations.
Buffer zones SCTA, 2008
[right] Nominated Property SCTA, 2008
26
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
1.4.3 Ownership and Legal Framework
The Buffer Zone lies entirely within ad-Diriyah municipal borders, where specific
agricultural and landownership rules are enforced.
Land ownership is mixed, with large public estates, belonging to different bodies
covering some 30% - 35% of the area, small and large private parcels and waqf
properties.
Within the Buffer Zone, and beyond in the whole wadi area, ad-Diriyah
Governorate established a law to control agricultural use and limit construction
in the wadi and sub-wadi farms area (Cf. Appendix 3). According to this regulation,
parcels of land cannot be subdivided into units smaller than 5 hectares and
construction in these parcels is allowed only as far as it is connected to agricultural
use.
This regulation plays a positive role reducing the risk of fragmentation of the
parcels and speculative investments and will continue to be enforced within the
Buffer Zone.
The Nominated Property is entirely public-owned, with the property in the hands
of the SCTA. The whole sector was bought some 25 years ago when the village
that grew inside the ruins was evacuated.
The cemeteries belong to the Waqf administration and are protected by the law
(they are included in the first Buffer Zone), while only minor parcels along the sub-
wadi that enters the neighbourhood are still in private hands. There are ongoing
negotiations to acquire these parcels and the parcel in front of at-Turaif where
currently stands a renewed farm building (included in Buffer Zone 1).
Public ownership of the entire Nominated Property is an essential element for
the implementation of a management plan in the site as long as the Saudi legal
system gives private owners almost complete control over their properties
limiting the impact of planning regulations.
In parallel to the definition of the UNESCO Buffer Zone, the development plans
for the entire ad-Diriyah municipality are being designed by ADA. These plans
concern a large area surrounding the Buffer Zone that will act as a sort of third
protective ring completing the two-level UNESCO Buffer Zone protection
system.
Finally, there are ongoing discussions concerning the establishment of a natural and
cultural park along the whole length of Wadi Hanifah. The Park will reinforce
current protective regulations applied to the segments of the outer city wall of
ad-Diriyah that are not included in the Buffer Zone.
The creation of such an entity would allow inserting the World Heritage
candidate Site within a larger protective planning system reinforcing its protection
and the national significance of the site; however, the process leading to the
establishment of the Park follows a parallel track with its own timeframe and an
agreement between the various bodies concerned has not yet been reached.
1.4.4 Administrations Concerned
Before this Management Plan is approved and becomes effective, the Nominated
Property and its Buffer Zone are still managed by a number of independent
bodies with different responsibilities and levels of authority.
The Nominated Property belongs to the SCTA, but ADA is currently
implementing the renovation and conservation works and supervising and
financing the archaeological excavations.
The situation of the areas included in the World Heritage candidate site Buffer
Zone is more complex. Indeed, it doesnt exist as a separate entity, but only as part
of the Municipality and Governorate of ad-Diriyah. Ownership of the land is
mixed public/private, while planning policies and regulations depend on the
Governorate, the Municipality, ADA and SCTA.
The development areas foreseen in the Buffer Zone, and notably al-Bujeiri
development area, owned by ADA, and the Mohammad Bin Abdul Wahab
27
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Foundation, will have their own management systems. They will coordinate their
plans and activities with the local authorities and with the Historic ad-Diriyah
Development Program of Ar-Riyadh Development Authority in charge of
implementing the overall strategy designed for the area.
Once the new Management system will be active, all these entities, to which
should be added representatives of private land-owners and of the business
community involved in the area, will regularly meet with the Site Manager of the
World Heritage Nominated Property to review the proposed development and
receive his approval.
2.1 INTRODUCTION
2.1.1 Planning Approach and General Strategy
2.1.2 SCTA and ADA, a Joint Management System
2.1.2.1 The Role of the Private Sector
2.2 MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE
2.2.1 Introduction
2.2.1.1 National and International Significance of the Plan
2.2.2 Riyadh, Wadi Hanifah and ad-Diriyah Development Plans
2.2.3 The Buffer Zone and the Nominated Property
2.3 AD-DIRIYAH CONSERVATION STRATEGY AND APPROACH
2.3.1 General Principles and Overall Strategy
2.3.2 Earthen Architecture Conservation in Saudi Arabia
2.3.3 At-Turaif and ad-Diriyah
2.3.3.1 Architectural description and characteristics
2.3.3.2 Conservation
2.3.3.3 The Pilot Projects
2.3.3.4 Training Program: Skills, Capacity-building and Research
2.4 AT-TURAIF REVITALIZATION PROJECT
2.4.1 The Site
2.4.2 The Buildings
2.4.3 Restoration and Re-use Criteria
2.5 TOURISM MANAGEMENT & SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
2.5.1 Introduction
2.5.1.1 Background Information
2.5.1.2 Strategy
2.5.2 Site Carrying Capacity and Estimate of the Visitors
2.5.3 Circulation and Tourist Fluxes Management
2.5.3.1 Access and Parking
2.5.4 Ticketing and Charging Policy
2.5.5 Equipment & Facilities
2.5.6 Site Museums
2.5.7 Didactic Material
2.5.8 Marketing Campaigns
2.6 RISK PREPAREDNESS
2.6.1 Risk Assessment
2.6.2 Threats and Vulnerability
2.6.3 Evacuation Plan
2.6.4 Fire Protection Plan
28
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
MANAGEMENT
PLAN FOR
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT
INAD-DIRIYAH
|
PARTTWO
|
29
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Part Two- Management Plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
2.1 INTRODUCTION
2.1.1 Planning Approach and General Strategy
The plan for the revitalization of the ruins of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is a
comprehensive development plan that integrates the conservation of the vestiges
into a much larger design aiming at preserving and developing the symbolic site
where in 1745 was signed the covenant between the Shaikh Mohammad bin
Abdul Wahab and Imam Mohammad bin Saud, the ruler of the House of Saud,
that still holds and forms the basis of the modern Saudi state.
The overall plan prepared by the Governorate of Riyadh and implemented by Ar-
Riyadh Development Authority (ADA), concerns not only the neighbourhood of
at-Turaif, the site nominated for the inscription on the World Heritage List, but
also the ensemble of the city of ad-Diriyah and part of the Wadi Hanifah.
The plan foresees the creation of a cultural and religious centre in the area that
saw the birth of the Saudi power. The vestiges of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah are
being transformed into a Living Heritage Museum presenting, in a preserved
authentic architectural and urban setting, the fundamental elements of Saudi
national identity and culture.
The nearby area, where once stood the historic neighbourhood of al-Bujeiri, is
scheduled to become a recreational and commercial area where preserved
architectural elements mingle with modern constructions built in a style that
technically and aesthetically reconnects with the traditional Najdi architecture.
Besides these two focal points, the historic/cultural and the commercial/cultural,
a third element completes the revitalization of the area: the construction of a
high-quality modern architectural ensemble (designed by a renowned Jordanian
architect) that will host the Foundation devoted to the religious heritage of Shaikh
Mohammed Bin Abdul Wahab.
Furthermore, the ancient neighbourhood of al-Ghasibah, likely the oldest nucleus
of the historic settlement of ad-Diriyah, will be preserved and protected and will
profit of the dynamics created for the conservation of at-Turaif District in ad-
Diriyah.
The Management Plan is the result of a year-long process of debate and discussion
between the authority in charge of the preservation of the national cultural
heritage (SCTA), the local authorities and the team working on the revitalization
and development plan (ADA). Through dialogue and exchange the needs of the
different stakeholders have melt into a coherent preservation and development
plan.
The following key themes/principles have been identified to guide the plan and
the sustainable development and regeneration of the Site:
1) The outstanding universal value of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah unique
heritage should be conserved;
2) Heritage, and at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, can be a positive force in
sustainable regeneration and can contribute much to Riyadhs future;
3) Sustainable new development and the re-use of historic buildings can
be compatible with conserving the outstanding universal value of the
Site;
4) At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah reuse plan is central to ensuring the long-
term conservation of the Site and should be supported;
5) Awareness and appreciation of the heritage resource should be
encouraged.
The preservation of these extraordinary yet ruined and emptied vestiges is
possible only if joined to an ambitious plan aiming at underlining the importance
of Cultural Heritage for modern Saudi Arabia through state-of-the-art museum
30
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
techniques and cultural attractions that could meet peoples expectations and
offer a lively interpretation of the nation origins and evolution.
The strategy designed for the revitalization of the site aims at developing the area
as a major cultural and recreational destination for Riyadh residents. Once the
development plan completed, historic ad-Diriyah with at its heart at-Turaif
neighbourhood, will offer to the visitors not only the unique remains of its past
grandeur, but also modern cultural attractions, selected commercial activities,
urban parks and religious institutions.
The driving principle to confront the ruins of the ancient capital of the First Saudi
State has been its transformation into a Living Heritage Museum. Three alternative
options have been considered in the preliminary phases of the project:
1) Living City
The idea to bring back a regular urban life to the site of at-Turaif has
been considered unrealistic in view of the profound transformation of
the Saudi society during the last century. The creation of contemporary
facilities and services adapted to modern needs would have had a
disruptive effect on the authenticity of a site that lies in ruin and has
been completely abandoned.
2) Open Air Museum
It is a static exhibition presenting the buildings, consolidated or restored,
with the help of original furniture and decorations. In Europe, Open Air
Museums often developed as collection of original buildings re-built in a
different location after the demolition of their urban or rural fabric. In at-
Turaif, this approach could lead to recreating rulers palaces and servants
houses to show everyday life at specific historic moments. In an Open
Air Museum, however, the visitors will not have an active role but only
rely on the didactic apparatus to learn about past habits and traditions.
3) Living Museum
A Living Museum is a modern reuse of a site that aims at re-creating
staged sceneries of life. People, animals and buildings jointly contribute
to re-act events and bygone lifestyles.
In at-Turaif, the Living Museum option favours, besides restoring the
architectural structures, the addition of a series of cultural and
recreational activities involving craftsmen. Living museums are built
around the concept of experience where learning about the past passes
through first hand re-created experiences. There is a large spectrum of
possibilities ranging from re-enactment of historical events with actors to
recreation of traditional crafts and workshops meant to transmit the
feeling of the past life that used to take place inside the city, to
museums/exhibitions devoted to traditional lifestyles and skills, guest-
houses offering a traditional accommodation for the night, traditional
restaurants where original food might be cooked according to ancient
recipes, guided and animated tours of the site, etc .
This last option has been selected and considered as the only viable and realistic
approach to the revitalization of the ruined city. The revitalization plan designed
by ADA and its consultants is detailed in the next sections that will review the
proposed conservation and re-use plans proposed for each sector of the city.
To direct the design of the Living Museum, ADA and its consultants have
formulated a series of governance assumptions that act as founding strategy for
the design and constitute an essential basis for this site management plan:
Governance of the Atturaif Living Museum will be vested with the national
Antiquities and Museums section of the Saudi Commission for Tourism and
Antiquities (SCTA).
a) The Living Museum will operate as a museum under the general regulations of
the Act that governs designated sites and that it shall receive in addition to any
earned revenue, an annual operating grant in support of the missions of the
Museum.
31
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
b) The Living Museum may operate some for-profit enterprises including but not
limited to bookshops, activity programs and others endeavours at its sole discretion,
and that the Museum may, within the guidelines of the Act, retain these earnings
for the purposes for which the Museum was created.
c) The Living Museum will lease at varying rates and under varying conditions, the
rights to utilize built properties for public, private or commercial purposes, the right
to custom build properties (within approved guidelines) on the site, the rights to
carry on commercial activities on the site, among other leasable rights.
d) It is assumed that no land will be sold and that all will be held in perpetuity for
the people of Saudi Arabia.
e) The Living Museum will operate and maintain all services on the site, providing
such services to lessees as the Museum shall deem appropriate, and at rates the
Museum shall set.
f) The Management of the Living Museum shall ensure full compliance by lessees
with all regulations and guidelines for the site in perpetuity and that the
Management will from time-to-time review these documents to ensure that they
represent the best in museology and site conservation practice.
2.1.2 SCTA and ADA, a Joint Management System
Effective management involves a cycle of long-term and day-to-day actions to
protect, conserve and present the Nominated Property.
at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah candidate site is the focus of a major development
and restoration programme implemented by ADA. To achieve the Convention's
aims of sustaining the outstanding universal value of World Heritage Sites, there
is a need to develop a coordinated framework for the long-term management
and development of the Site agreed upon by all the stakeholders.
This plan foresees a solution in which ADA keeps a larger role while works are
being implemented but relinquishes most of its prerogatives once the
reconstruction and conservation works are over. This strategy is based upon the
conviction that it is preferable that the upper hand remains with the National
authority in charge of Antiquities that is also the legal owner of the area.
ADA and SCTA, the two bodies directly involved in the conservation and
development of the site, have achieved a common vision of the needs of the site,
overcoming partially different views concerning the relative role and strength of
the public and private sectors to guarantee the long term sustainability of the re-
development project:
ADA the executive arm of the High Commission for the Development
of ar-Riyadh, chaired by HRH Prince Salman Bin Abdulaziz, the Governor
of Riyadh considered, on the basis of preliminary economic studies
and business plans, that such a large scale and innovative project for the
Kingdom can prove to be viable only if there is a strong and continuous,
financial and political support from the government;
SCTA has elaborated a global strategy for the development of the
cultural tourism sector in the Kingdom based on the involvement of the
private sector to which strong opportunities for investments should be
guaranteed in order to reduce the need of government funding. SCTA
considered that its global strategy should be reflected in at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah as well, and supported therefore options that gave the
private sector a larger role.
The overarching national objective of achieving a World Heritage status for at-
Turaif District in ad-Diriyah a priority clearly expressed by the Government and
agreed upon by all stakeholders has allowed reaching a compromise solution
between these two partially competing visions.
This Management Plan recognizes the value of the two approaches, and foresees
a two-phase development where private sector initiatives will be encouraged and
supported to allow for an economically sound management once the machine
has began to roll on with the necessary public funding.
32
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
To comply with UNESCO recommendations, guarantee the quality of the
experience and direct the development, a culturally-driven public-supported
strategy has been designed where private sector investments a key element
for the success of the operation are framed into a clearly defined general policy
and are not allowed setting the standards and the rules of the game.
SCTA is in charge of the marketing and development of the economic activities
and the relationship with the private sector within the WH candidate site and its
Buffer Zone. It will look for private investors, sponsoring, and elaborate the Terms
of Reference of the private/public joint activities, check the respect of the
agreements and monitor their actual impact and their effectiveness.
2.1.2.1 The Role of the Private Sector
At-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah and its Buffer Zone offer important opportunities
for the establishment of income-generating activities related to the development
of Cultural tourism at the national and international scales.
Beside the entrance fees that will be directly administered by the Living Museum,
a number of private activities will be hosted within the site and in its immediate
surroundings:
- Inside the site itself: theDemonstration Area with retail shops and craft
demonstration areas, restaurants and cafeterias serving traditional Najdi
food and, at a later stage, home-stay facilities in adapted heritage
structures providing a first-hand experience of the past way of living, will
be leased to the private sector;
- In the buffer zone: the renewed al-Bujeiri neighbourhood will provide
room for a high-quality small-scale modern commercial development.
Activities in this commercial area, however, will be recreation and
tourism-based and will include various tourist related outlets as well as
refreshment areas and cafes. The visible bulk of the commercial
development has been planned in a manner that will be in keeping with
the domestic scale of the area. Beyond the Buffer Zone limits,
recreational activities will be developed in the wadi farms (including
accommodation).
It is essential therefore, before defining the Terms of References for the leasing
contracts to the private sector, to set an overall framework for these activities
based on the principles defined in the previous paragraph.
From an abstract point of view, two options might be conceived: one
fundamentally Mission-driven and one mainly Market-driven.
The table presented above, prepared by Lord Cultural Resources for ADA ,
outlines the main characteristics of these two approaches.
The strategic choice to look for UNESCO recognition and the inscription on the
World Heritage List implies necessarily that the development plan for at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah should be a Mission-Driven project, where income-generating
activities should be restricted to activities complementary to the preservation
/conservation functions.
As noted by Lord Cultural Resources, the management system should be such
that government will take the lead role in managing the site under the Saudi
Commission for Tourism and Antiquities, with other stakeholders represented
on an advisory committee.
Therefore, commercial and retail activities will be integrated as program elements
and will not be just market-driven. This last point is important as it might even
33
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
happen that, at least in a preliminary phase, these commercial activities (food,
craft sales, suq, etc.) may need subsidies or incentive.
As a general principle, contradicting again a purely business-oriented approach:
The most important sites or buildings in at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah (will) be
preserved and presented to the public as part of an overall program of
interpretation and education, some of lesser importance may be purpose-adapted
for commercial uses such as day rent houses, shops and restaurants or workshops,
and some areas may be preserved as archaeological reserves.
While fully commercial activities, such as a resort or a boutique Hotel, will be
established off-site (and off-Buffer Zone).
2.2 MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE
2.2.1 Introduction
The management Plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah draws upon a
comprehensive redevelopment and conservation plan that has been prepared
by ADA in collaboration with SCTA. This plan, currently already in its
implementation phase, foresees a complete transformation of the entire area to
be realized throughout the next 5-10 years.
The elaboration of this plan developed initially separately from the proposal of
inscription on the World Heritage List of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, but the two
plans quickly merged to propose a development plan that respects the vestiges
and is compatible with UNESCO World Heritage Sites.
In at-Turaif therefore, differently from most sites, management issues have been
taken into account since the very beginning of the project as the plan was drawn
by an experienced agency already in charge of the urban management of vast
enclosed sectors of the Saudi capital Riyadh.
ADA, Ar-Riyadh Development Authority, in fact, currently manages two of the
most sensitive, important and well-known sectors of the Saudi capital: the
Diplomatic Quarter where are situated the foreign embassies, and the King
Abdulaziz Historical Centre with the National Museum . ADA was in charge of
the town planning, the architectural design and the construction of the buildings
and is still in charge of the maintenance, cleaning and security of these two large
urban zones.
Furthermore, King Abdulaziz Centre was already established with an aim similar
to the one underlying at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah development plan; i.e. to
acquaint future generations of Saudi citizens with the history of their state and of
their land, and with the great Message of Islam.
34
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
This Management Plan is designed for a site that is no more a living city, but a
preserved monument transformed into a Living Museum. This implies that
management solutions and needs are geared essentially to the management of the
tourist fluxes and to the conservation and maintenance of the site.
The social aspects and the involvement of the local population, essential aspects
of a UNESCO-oriented Management Plan and of all sustainable plan, do not
concern in this case theinhabitants of the site, but the communities living around
it that will beneficiate, directly and indirectly, from the development of the site.
The correct Management of the site is the major concern of ADA. The
Management Plan aims at defining the relationship with the body in charge of the
preservation of the site, SCTA, and at defining the guidelines for management of
the scientific and archaeological researches that will take place in the coming
years.
It builds, therefore, upon the experience gained at al-Hijr, the first Saudi site to be
inscribed on the World Heritage List, where modern management and
preservation methods have been developed for the first time within the Kingdom;
and upon the extraordinary know-how and experience of the body in charge of
the development of the site, ADA, which has proven its capacities in Riyadh
carrying out complex construction and maintenance projects at the urban scale.
Issues like visitors safety and security, accessibility for handicapped people, fire
security, public spaces maintenance, cleaning, management of caretakers and
security guards, etc. are fully mastered by ADA that has set up an impressive task
force to prepare the executive drawings and plans for at-Turaif District in ad-
Diriyah.
In the fields where ADA staff felt that the support of external experts was
needed, consultants have been sought to produce the necessary documentation
and studies. In the specific domain of earthen architecture conservation, a sector
developed by ADA since the 1980s, it was decided, in view of the complexity of
the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, to call in Egyptians, American and French
experts to devise, jointly with the Saudi team, the best strategy.
The final result is a comprehensive plan and an impressive amount of work that
meets the most selective quality and safety standards and respects the criteria for
inscription on the World Heritage List. Some of the technical documents
prepared for ADA are presented in Volume 3 Annexes.
2.2.1.1 National and International Significance of the Plan
The development of Saudi cities, that have witnessed an incredibly rapid evolution
during the last 50 years, has often taken place without respecting the ancient city
cores that have mostly been abandoned and have since suffered from a rapid
decline.
Modernity and modern comforts have almost completely erased the traces of an
age-long know-how that created a built environment capable to resist the
extreme climatic conditions of the Arabian Peninsula.
Only in the last 10 years, Saudi society has begun to realize the quality and the
specificities of its rich architectural tradition and a new attention has developed
throughout the Kingdom to the preservation of the rapidly vanishing vestiges of
the past.
The pioneering efforts of HRH Prince Sultan Bin Salman Bin Abdulaziz Al-Saud,
of Al-Turath Foundation, of ADA and of a growing number of national
organizations and individuals, have led to the definition of new urban strategies
and to the development of a new policy for the management and care of Cultural
Heritage in the Kingdom.
This strategic option is reflected in the presentation to UNESCO World Heritage
Centre of a national Tentative List in view of the inscription of the most
prestigious Saudi sites on the World Heritage List that includes ad-Diriyah among
the three sites selected to represent the national heritage in front of the world
community.
The conservation plan is coupled with an ambitious redevelopment plan aiming
at recreating the link between modern Saudi people and their national heritage.
The economic aspects of the plan represent a positive element and an essential
aspect for the long-time sustainability of the site.
35
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah can become a case-study for the modern
management of historic sites as long as economic considerations, that are always
an implicit aspect of revitalization and restoration plans, have not been hidden
but, on the contrary have been a positive engine in the elaboration of the
conservation and development plan.
The choice of re-developing at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah as a Living Heritage
Museum has been made in order to save the remains whose very survival was
jeopardized.
Ad-Diriyah was the most important city in the Najd region during the 18
th
century. The remains of the other urban centres of this region have mostly
disappeared in the last 30 years. The extreme climatic conditions and the impact
of modernization have emptied these historical centres paving the way for their
rapid decay and destruction. The development plan for ad-Diriyah aims at
preserving traces of the great Najdi earthen architectural tradition. The symbolic
city that saw the birth of the alliance between the House of Saud and the Reform,
Movement though lying in ruin since the beginning of the 19
th
century, still
preserves unique traces of the technical constructive excellence that characterizes
the earthen architecture in the central areas of the Arabic Peninsula and deserves
therefore to be protected and preserved.
At the international level, the development plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah,
also offers interesting opportunities. Unfortunately, the preservation of earthen
architectural heritage around the world is often threatened by the limited funds
made available by the governments for its preservation a large number of sites
inscribed on the World Heritage List in Danger are earthen architectural sites. Ad-
Diriyah, on the contrary, can become a showcase where innovative solutions are
tested thanks to the full political commitment and the generous financial support
that the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia has decided to allocate for its preservation and
restoration.
In at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah state-of-the-art technologies have been made
available to the planners for the precise record of the vestiges (likely for the first
time in the world, a 3D scanning of a large sector of a mud brick city has been
carried out) and a mixed Saudi/foreign expert team in earthen architecture
conservation has set the conservation principles and collaborated to the
elaboration of the reuse project (Cf. Volume 3 Annexes).
The result of these efforts is a preservation and development plan unique in its
genre. A city that was lying abandoned and was slowly but inexorably vanishing
under the harsh climatic conditions of the Arabian Peninsula will get a new life and
will be able to withstand and play again a major symbolic role in the country.
What used to be known only to few specialists as the ancient and ruined capital
of the First Saudi State, will now become familiar to the new generations of Saudi
citizens who will learn about their origins and their culture; what used to be just
a deserted witness of a bygone age will become again a living source of pride and
of inspiration for the whole country.
The redevelopment plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah preserves the vestiges
and in the meantime blows new life into the ruins to help bridging the gap
between Modern Saudi Arabia and its unique and rich cultural roots.
2.2.2 Riyadh, Wadi Hanifah and ad-Diriyah Development Plans
The conservation and development project for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is
part of a large scale planning and development strategy for the capital Riyadh
and its region. The Nomination Document (Chapter 5) presents the regional and
local plans being implemented, and notably:
- Riyadh Master Plan
- Wadi Hanifah Environmental Plan
- ad-Diriyah Development Plan
The vision underlining the plan for ad-Diriyah the most intimately connected
to the World Heritage candidate site is based upon three components :
- A fully preserved at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah open to the public, well
maintained, co-coordinated with the Saudi national curriculum, subject to
36
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
high heritage standards, and a beacon to other heritage sites worldwide,
as good practice: a heritage site of international significance and a world-
class living museum.
- A rehabilitated Wadi system offering a beautiful, authentic desert oasis
environment, which is well maintained, and accessible to all.
- A regenerated ad-Dir'iyah District with a mixed-use, vibrant,
neighbourhood peppered with historic sites for public enjoyment,
supporting a bustling economy with at-Turaif and al-Bujeiri at its heart.
This district will act as a buffer between the wider Riyadh suburbs, and
the World Heritage Site.
2.2.3 The Buffer Zone and the Nominated Property
The World Heritage Site Buffer Zone has been defined according to the criteria
set by UNESCO in its operational guidelines (Cf. I.4.2). This special zone is
inserted into an existing net of planning studies and plans currently at different
stages of implementation and presented in Volume 1.
The plan for ad-Diriyah concerns, besides the zones comprised in the Buffer zone,
the modern village of ad-Diriyah and the area between Riyadh highway and the
village (the so-called gateway area).
The map presented hereafter shows the areas concerned by the other plans
(map from Happold Consulting) compared with the World Heritage candidate
site Buffer Zone (superimposed in red), highlighting the different scale of the areas
concerned.
Within the Buffer Zone, the prominent historic element is the neighbourhood of
al-Bujeiri where resided the Shaikh Mohammed Bin Abdul-Wahab in the 18
th
century. Few ancient mud brick buildings are still standing, but the whole area has
witnessed a great deal of changes and transformations in the last 20-30 years. In
the 1990s a large modern religious complex, built in traditional style, has been
constructed where stood the structure of the mosque where the Sheikh used to
teach and pray. Its outline refers to the traditional Najdi architecture with its typical
minarets, though in a much larger scale. Most of the remaining parts of the ancient
neighbourhood had already vanished before the new plan was conceived.
According to the new programme, this sector is meant to become a modern
recreational, cultural and commercial area and to host a large religious complex
devoted to the message of the Shaikh, The Mohammed Bin Abdul-Wahab
Foundation.
The land of al-Bujeiri belongs to ADA that has prepared a development plan
foreseeing a large underground parking, a number of small-scale modern
constructions in stabilized mud, hosting commercial facilities and a Visitors Centre,
and a large religious and cultural centre designed by the renowned Jordanian
architect Rasem Badran. The whole area is being landscaped and transformed
into a pleasant garden overlooking at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
The remaining traditional constructions in adobe have been preserved and
protected under a large metal canopy providing shade. The site has been designed
as a complementary commercial area to increase the appeal of the historic
remains. From al-Bujeiri start the pedestrian circuits leading to at-Turaif passing
through al-Wahhab Foundation and the circuit of the people-mover.
The management system for this zone is intimately connected to the one of the
Nominated Property and includes within its steering committee the director of
the The Mohammed Bin Abdul-Wahab Foundation and the responsible for the
management of al-Bujeiri. SCTA will be in charge of the overall marketing plan for
the project. ADA will manage the area in coordination with SCTA and the Site
Manager
The rationale behind the plan has been the idea that income-generating activities
area necessary for the sustainability of the overall project and that the Saudi public
is not yet used to purely cultural-oriented visits.
The Nominated Property is the object of the comprehensive conservation and
development plan designed for ADA by large team of consultants and aiming at
transforming the ruins of the city into a Living Museum.
37
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Zones concerned by Specific Designs
and Regulation Happold
Consulting/SCTA, 2008
38
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The conservation and management solutions proposed in this plan are presented
in the sections 2.3 and 2.4; the vision, defined since the earlier phases of the
project, that has directed ADA approach to the site needs to be briefly
remembered:
The overall vision for the Atturaif Museum at Addiriyah is for a world-class open-
air museum that adheres to the highest international management, museology and
conservation standards. The Museum will provide visitors with an educational and
engaging experience delivered via a variety of techniques. Key aspects of the overall
vision include:
- A key point is that the entire Atturaif site should be understood as the Museum.
This means that the various experiences on the site should be understood as the
galleries of the overall Museum.
- Patterns of use will vary throughout the Atturaif Museum. For example, there may
be areas dedicated to the interpretation of historic themes (the life and times of
the Saud ruling family in the Salwa Palace, for example, or the story of the 20
th
century reoccupation in the eastern parts of the site), areas which can be described
as living historic quarters (the Atturaif Souq, for example), and some parts of the
site may be left as essentially archaeological sites (as with the western end of the
site).
- There is scope for private sector involvement within the area known as the Atturaif
Museum. However, private sector operators would carry out their activities under
license from the Site Manager to ensure that such activities are consistent with the
overall Mission and Mandate of the Museum.
- Achievement of UNESCO World Heritage Status is a priority. In this respect, the
requirements of UNESCO with regard to such status will need to be observed. In
particular the international relevance of the site needs to be highlighted in its Vision
Statement, as we have endeavored to do in the proposed Foundation Statements
as presented below. Great care will also need to be taken with respect to accepted
standards of conservation as well as protection of buffer areas around the site in
terms of potential commercial uses.
2.3 AD-DIRIYAH CONSERVATION STRATEGY AND APPROACH
2.3.1 General Principles and Overall Strategy
The conservation of mud architecture is always a highly complex task that appears
even more difficult in the case of at-Turaif, a neighbourhood that was largely
destructed by the Ottoman Army and remained in ruins for more than a century
making the planning and the implementation of an urban restoration and
consolidation campaign in this site a major challenge of a scope rarely attempted
before.
ADA, in charge of the planning and implementation of the project, has been, since
the early phases of the project, fully aware of the importance and complexity of
this aspect of the plan and has sought international aid to achieve and to adopt
good conservation practice. Good conservation practice requires professional
skills to find a balance between conservation and development needs. The
conservation strategy has been designed by ADA and its international consultants
giving the priority to the studies, to the assessment of the general site conditions,
to the monuments that were surveyed by 3D scanning, and to documentation.
Once a high level of understanding has been reached, it becomes possible to
implement conservation treatments.
In the preliminary phases of the development, were fixed the general principles
concerning the acceptable degree of reconstruction, the areas to be fully
preserved and the ones where re-use were possible.
These principles, identified and described by Anthony Crosby , are presented in
the Volume 1 and are based on international views on conservation and on
UNESCO recommendations. According to these principles has been drawn the
development plan.
Furthermore, an extraordinary amount of studies and surveys, including 3D
scanning of the street facades and of some of the most important ruins have
been carried out by ADA and its consultants. These data have produced a state-
of-art survey of the ancient neighbourhood that offers a unique opportunity for
39
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
the monitoring of the future evolution of the entire city in the coming years and
certainly constitutes a unique example in the field of earthen architecture
conservation. In parallel with the study phase, a preventive conservation program
has been implemented using temporary consolidation techniques: propping,
cleanings and sand bags, to slow down the erosion action and create safer
conditions and emergency stabilization for the most endangered structures on the
site.
The strategic choice to seek UNESCO recognition for the site of at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah has played an essential role in continuous re-assessment of the
overall strategy, that fully respects the values of the site and takes into
consideration all the issues related to the specificities of earthen architecture
conservation.
2.3.2 Earthen Architecture Conservation in Saudi Arabia
Earthen architecture has been identified among the foremost specificities of Saudi
Arabia and has been studied and presented, in the region and abroad, since the
1980s.
SCTA and ADA, notably, have already carried out projects focusing on earthen
architectural heritage (conservation, reconstructions, reuse, researches, etc.) and
have developed a certain experience in the preservation and restoration of urban
centres and earthen architectural heritage. Among the major initiatives that took
place in the Kingdom we can quote:
- Al-Murabba palaces and Al-Masmak fortress: they were restored by ADA
according to international standards and using traditional techniques and materials
within the King Abdulaziz Historical Center project.
- Al-Riyadh old city wall: Based on the study of the conservation needs of the
Historical Center of Riyadh, a portion of the old city wall as well as the Dirah
Tower and two of the historic gates of the old city, Thumairi and Dukhna, were
rebuilt as the original.
- Ad-Diriyah palaces and city wall (1980s reconstructions carried out by the
Department of Antiquities).
- Incorporation of traditional architecture in new development projects: Two examples
are particularly meaningful to present the link between contemporary
architecture on the one hand and mud , traditional style and design motives on
the other:
- The Pavilion presented at the National Folk Festival in Janadriyah,
constructed in 1988 using traditional forms, earthen compressed bricks,
and new technologies (project by arch. Ibrahim Aba Al-Khail in
collaboration with CRATerre);
- Al-Madi Mosque in the King Abdulaziz Historical Center, reconstructed
using local architectural style and materials.
- Specialized heritage studies and research: A specialized centre for Heritage
Conservation Program and Earthen Construction was created by ADA to promote
studies, publications and dissemination of knowledge about traditional architecture
and urban design. In 1988, a Mud Building Exhibition was organised by ADA (in
cooperation with the George Pompidou Centre in Paris, CRATerre, and the
French Embassy in Riyadh) focusing on mud as a traditional and an alternative
building material especially for Saudi Arabia.
- Al Ghat restoration project (SCTA project 2007-ongoing).
To these earlier examples should now be added the studies carried out within at-
Turaif project and notably:
- Wadi Hanifah mud heritage sites survey: among the priorities of Wadi Hanifah
Plan is also the preservation and upgrading of heritage resources of the wadi. A
comprehensive survey has permitted to record the heritage sites in the area.
About 600 mud and stone buildings and heritage structures have been identified
between al-Alab Dam in the north and Hijr in the South. All these significant
heritage structures: villages and settlements, isolated buildings, mosques, watch
towers, defensive walls, wells and water channels have been mapped, registered
and documented. According to their relative historical importance, a list of
priorities has been dressed in order to preserve and protect this valuable heritage.
40
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
- At-Turaif: Recent comprehensive studies on the conservation needs of at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah have been carried out by a number of international
specialized centres and experts. An initial conservation manual has been prepared
by an American conservation expert, Anthony Crosby, for Lord Cultural
Resources in the framework of the redevelopment plan. Prof. Salah Lamei, and a
team of Egyptian Experts from the Centre for Conservation of Islamic Architectural
Heritage of Cairo, were involved in the preparation of structural studies for the
preservation and restoration of number of monuments. Experts from CRATerre
have contributed to the definition of an operational strategy for the conservation
of at-Turaif mud brick structures. The ensemble of these studies forms the basic
reference for the following section of this Management Plan.
2.3.3 At-Turaif and ad-Diriyah
2.3.3.1 Architectural Description and Characteristics
Traditional Najdi architecture is based on the use of mud brick as a primary
material for walls, covered with a protective and sometimes ornamented layer of
protective mud plaster inside and out. In more substantial buildings, like the mud
palaces of ad-Diriyah, the mud walls often rested on several courses of cut stone.
In earlier times, as exemplified in at-Turaif, the basic wall structure was sometimes
of stone, covered by mud plaster.
The roofs of rooms, or upper galleries were spanned by tamarisk beams overlaid
by palm matting. The larger rooms beams were often supported by pillars or
columns constructed of stone drums coated with mud plaster. There are
examples in at-Turaif of triangular or even arched pediments. Doors were usually
made of wooden planks decorated with geometric designs. (a comprehensive
photographic survey of ad-Diriyah doors has been carried out under the
direction of dr. Ali al-Moghannam in 2008).
Najdi structures are generally simple in plan and compact in design, with special
attention given to internal courtyards and the reception room (majlis). Most
houses have two storeys with additional living space on the roof. Although Najdi
architecture is plain and often un-ornamented, its simple lines have their own
powerful aesthetic.
The surviving structures of at-Turaif include some of the earliest surviving
examples of the Najdi style, and notably unique examples of early mud palace and
mosque architecture. Although most of the structures are fragmentary, due to the
impacts of time and acts of war, taken together they constitute a unique archive
of this regionally significant style of architecture.
Although it had been protected from foreign invasion for centuries by the
surrounding deserts and escarpments, as ad-Diriyah and the First Saudi State
grew in wealth and power they began to attract the hostile attention of
surrounding powers. As hostile forces gathered, the Saudi rulers erected a
formidable wall surrounding the entire area of the community, with fortified
towers and gates. At-Turaif had its own wall providing extra protection for the
administrative heart of the state.
Most of ad-Diriyah wall has been rebuilt by the Department of Antiquities over
a number of years, providing a distinctive frame containing the historic districts of
ad-Diriyah. Constructed in the main with authentic materials, it establishes the
historic character of the area. It is also in need of constant maintenance. Parts of
the inner wall around at-Turaif have also been reconstructed, although most of
its remains are still un-restored. Of particular interest is the Faisal Tower, a special
strong point constructed to oppose the invading forces in 1818, and rebuilt by the
Deputy Ministry of Antiquities and Museums.
2.3.3.2 Conservation
At-Turaif is a unique site, as it constitutes an exceptional open-air laboratory for
studying and understanding the decay processes affecting structures made of
earthen materials. The multitude of monuments, belonging to diverse periods in
history, the various configurations of the structures and the homogeneity of the
materials represent great assets to understand the different erosion processes. On
the same site, buildings in use stand next to ruined structures. While certain
monuments have been restored or reconstructed, others have been neglected for
ages, and some others are currently being excavated by archaeologists. This variety
41
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
of situations represents a significant research potential and has to be exploited to
carry out a comparative study of the erosion processes and their results, and to
test several conservation concepts and methods adapted to each specific
situations.
The examination and the study of the remaining earthen structures on the site,
and of their environmental conditions, have allowed the identification of the main
problems causing the degradation of mud brick structures in at-Turaif.
The observation and diagnosis studies realised by different experts have enabled
to gather a great amount of data, including: the study of the architectural evolution
processes that took place over two centuries, the materials and techniques that
were used, the evolving natural habitat, the processes and factors of degradation.
These data have allowed understanding the site condition and the network of
interacting mechanisms that led to its degradation.
It is important to state exactly the origin of the degradation and its mechanism
before deciding the technique(s) and the method(s) of treatment. The
development of treatments for the conservation of this impressive architecture
has to be based on the understanding of the causes, mechanisms and effects of
degradation.
The existing studies cover all aspects, from investigation, survey, evaluation, to the
design of solutions that pay a special attention to the compatibility between the
original structures and the new treatment, between restoration materials and the
new functions, finishes, services, and desirable modern commodities.
A scientific and technical database for the development of this project has been
set and a considerable number of information collected, including:
- Climatic and geomorphologic conditions;
- Topography of the site;
- Archives;
- Architectural documentation;
- Assessment of site condition
- Degradation processes expertise;
- Typology of degradation factors;
- Risk-mapping and types of intervention throughout the studied areas;
- Proposition of a set of technical recommendations
- Technical specifications.
The correct methodological approach to the conservation of mud structures to
be applied in at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah has been defined by the experts and
agreed upon by all stakeholders. It respects the highest scientific standards and
foresees a series of successive steps:
1. Documentation
2. Monitoring
3. Condition survey
4. Definition of the restoration / re-use: concept, methods and specifications
5. Experimental programPilot conservation project
6. Training program: skills, capacity building and research
7. Phasing and definition of the implementation phase
For at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah project three specific issues have been designed
and will be dealt with in the coming months by the implementing agency:
1) The elaboration of technical passports to fix the individual memory of each
entity by giving precise information and detailed description. These documents will
notably record: Name, register number of the entity and date of the listing; Precise
location in the neighbourhood; Brief historical description (different construction
phases); Function (total surface, levels, phases of occupation); Organization
(internal layout); Physical description; Construction system and building materials
(foundation, floors, walls, columns, ceiling, roof, towers); Special features;
Decorative elements.
These passports will constitute on the long term a major tool for the
understanding, maintenance and preservation of the neighbourhood.
42
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
2) A monitoring program of the general conditions (physical, natural,
environmental, human) of the site. Approved by ADA, the implementing agency,
monitoring will provide a much needed database for the elaboration of
conservation methods and treatments. Its main objective is to enlarge our
understanding of the general conditions of the site and to establish a scientific
interpretation of all the decay processes affecting the historical structures. The
constitution of a scientific database is necessary to develop a comprehensive
intervention strategy and plan.
3) The launch of an experimental program Pilot conservation project. All the
partners of at-Turaif project recommended performing small-scale tests of the
possible solutions and conservation techniques to verify their actual impact and
suitability. The main objectives of this training workshop are to:
- Share experience
- Train the local conservation staff (architects, contractors, conservators,
masters, mason)
- Build capacities and skills
- Improve capabilities of all the stakeholders involved to answer the mud
brick conservation, preservation, and reconstruction methods and needs;
- Define an area within Atturaif practical workshop for training and
experimental programs;
- Upgrade traditional building materials and techniques
- Improve conservation methods
- Experiment the proposed methods and solutions on a small scale first
- Select adapted equipments
The work on the more prestigious and ancient remains of the site, like the palaces
of the Imams, will not be started before evaluating the quality of the works
experimented on less sensitive structures.
A series of preliminary studies have already been carried out aiming at:
- Identifying the characteristics of the local building materials to be used
in the conservation works;
- Testing and producing adobe blocs to be used in the restoration, and
defining their composition;
- Identifying the suitable soil for adobe production, composition and
preparation of the mixture, production, drying process, storage and
transportation, etc.);
- Identifying the local resources and skills in the field of earthen
construction and conservation.
2.3.3.3 The Pilot Projects
A pilot conservation project will be conducted in different areas of the site under
the supervision of national and international consultants and experts. It will permit
to test the conservation techniques in a real setting, in view of adapting the old
structures to new uses depending on requirements and needs in terms of
comfort, safety and use.
This specific pilot program was proposed by different experts as a model to be
executed immediately by all the partners of the project and will answer the need
for a proper conservation of earthen architectural vestiges. It will also serve to
fine-tune the proposed specifications, phasing, schedules and budgets and adjust
the conservation techniques and the mode of operation, as well as to define
more precisely the prerequisite and conditions required for ensuring quality work
(climate, equipment...). It will lead to first immediate results that will be paramount
for the success of the planned conservation/restoration/reuse process and help
setting quality standards. Besides, it will identify an area within at-Turaif itself
where regular workshops and training programs might take place in the coming
years.
The conservation works will associate SCTA staff, ADA staff, International
consultants, local contractors, craftsmen and experienced master builders, and
local entrepreneurs. To guarantee the quality of the training, a number of national
and international experts (ADA Centre for Heritage Conservation Program and
43
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Earthen Construction, CRATerre, Islamic Centre, Turath Foundation) will
supervise the whole implementation phase.
In a second phase, the pilot project will include also training sessions for architects,
conservators, technicians and contractors involved in the implementation of this
project.
2.3.3.4 Training Program: Skills, Capacity-building and Research
To ensure the sustainability of the conservation project a wide spectrum of
competencies is needed in the fields of World Heritage Site management,
conservation, expertise, capacity building in earthen architectural heritage
The development of skills in the field of traditional mud-brick conservation and
construction has been identified as a priority for the implementation of
restoration and re-use projects.
An important role in this field will be played by a new centre focusing on these
issues that will be established within at-Turaif, where the site Master Plan proposes
to create a Museum of mud architecture.
This institution should be designed in such a way that it could provide an
educational program and an engaging exploration of the unique architecture of
at-Turaif, of the result of archaeological studies underway, and of the conservation
efforts currently in place. Furthermore, the museum will also contribute to
promote earthen material as an alternative solution for sustainable housing and
increase the awareness of the significance of historic sites.
2.4 AT-TURAIF REVITALIZATION PROJECT
2.4.1 The Site
The site development strategy proposed by Atturaif Operations Master Plan aims
at developing the site as a major tourist attraction and destination of local, national
and international significance.
At-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah and its authentic remains will be preserved,
developed and interpreted as a living museum providing a powerful and unique
experience that takes the visitor back in time to the era of the First Saudi State.
The proposed statements of purpose of the Museum are:
- To introduce the public to the history of the site and its national and
international importance;
- To protect the historical and archaeological integrity of the site as a
heritage monument of national and international significance;
- To show visitors what has been accomplished in the preservation and
development of the site;
- To bring life back to the historic quarter of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah;
- To become a place of family education and entertainment;
- To become a major tourist destination for the Kingdom and the region;
- To benefit the local community through employment and economic
regeneration.
To achieve this vision the First Phase of the project proposes the division of the
site into four separate zones and provides site use recommendations for each
zone:
- Zone 1: part of core site that was reoccupied after 19
th
century;
- Zone 2: part of core site that was never reoccupied;
- Zone 3: land within walls without significant archaeological remains;
44
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
- Zone 4: peripheral areas where development is to be controlled in order
to protect heritage value of core site
The main objective of the site zoning is to organise the different functions of the
site with respect to the specificities of distinctive areas, and to indicate related
land usage.
Zone 1 includes the most impressive structures of the site. These structures have
undergone adaptive reuse after the fall of the city in 1818 AD, with a
redevelopment of the majority of the buildings in the late part of the 19
th
century
and in the beginning of the 20
th
century. This zone comprises a number of
important structures and notably the Salwa Palace Complex, the centre of power
of the First Saudi State located at the current main entry to the site, likely the
most valuable ruin of at-Turaif.
Zone 1 includes 7 monuments representing the most prominent structures on
the site:
1. Salwa Palace Complex
2. Sabala Moudhi
3. Fahd bin Saud Palace
4. Abdullah bin Saud Palace
5. Turki bin Saud Palace
6. Thunnayan bin Saud Palace
7. Mishari bin Saud Palace
Zone 2 includes structures of the site that were not re-occupation. In this zone
the structures are, for the most part, the original buildings dating from the First
Saudi State and have been affected only by natural erosion processes. The ruins,
however, include a number of restored buildings that are partially accessible to
visitors. Zone 2 includes:
8. At-Turaif Bath and Guest House (already reconstructed)
9. Nasir bin Saud palace (already reconstructed)
10. Saad bin Saud Palace (already reconstructed)
11. Farhan bin Saud Palace (mostly in ruins)
12. Omar bin Saud Palace (partially standing)
Zones 3 includes ruined structures with minimal visible architectural elements
and without specific archaeological significance.
Zone 4 is a separated area that will serve as a protective zone against future
development on the site.
2.4.2 The Buildings
The site specific uses have been planned according to the general development
strategy designed for the at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah Living Museum, taking into
consideration circulation on site, accessibility for specific functions as well as
circulation patterns based on visitor, staff and services uses.
The site specific usages propose:
- Interpreted buildings with visitor access
- Interpreted and adaptive reuse buildings with artefact displays
- Adaptive reuse buildings with handicraft and shop functions
- Stabilized and reconstructed mosques
- Adaptive reuse for visitor interaction and day use
- Stabilized structures with no adaptive reuse
Four main categories of monuments can be identified and each category requires
specific conservation approach, and adapted treatments.
- Standing monuments (zone 1)
This category of monuments is still standing but has lost some structural elements
or structural integrity which ensured its protection. Without a roof and without
a resistant base, the walls are prone to a slow but continuous decay process and
suffer from direct weathering and structural problems threatening their stability.
45
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
These monuments require a longer period of study and experimentation.
Proposed conservation techniques must be tested first before being applied on
a large scale. Urgent intervention is required.
This category of monuments is represented by 10 palaces that are key structures
on the site. All these monuments were documented using high-standards
techniques as 3D scanning. An impressive documentation prepared by ADA is
actually available to develop historical, architectural and technical studies and
researches. The condition of these monuments was also assessed to understand
the degradation processes and to propose technical specifications and methods
for their long term conservation.
- The 20
th
century residential quarter (zone 1)
A part of the residential quarter was identified to develop an adaptive reuse
project of existing 20
th
century buildings. The demonstration area (previously
referred to as the Traditional Souk in the planning documents) has been divided
into four zones:
- Zone A: located at the west end of the demonstration area extends
from the Salwa Palace to the proposed Life Style area. It forms a
coherent and contiguous block separated by the Salwa palace from the
proposed extension to the east.
- Zone B: incorporates food-related functions clustered around the open
courtyard east of the palace of Abdullah and south of the Salwa Palace.
3D zoning ATM-3D for ADA, 2008
Survey and documentation
based on 3D scanning realized
between january an april 2007
Survey and documentation
based on 3D scanning realized
between june an july 2008
Survey and documentation
based on 3D scanning realized
in november 2008
Survey and documentation
based on 3D scanning realized
in december 2008 and january
2009
46
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
- Zone C: consists of buildings along the formerly designated Street of
Senses to the east of the food court area.
- Zone D: incorporates buildings along the street and extends north
towards the Sabala of Moudhi and the Treasury Building.
Phase One development project includes Zone A and Zone B for the reuse of
the existing buildings (Cf. Volume 3, Annexes). Zones C and D will be reserved
for future development pending input from experience gained in operating the
Phase One Demonstration Zone. In the meantime it is proposed that the
buildings in Zones C and D be documented and stabilized without modification
in order to retain flexibility, as they may be developed and used in different ways.
Two options were proposed for the reuse and the conservation of these areas:
- Option 1: proposes adaptive reuse with complete restoration and partial
reconstruction of the collapsed part of the buildings. This approach is justifiable
only with a reuse program.
- Option 2: proposes to develop the concept of stabilization in area C and D
preserving the buildings as they are with minimal intervention. Only exterior walls
and facades will be stabilized; inside the units, preventive conservation techniques
only should be applied to maintain the walls and the roofs and slow down the
erosion processes.
The objective is to establish a situation reducing further decay. The conservation
of these two areas should be implemented during the first phase of the project
and can be developed and followed in the future by an adaptive reuse project.
This option would be an opportunity to develop the necessary expertise and
skills by providing training and education programs for the technical site staff in
the field of preventive conservation. The variety of approaches, methods and
techniques of conservation is an essential issue according to the variety of
situation on the site.
The remaining structures in this area, and the buildings that have not been
identified for adaptive reuse in the First Phase of the project, will be stabilized in
their original state to preserve a safe streetscape environment accessible to
visitors.
- Ruined sector (zone 2)
According to the zoning map most of zone 2, and the eastern sector of zone 1,
are designated to be managed as a restricted access area within the First Phase
of the development of the site.
It is recommended during the initial phase of site operation to focus in this area
on research, experimentation and documentation to develop the understanding
of the history of these areas and to test different conservation methods and
techniques. This sector includes important buildings such as the Master Builders
House, the Palace of Turki and the Palace of Farhan, buildings that will require
stabilization to prevent further collapse.
On the practical level, a series of functions need to be provided on site and will
be partially hosted by existing buildings, partially located in new structures.
- Administrative Headquarters
This administrative body will be located in a purposed rebuilt and adapted cluster
of historical buildings, which elevations will be preserved, providing for modern
facilities inside.
- Ad-Diriyah Museum Administration
This administrative body will be located in a purposed rebuilt and adapted cluster
of historical buildings, which elevations will be preserved, providing for modern
facilities inside.
- Ad-Diriyah Documentation Centre (King Abdulaziz Foundation)
This research body will be located in a purposely rebuilt and adapted cluster of
historical buildings with preserved faades providing for modern facilities
inside. The plan, developed by a Saudi firm, foresees the reconstruction of Ibrahim
Palace. The foundation walls of this palace have been uncovered by the recent
archaeological excavations carried out by the SCTA site team jointly with ADA
in 2008. The recent mud houses built above the foundations of the palace will be
demolished to uncover the original remains. Over these walls a new mud building
will be built.
47
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
In addition to these institutional facilities, the operational needs of the site will be
supported by office space for Visitor Services personnel to be located in the new
Visitors Reception Centre. Offices and support facilities for educational program
and other programming staff will be accommodated in the proposed Education
Centre within the restored Saad Palace; site service staff will be located in other
renovated or adaptive use buildings yet to be designated.
- The Reception Centre
The same American firm that developed the plans for the ruins of Salwa Palace
(Cf. Volume 3, Annexes) has designed the new reception centre located in front
of at-Turaif city walls. This building will mark the beginning and the end of the
visit and offer a critical orientation to the visitors. Its architecture is meant to be
modern and in the meantime to remind of the wadi stone walls; it will not
compete with the old city mud brick environment.
2.4.3 Restoration and Re-use Criteria
The preliminary guidelines set by Anthony Crosby for LORD Cultural Resources
have evolved into a set of separate in-depth studies and manuals for different
sites within the city.
In Volume 3, Annexes, are presented some of these technical documents to
underline the quality and the complexity of the studies undertaken.
2.5 TOURISM MANAGEMENT & SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
2.5.1 Introduction
2.5.1.1 Background Information
The tourist strategy for the development of the Living Heritage Museum at at-
Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah has been designed by ADA and its consultants and is
briefly summarized in the following pages.
The plan has profited of the studies, put forth by SCT (now SCTA) since the year
2000, aiming at developing the tourism sector in the Kingdom with a specific
attention to Cultural Tourism. These studies have highlighted the main difficulties
to be encountered when planning the revitalization of the cultural sector and
notably that:
- By any measure, awareness of antiquities, historical sites and museums in
Saudi Arabia is low, and they are little visited.
- Many sites, especially those that predate Islam, are not valued by many
Saudis, and in some cases are actively feared or felt to be dangerous or
places to be avoided. In general, old buildings or sites, especially if seen
to be in disrepair, are seen to have no further use and are therefore not
respected.
- Traditional crafts and markets no longer serve the same functions, as
from a utilitarian perspective they have been replaced by mass-produced
products and new ways of shopping.
They have also provided the necessary statistics that, interpreted, offer the key for
the definition of suitable tourist strategy for the site.
Saudi population is young, with 60 % below 25 years of age, a class of age usually
little attracted by Museum-related activities. This fact favours an approach that
aims at making the site attractive for a population that does not regularly visits
cultural sites.
48
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
On the other side, Saudi young generations have a relatively high level of
education (especially the male population) and the school market should
therefore acquire a particular importance with the development of exhibitions
and school programs purposely designed for them in at-Turaif. At the time being,
however, education still focuses on traditional religious studies, with an increasing
emphasis on vocationally-oriented knowledge and skills. Little time is given to
developing a broad appreciation of history or developing a language of
comparative cultural and social values. However, access to international cultures
through the media has begun to change attitudes to, and understandings of,
heritage although the core curricula in schools and universities do not yet place
real value on the lessons to be learned from the past.
2.5.1.2 Strategy
By definition, cultural tourism is based upon providing visitors or tourists with
culturally-based experiences such as visits to historical or archaeological sites,
museums, cultural festivals or events, and distinctive cultural landscapes or
environments.
Tourists motivated primarily by an interest in cultural experiences (cultural
tourists) are a relatively small proportion of the market typically fewer than 5%
internationally yet a majority of tourists will normally take part into some
cultural activities during a visit.
Recommended Principles for Cultural Tourism are set out in the Cultural Tourism
Charter of ICOMOS stating that:
- A primary objective for managing heritage is to communicate its
significance and need for its conservation to its host community and to
visitors. Reasonable and well-managed physical, intellectual and/or
emotive access to heritage and cultural development is both a right and
a privilege. It brings with it a duty of respect for the heritage values,
interests and equity of the present-day host community, indigenous
custodians or owners of historic property and for the landscapes and
cultures from which that evolved.
- Domestic and international tourism continues to be among the
foremost vehicles for cultural exchange, providing a personal experience,
not only of that which has survived from the past, but of the
contemporary life and society of others. It is increasingly appreciated as
a positive force for natural and cultural conservation. Tourism can
capture the economic characteristics of the heritage and harness these
for conservation by generating funding, educating the community and
influencing policy. It is an essential part of many national and regional
economies, and can be an important factor in development, when
managed successfully.
- Tourism itself has become an increasingly complex phenomenon, with
political, economic, social, cultural, educational, bio-physical, ecological and
aesthetic dimensions. The achievement of a beneficial inter-action
between the potentially conflicting expectations and aspirations of
visitors and host or local communities, presents many challenges and
opportunities.
- The natural and cultural heritage, diversities and living cultures are major
tourism attractions. Excessive or poorly-managed tourism and tourism
related development can threaten their physical nature, integrity and
significant characteristics [].
The International recommendations on the one hand, and the data concerning
the local situation on the other hand, have provided the foundations for the
elaboration of the tourist strategy for at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah.
The implication for the planning of at-Turaif Living Museum is that domestic
marketing for at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah should emphasize the entertainment-
oriented aspects of the proposed visitor experience rather than its historic
significance. Yet historic significance should not be ignored, since the sites status
as the birthplace of the Reform Movement is likely to motivate at least some of
49
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
those with a solid grounding in traditional religious studies to visit the site and
learn about the history of the First Saudi State.
However, though Saudi Arabia is the birthplace of Islam, and the preservation
and presentation of the national cultural heritage is inseparable from its roots in
Islam, it is also important to consider that the Reform, and traditional religious
values and practices, discourage the commemoration of specific individuals and
sites that may encourage un-Islamic practices.
Finally, the plan has taken into consideration the fact that open spaces and parks
are particularly important to the Saudi population (as it can be witnessed at Salam
Park in Riyadh). Local recreational patterns are reflected in the design of large
open spaces and landscaped areas in al-Bujeiri, which will likely become a very
popular area for general recreation for the local people. It is expected that this
public will also provide a basis for the visitation and appreciation of at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah.
The objectives of the Master Plan put forth by Lord Cultural Resources for ADA
are:
- To ensure sustainable use of the heritage resources in tourism
development.
- To minimize the impact tourism development may have on cultural
heritage preservation.
- To offer a diversity of tourism attractions, programs and events on the
site.
- To develop a range of visitor amenities to increase visitor satisfaction,
with a particular emphasis on value for money for any paid services or
attractions.
- To encourage the visitor to stay longer with more in-depth site
experiences.
- To inform tour operators of the range of attractions available at the site
and surrounding neighbourhoods, and to provide tour operator services
that encourage visitation, such as tour bus parking.
2.5.2 Site Carrying Capacity and Estimate of the Visitors
The site carrying capacity of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah has not been calculated
yet. The overall surface of the areas opened for the visitors at the opening of the
site in 2010 being still undefined.
However, the very size of the area, the relatively low attendance foreseen in the
first years, and the high-standards management system for at-Turaif Living Museum
guarantee that the opening of at-Turaif to the visitors will not affect the
conservation of the site. Furthermore, the development plan foresees an
emergency plan to allow the rapid and safe evacuation of the visitors in case of
trouble.
Based upon the analysis of the Saudi market and the estimates of growth of
national, regional and international tourism in the Kingdom, it is estimated that at-
Turaif Living Museum will attract, in a first phase, approximately 200,000 visitors
per year.
On the basis of this estimate have been calculated the Operating Expenses (for
the following categories: Staff, Exhibition , Educational programmes, General and
Administrative, Marketing, Collections and curatorial costs, others) and the
expected Earned Revenues (for: Tickets, Retail sales, Educational programmes,
events, food Service Concessions, etc.). Expenses are estimated at 26.25 million
SR; revenues at 5.15 million SR
Government sources (and eventual private sponsors) should still cover about 21
million SR per year (4 million Euros). On a percentage basis earned income levels
are about 19.5% of expenses per year.
50
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
2.5.3 Circulation and Tourist Fluxes Management
2.5.3.1 Access and Parking
Accesses
Access to at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah will be possible for the public through a
single entrance to facilitate control and ticketing. The staff working on site will
use a different access.
In view of the exceptional significance of the site and of the role it will be called
to play at the national and international levels, a separate access is foreseen for
VIP guests and visitors.
The narrow streets of at-Turaif provide challenges to the provision of emergency
services on the site, yet emergency and general service access are provided within
the general planning scheme.
Parking
The countrys reliance on the car as the sole mode of transport provides
indication that car access and parking on site are a major planning concern.
The strategy proposed is therefore one that includes good parking provision in
combination with a set of procedural access rules, innovative signage and
dedicated transfer and locomotion means, all exclusive to the site.
At-Turaif's delicate condition and high preservation standards preclude the use
of vehicles on site, circulation is therefore mainly conceived for pedestrians. Small
karts will be available for general visitor circulation, circulation of disabled visitors,
maintenance activities, and to provide emergency services.
Any larger vehicles that would be required to circulate on at-Turaif, though only
in exceptional cases, will only be able to make use of the following paths, all others
being too narrow.
Internal roads Happold Consulting/Lord, on going
Transport Strategy, Basic Access: the definition of the final transport strategy is currently in an advanced
stage of preparation. Happold Consulting, on going
51
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
2.5.4 Ticketing and Charging Policy
It has been agreed that the revenues produced by the entrance tickets (and by
the other money-generating activities) will be directly managed by the Site
Management Unit and contribute to the overall financing of the site.
At-Turaif Living Museum will be issuing tickets for every visitor to establish precise
statistics concerning the characteristics and the timing of the visits.
Admission charges need to respond to the very different nature of market
segments that are likely to visit at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah at various times of
day. During mornings, it is likely that most visitors will be school children visiting
as part of a group, or adults visiting as part of a bus tour. Evenings will likely see
a much larger proportion of Saudi families. Since the early phases of the planning
the issue of the pricing policy has been pondered aiming to:
1) Establish a pricing policy based upon limited charge to maximize public
access;
2) Have a one charge admission ticket for entrance to all the museums;
3) Have a variable price for theone charge admission ticket, which favours
young children, seniors and family groups.
On these bases, a pricing strategy has been defined: it foresees 3 kinds of
admission tickets (Mornings, Evenings and Special events) with separate prices
for adults, senior/students, children and groups. The Adult ticket prices will range
from 15 SR (3 ) to 25 SR (5 ).
2.5.5 Equipment & Facilities
The design for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah Living Heritage Museum proposes a
complete range of services and equipments for the visitors within and around the
site.
Outside the Nominated Property, in al-Bujeiri neighbourhood, are located the
car parking, the information centre, toilets and commercial heritage-related
activities; in front of the Salwa Palace, is located the Visitors Reception Centre
with ticket counters, information desk, toilets and a small exhibition hall. The VRC
also host facilities for VIP guests, and a privileged position to profit of the evening
Light & Sounds shows.
2.5.6 Site Museums
The plans for at-Turaif Heritage Museum foresee the creation of a series of
structures for the visitors and notably seven interactive site museums, whose
didactic and museographic content has been designed for the Saudi public to
includes the most up-to-date presentation techniques.
These museums are:
- Salwa Palace, Museum of the History of at-Turaif
- Historic Farm experience (Najdi agriculture)
- Palace of Omar, Museum of Palace Life
- Lifestyle Museum
- Palace of Mishari, Architecture and Technology Museum
- Bath House, Museum of Public Bath
- Palace of Thunnayan, Military Museum and Arabian Horses Museum
Furthermore, besides the exhibition areas, the visitors will have the possibility to
profit of the renewed souq area, located within a group of re-used 20
th
century
mud houses where they might buy traditional objects and food, and of the
weekend market.
2.5.7 Didactic Material
The visit to at-Turaif Living Heritage Museum will be accompanied also by more
traditional didactic tools that are commonly found at major world heritage sites:
flyers, guidebooks and audio-guides.
52
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Audio-guides will be provided to the visitors that buy thefull ticket for the site and
will be distributed/collected at the entrance of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
A colour flyer in Arabic and English (likely a 6-page folded document) will be given
to each visitor at the entrance. It will include:
- A brief historical presentation ;
- A site map locating the main buildings (museums) with a brief
presentation and pictures;
- A map with the visit circuits (and the safety exits) to favour the tourist
fluxes and increase the visitors security;
- Practical data (visiting hours/days, price, website, etc.).
The preparation of a complete site guidebook is a priority, yet it will not be possible
to prepare this document before the overall plan is fully implemented. During
the First phase, while development works are still ongoing, a shorter (and
cheaper) intermediate level guidebook will be prepared, completing the
information of the flyer. It will be in Arabic and English and will be sold at a
reasonable price on site, in the libraries and at tourist information points.
At a later stage, a series of scientifically-correct thematic guidebooks (detailing for
instance, the history of the site, the development project, Najdi architecture, First
Saudi State, etc.) will be prepared by the Research & Publication Department.
Existing literature in Arabic and foreign languages on these topics, will be
inventoried and sold at the site.
Signage and information panels for the visitors will be prepared by the designers
of the museums. Their graphic design (fonts, colours, etc) should be coordinated
with the flyer and guidebooks. Information panels should not be too visible and
need to be integrated in the cityscape of at-Turaif. Their content will be decided
by the museographic team and approved by the Site Manager. A purposely
designed at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah Living Heritage Museum logo and, in case
of inscription of the site on the World Heritage List, the World Heritage logo will
be displayed on the panels.
A daily screen or board posted in the Reception Centre presents information on
the days programs and events in the various museums and site components.
Security signage (safety escape-ways, fire extinguishers, inaccessible areas, etc.)
will also be found within at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah.
Traditional didactic documents will be completed by a welcoming, upbeat and
user-friendly website adding value to communication with audiences. The website
should cater for all audiences and project an up-to-date, dynamic and visually
driven presentation of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah site and Living Museum. It
should be in both Arabic and English.
2.5.8 Marketing Campaigns
How attractive to visitors will at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah become, and how can
a high-quality destination be sustained?
This is a key question that depends in part on the quality of the infrastructure,
architecture and planning and in part on how at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is
promoted to domestic, regional and international visitors and how successful
other recreational activities become in drawing visitors to the wider ad-Dir'iyah
environment again and again.
Viewed in investment terms, the unique combination of a natural wadi
environment, the historic heritage of at-Turaif and the proximity to Riyadh has
sufficient ingredients to make ad-Diriyah an attractive prospect.
The World Heritage Status of the site will also greatly contribute to the appeal
and world-wide reconnaissance of the site existence and quality. Yet it will also
impose that a clear approach to the role of private business in the site is defined
and that control mechanisms are in place to safeguard public interest in heritage,
local community and the at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah brand-image. The creation
of a graphically convincing site logo will further contribute to the success of the
brand-image of the site.
53
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The private sector should be encouraged to supply and operate retail,
accommodation and catering, but also other types of recreational activity and
offering products such as adventure/nature trails, mountain biking, earth building,
arts and crafts etc.
The public sector involvement is about setting benchmark quality and establishing
guidelines.
Private sponsorship and various types of paid promotion will be essential to
generate a viable financial basis for the new museum and publicly operated
recreational activities. For this reason, the creation of an overall brand-identity
and program management structure should be considered. The focus should be
on establishing at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, in the mind of the visitor, as a well-
defined brand-identity representing the finest possible Saudi traditions, values and
pedigree.
The aim will be to focus on authentic heritage experiences and making multiple
visits the norm. In this way, the natural assets around at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
can be managed and evolved to become synonymous with high quality cultural
and recreational activities situated around the town and linked to the wadi.
2.6 RISK PREPAREDNESS
2.6.1 Risk Assessment
It is the first step of risk management, with the aim to give clear answer to these
preliminary questions:
- What could go wrong and with what consequences ?
- What are the uncertainties in the plan?
- What if the plan fails to meet the objectives ?
- What is the risk that it will not address the key issues ?
ADA has a large experience in the management of large urban sectors in Riyadh.
Its know-how, and the high-standards set for the Living Heritage Museum, have
led to the establishment of a comprehensive risk management system taking into
consideration all possible threats and risks the site might face.
2.6.2 Threats and Vulnerability
Risk is an inherently dynamic measure and may relate directly to increases in the
national threat, a VIP visit or temporary artifact collection. All possible threats to
the site should be accurately assessed, quantified and documented they should
be agreed and accepted by all parties as the foundation for security planning.
It should be considered, however, that the characteristics of the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia and the specificities of the site of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah make the
level of current threat to site relatively low.
The security strategy for the site is based upon the guidelines elaborated by Lobo
Consulting Services in September 2008 . Three main types of threats have been
taken into consideration:
International: Terrorism, artifact theft, archaeological theft;
National: Robbery, other organised crime;
Local: Trespass, theft, burglary, arson, vandalism, antisocial behaviour.
54
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Security should be designed to protect the people visiting the site but also to
protect the site from its visitors.
The main security objective is to enable controlled and authorised access to the
site and deny unauthorized access. Key to achieving this in the principle of keeping
the number of entry points to a minimum as it is the case with at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah, with access points separated by function: separate entrances for
pedestrian visitors, staff, vehicle deliveries, emergency vehicles and VIPs etc.
To increase security management it is also important to divide the site into zones
depending upon who should be able to gain access for example: Visitors have
unrestricted access; Visitors have restricted access; Visitors are denied access (Staff
access only).
Visitors security requires adequate evacuation measures in response to a building
fire to enable the visitors and staff to escape from both fire and smoke.
Designated assembly points, located a safe distance from buildings, should be
provided and alternative means of escape should be made available, particularly
from the overall site.
2.6.3 Evacuation Plan
Risk planning imposes the preparation of scenarios for the site evacuation in case
of troubles. For at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, the management team will need a
plan to respond to unexpected incidents/events such as: fire, site wide power loss,
wadi flooding.
The common response to such event is evacuation. The number of people
involved and the extent of evacuation required will depend on the actual threat.
The different modes of evacuation could result from:
building fire incident;
building non fire incident;
external building fire;
partial evacuation of site / venue;
total evacuation of site / venue.
The non-fire threats may affect an area with many buildings and large numbers
of people may be at risk. Additionally the threat may prohibit the use of certain
evacuation routes and therefore the operational plans must reflect this.
The means of escape philosophy is that the occupants of a building, site or venue,
should be able to turn their backs on fire and escape via the nearest available
exit without assistance from other occupants or fire fighters (except for some
disabled occupants who may need assistance).
Internal escape provisions from both the individual buildings and the overall site
must be assessed to ensure that they are adequate in width, location and number
to accommodate the occupants.
For historic restored premises these openings will be limited to the existing doors
giving access to the buildings. Where there is a single entrance/exit this will limit
the number of people permitted inside.
On a large site such as at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah, a combination of potentially
large numbers of people unfamiliar with the surroundings, and a perceived lack
of management or information following an evacuation, can leave the occupants
confused and at risk. To aid people to move away from buildings they need to be
encouraged to do so by members of staff who will direct them to safe assembly
areas, locations of which require careful consideration. In general a large open
space well away from any buildings is a safe assembly area. Ensuring occupants are
moved away from the built up areas of the site is imperative for occupant safety
as there is a high potential that fire could spread between buildings (due to the
close proximity and nature of the external fabric constructions).
2.6.4 Fire Protection Plan
The actual risk of fire is relatively limited and mainly associated with the dry palm
leaves and the timber used in roof construction.
55
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The risk of fire in the site museums has been taken into consideration in the
planning of the site infrastructures. A net of water pipes carrying water to stop
fires has been created covering the whole site. It is evident, though, that watering
down the site to stop the fire will have a negative impact on the fragile mud
architecture of at-Turaif District in ad-Dir'iyah.
Fire extinguishers will be available in each reused, restored or reconstructed
building and the personnel will be trained in their use and in emergency
procedures to follow in case of fire.
56
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
3.1 MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
3.1.1 The Role and Significance of the Organizational Chart
3.1.2 High Level and Local Level Coordination Mechanisms
3.1.3 The Scientific Committee
3.1.4 The Site Manager
3.1.4.1 Coordination and Strategic Planning
3.1.4.2 Heritage Planning
3.1.4.3 Visitors Safety
3.2 LIVING HERITAGE MUSEUM STRUCTURE
3.2.1 Site Management Section
3.2.1.1 Publicity and Communication
3.2.2 Administration Section
3.2.2.1 Human Resources Policy
3.2.2.2 Contract and Lease Administration
3.2.3 Site Operation Section
3.2.3.1 Visitors services
3.2.3.2 Site Maintenance and Conservation Services
3.2.3.3 Site Services
3.2.3.4 Security
3.2.4 Heritage Management and Interpretation Section
3.2.4.1 Collections and Research
3.2.4.2 Public Programs
3.2.4.3 Conservation Activities
3.2.5 Special Projects Coordination Section
3.3 STAFFING LIST AND POSITION DESCRIPTIONS
|
PARTTHREE
|
57
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Part Three- Management System
3.1 MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
This chapter presents the organizational structure of the Living Heritage Museum.
It draws heavily upon the Lord Cultural Resources Operations Master Plan
Chapter 9 of September 2008 prepared for ADA, detailing the staffing of the site
management unit and briefly describing each position.
3.1.1 The Role and Significance of the Organizational Chart
In the following pages are proposed the Organizational Charts of the Site
Management Unit that will be in charge of the daily management of at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah.
Organizational Charts are a schematic representation of the functional,
hierarchical and organizational links within the site administration; they visualize the
tasks within the unit in charge of the site defining precisely functions and level of
responsibility of the staff. To the OC should be added the specifications for each
function that should be regularly updated by the Site Manager
These charts, need to be further discussed with all the stakeholders and might
therefore be further modified according to the needs during the implementation
phase. Three charts describe the proposed management system:
Chart 1 presents the new SCTA organisation approved in November 2008
following the nomination of Dr. Ali al-Moghannam to the position of Site Manager
of the site. The new SCTA chart states that the Vice-President for Antiquities
and Museums is the direct key reference for the WHS Manager (similarly to what
done with the site of Al-Hijr), thus up-grading the site department of ad-Diriyah
(Cf. old SCTA chart in chapter 1).
Chart 2 presents the overall institutional framework directing the site and the
development programme. Because of the unique relevance of the site within the
Kingdom, the High Executive Committee for ad-Diriyyah Development (that
includes among its members both SCTA President and ADA president), plays a
role in the definition of the major strategic issues relating to the site development
and management. SCTA is in charge of the site management and ADA of the
planning and implementation of the site works. The necessary coordination
between these two bodies takes place at two distinct levels: within the High
Committee for the definition of the overall strategy, at the site level through a
regular and active cooperation between the Site Manager and the Head of the
Historic ad-Diriyah Development Program that is responsible of the planning of
the whole area.
The other concerned stakeholders at the local level, including the Governor of
ad-Diriyah, the Mayor of ad-Diriyah, and other local personalities, will play an
important role, being partners of the overall planning system and coordinating
with the WHS director in his everyday activity.
Chart 3 details the management scheme foreseen for the Living Heritage
Museum. The management responsibility lies with SCTA, the owner of the site,
while ADA plays a role providing technical support. The Site Management unit
leads a three-section organization. When researches or new excavations will be
needed, the other departments of the Antiquities and Museums of SCTA will
create an ad hoc temporary structure that will be coordinating its activities with
the Site Manager.
Finally, according to what is done in many major sites across the world, it is
suggested to create a Scientific Advisory Committee that might meet once a year
(or randomly at special occasions) to assist the WHS director on purely technical
and scientific issues.
Vice Pr esident for A&M
Advisor y Gr oups V. P Office
Suppor t Ser vices
Provincial Ant iquit y
Offices Coor dinat or
Ant iquit y Office in
Al- Hij r
Ant iquit y Office in
ad- Dir' iyah
Exhibition
Halls
Supervisors
Visiting &
Temp.
Exhibitions
Dep.
Technical
Affairs Dep.
Safety &
Security Dep.
Visitor Relations
Dep.
Education Dep.
Programs Dep.
Marketing Dep.
Museum Societies
Dep.
Support & Finance
Dep.

Provincial
Museums
Dep.
Private
Museums
Dep.
Local &
International
Exhibitions
Dep.
Exhibitions
Organization
Workshop
Dep.
Registration
&
Documentatio
n Dep.
Private
Collection
Services Dep.
Antiquity
Collection
Laboratory
Antiquities
Storage Dep.

Visitor
Relations
Dep.
Programs
Dep.
Education
Dep.

Studies &
Programs
Dep.
Execution
Dep.
Operation &
Maintenance
Dep.
Historical
Building
Laboratories
Dep.
Urban
Heritage
Preservation
Dep.
Site
Management
& Supervision
Dep.
Projects
Support Dep.
Archaeologica
Survey &
Excavation Dep
Underwater
Antiquities
Dep.
Survey &
Drawing Dep.
Photography
Dep.

Specialized
Studies Dep.
Scientific
operation De
Library
Saudi
Antiquities
Annual
Publication
Awareness
&
Publication
Dep.
Scientific
Publication
Dep.
Data Base
Dep.
Data
Collection &
Analysis
Dep.
Data
Processing
Dep.
Register o
Antiquities
Dep.

Safety &
Security
Dep.
Vandalis
m Dep.
Antiquitie
s &
Archaeol
ogical
Items
Merchand
ize
Heritage
Associati
ons Dep.
National
Heritage
Recovery
Dep.
Antiquity Office in Al-Majma`
Antiquity Office in Makkah
Antiquity Office in Taif
Antiquity Office in Jeddah
Antiquity Office in Maddinah
Antiquity Office in Al-Ula
Antiquity Office in Buraidah
Antiquity Office in Dammam
Antiquity Office in Hafouf
Antiquity Office in Abha
Antiquity Office in Tabouk
Antiquity Office in Tayma
Antiquity Office in Hail
Antiquity Office in A`ra`r
Antiquity Office in Jazan
Antiquity Office in Najran
Exhibit ion
Halls Dept .
Pr ogr ams &
Visit or s Dept .
Masmak
Museum
Dep.
Collect ions
Dept .
Museums
Dept .
Ur ban
Her it age Dept .
Sit e
Rest or at ion
& Development
Ar cheological
Excavat ion &
Sur vey Dept .
St udies
Dept .
Media &
Publicat ion
Dept .
Regist r at ion
Dept .
Pr eser vat ion
Dept .
Nat ional
Museum
Museums
Pr oj ect s &
Development
St udies &
Resear ch
Ant iquit ies
58
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Chart 1 New organizational chart of the Antiquities and Museums Department SCTA, 2008
MANAGEMENT I MPLEMENTATI ON
High Execut ive
Commit t ee
for ad- Diriyah
Development
High
Commission for
Developement
of Riyadh
ArRiyadh
Development
Aut horit y
Hist oric ad- Diriyah
Development
Program
SCTA

Saudi
Commission
for Tourism
& Ant iquit ies
Ant iquit ies
& Museums
Sit e Manager
for ad- Diririyah
Vice-
Pr esident
Oper at ion Her it age Admin.
59
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Chart 2 Institutional framework SCTA-ADA, 2008
WHS det ailed chart

SCTA
SCI ENTI FI C
COMMI TTEE
SI TE MANAGEMENT
- Cor por at e Relat ions
- Publicit y &
Communicat ions
SPECI AL PROJECTS
COORDI NATI ON
SECTI ON
Sit e
Maint enance
Sit e Oper at ions
Secur it y
Sit e Ser vices
Sit e Ser vices Financial
Administ r at ion
Cont r act s &
Lease
Administ r at ion
Administ r at ion
Human
Resour ces
Educat ion
Her it age
Management
& I nt er pr et at ion
Public
Pr ogr ammes
Collect ions &
Resear ch
ANTI QUI TI ES
& MUSEUMS
60
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Chart 3 Site Management structure SCTA, 2008
61
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.1.2 High Level and Local Level coordination mechanisms
The High Executive Committee for ad-Diriyah Development is a strategic body
supporting SCTA President in the definition of the medium and long term plans
for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah. It was created to direct and control the planning
operations since the beginning of the work. The High Committee includes among
his members :
- The Governor of Riyadh
- The President of SCTA
- SCTA Vice-President for Antiquities and Museums
- The Director of ADA
- The World Heritage Site Manager
- The Governor of ad-Diriyah
- High-rank official from the Ministry of Interior
- High-rank official from the Ministry of Municipalities and Rural Affairs
(MOMRA)
- High-rank official from the Ministry of Agriculture.
At the local level, the coordination of the various entities responsible of the area
included in the Buffer Zone is essential for the success of the development plan.
Every time a development is planned or proposed within the Buffer Zone, the
heads of the concerned body should meet with the World Heritage Site Manager
to verify the impact of the proposal on the Nominated Property and to jointly
review the plans before communicating them to the World Heritage Centre (in
case of inscription on the WHL).
The planning authorities in charge of the Wadi Hanifah and of ad-Diriyah
development plans (chiefly ADA, but also ad-Diriyah Governorate and ad-Diriyah
Municipality) should organize regular working sessions with the Site Manager to
discuss the interaction between the site and its surroundings and guarantee the
harmonization and coordination of the plans concerning these areas with the
World Heritage Site. All local and national plans concerning the site and its
surroundings should be presented to the attention of the Site Manager. In case
of competing goals and diverging conceptions that might jeopardize the integrity
of the World Heritage Site, the Site Manager should immediately inform the
central SCTA board and suggest possible solutions to the SCTA Vice-President
for Antiquities and Museums from whom he directly depends.
On the other hand, it will be the duty of the Site Manager to organize regular
meetings with all concerned stakeholders to present the ongoing activities taking
place at at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah and to explain the reasons of the decisions
taken concerning the development of the Buffer Zone.
The comprehensive and sustainable approach to Cultural Heritage Sites at the
basis of UNESCO World Heritage listing process, aims at rooting the
development of the Nominated Property within the overall development of the
region. To achieve this goal, many yet partially unsolved issues need to be tackled
in the coming years by the Site Management Unit in a spirit of collaboration with
the local stakeholders. The management system for the site of at-Turaif District in
ad-Diriyah will inevitably face a series of difficulties that might be solved only
through an effective interaction at the field level with all departments and
structures involved in the planning and management of the region. Such issues will
relate notably to:
- The regulations to be applied in the private-owned parcels in the wadi
and in Old Diriyah;
- The application of the provisions foreseen by the new Antiquity and
Museum Law;
- The definition of regulations detailing the activities forbidden inside the
Buffer Zone and, further on, in the entire Wadi Hanifah area
- The approval/implementation of the planning scheme prepared by ADA
for the area.
The areas beyond and around the Buffer Zone should be managed keeping in
mind their proximity with a major heritage site. Notably their urban and
agricultural development should take place along guidelines and regulations that
need to be agreed upon by the new Site Management Unit that should ideally
have a sort of veto power in dealing with local administration planning.
62
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
It is understood that other bodies, whose activities might concern directly or
indirectly the development of the site, could be invited to take part in the
meetings whenever needed (like, for instance the Administration of Wadi Hanifah
Park, once it will be created). The Site Manager has also the possibility to invite
external experts and organizations to present their plans and activities to all the
stakeholders (like Riyadh University researchers working on traditional
architecture preservation, nature preservations, etc.).
Finally, it is paramount that a privileged relationship be established between the
site manager and the other SCTA departments. Thespecial projects coordination
section materializes the management system foreseen for activities of the SCTA
that do not directly refer to the Living Heritage Museum management. The
development of joint activities between the WHS and SCTA notably with
respect to the restoration and presentation of the other archaeological and mud
brick sites in the region within the framework of a global cultural and tourist
strategy aiming at the development of the region is an example of the possible
role of this section and of the activities that might be developed through an
effective collaboration with SCTA and the local stakeholders.
3.1.3 The Scientific Committee
The complexity and multiplicity of issues related to the development,
management and preservation of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah and its
surroundings, suggest the possibility to create a technical/scientific support
committee, the Advisory Scientific Committee, to advise the Site Manager on
scientific issues.
The Committee is composed of Saudi and foreign experts, it includes experts
from many distinct disciplines, ranging from geology to history, from archaeology
to nature preservation. It has an advisory role, it will review scientifically the
programs elaborated by the SMU and submit new ideas to the Site Manager
concerning the management of research activities. The Advisory Scientific
Committee meets on a yearly basis.
3.1.4 The Site Manager
3.1.4.1 Coordination and strategic planning
The proposal put forth in this World Heritage Site Management Plan, refers to
international best practice, and identifies in the creation of a purposely-dedicated
site team a Site Management Unit bringing together all related know-hows and
acting on site on a day-by-day programme according to a regular full-time
schedule the only realistic solution for the correct management of the property.
The management of a site like at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is indeed an activity
that requires the continuous presence of a qualified manager on site to coordinate
and deal with the many responsibilities related to the everyday running of the site.
UNESCO recommendations insist that the management of such sites should be
attributed to a qualified professional. UNESCO and other International
Organizations set up training programmes and seminars to develop site
management skills and regularly organize meetings where the managers of world
heritage sites can exchange their experiences and achievements.
Indeed, the Site Manager of a property registered on the World Heritage List is
a key figure with great responsibilities. His function cumulates the roles of site
director, of site administrator and of site conservationist. The Site Manager is not
just a caretaker running the day-by-day management of the site.
Its official title Site Manager defines a function and not an administrative echelon,
confirming that he should be under the direct control of the higher authorities in
charge of Cultural Heritage in the Kingdom, which entrust him with the highest
possible degree of responsibility and assure him all the necessary technical and
financial support.
63
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
The Site Manager should follow the day-by-day implementation of the
enhancement and development plans for the site in relation to a wide range of
activities:
1) The conservation of the site and its environment;
2) The development of scientific research;
3) The management of the personnel and of the site equipments;
4) The management, reception and security of the tourists;
5) The promotion of the site at the national, regional and international
levels;
6) The establishment of effective cooperation with the private tourism
sector;
7) The establishment of an intense and active relationship with the
population.
The effective management of the site will depend, obviously, not only on the
efforts of the Site Manager, but on the joint efforts of the whole Site Management
Unit personnel. The Site Manager will therefore see to it that the tasks of each
staff member are precisely defined and that the responsibility concerning these
tasks is delegated to the Heads of the Site Departments.
The Management Plan foresees, within the at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah
Management Unit, two levels of responsibility Heads of Department (HD) and
Technical Staff (TS). The workers will deal exclusively with the execution of the
work, while national and international consultants will assist the Site Manager and
the Heads of Departments in their activity.
In the case of Atturaif, where a large development plan is being implemented by
a Development Agency external to the Department of Tourism and Antiquities,
the appointment of a Site Manager since the beginning of the implementation
phase is particularly important to guarantee that heritage and conservation
exigencies are taken into consideration at each stage of the work.
The Site Manager becomes the essential reference for ADA and its international
consultants with whom he interacts on a daily basis, and therefore it is evident that
the earlier the Site Manager is nominated the stronger his actual impact on the
plans will be. Furthermore, an early nomination will permit him to take part into
training programmes to build up site management capacities in order to be able
to assume its full responsibilities as soon as the site will be opened to the public
and hopefully registered on the World Heritage List.
The importance of such an early nomination of a Site Manager for at-Turaif District
in ad-Diriyah has been fully understood by SCTA that has officially appointed to
this position dr. Ali al-Moghannam on 18/11/1429 AH - 17 November 2008 AD
(Cf. official notification in the appendix Arabic and English).
During the first year, while the site management team will not yet be fully
operational, the Site Manager will have the time to get fully acquainted with the
site, its history, its architectural and archaeological richness and its long-term needs
in conservation and restoration. He will, notably, begin to elaborate in close
collaboration with SCTA and ADA, a common strategy for the regular
maintenance of the site after the end of the rehabilitation works.
By working side by side with ADA, the Site Manager will achieve two major
results:
- Continue building trust between the two parts;
- Get a precise picture of the techniques applied in the rehabilitation and
restoration works by the various technical teams.
The site Manager is a qualified and experienced professional with a strong
academic and archaeological background, possessing the technical skills necessary
to follow the works and eventually intervene with respect to technical or
managerial aspects.
He has a clear understanding of the international organizations and regulations
dealing with conservation and a thorough knowledge of the heritage
administration in the Kingdom. Finally, he has a good knowledge and practice of
English, that permits him to collaborate with the international consultants working
on the project and that will, in the eventuality of the inscription on the World
64
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Heritage List, allow him to profit of international programs and exchanges with
other World Heritage Sites Directors.
3.1.4.2 Heritage Planning
The Site Manager is in charge of the coordination of the conservation working
sites opened in at-Turaif and of the definition of the long-term strategy for the
preservation, maintenance and conservation of the ruins and palaces.
He will notably follow up closely the work of the heads of the Site Operation and
Heritage Management and Interpretation sections and all the activities in the fields
of archaeology and earthen architecture.
The Site Manager will attend international meetings and see to it that part of his
staff can get specialised training abroad in conservation.
He will also, with the support of the Heritage Management and Interpretation
section, be in charge of the organization of seminars, conferences and workshops
focusing on the conservation and restoration of earthen architectural sites.
Finally, being the key person on site, he will closely follow-up and monitor the
activities of the consultants and international experts that will continue to assist
the Site Management Unit, SCTA and ADA.
3.1.4.3 Visitors Safety
Though the preliminary assessments consider that the level of threats at at-Turaif
District in ad-Diriyah site (at the international, national and local levels) is relatively
low, the utmost care and attention should be paid to guarantee the visitors
security.
The Site Manager is officially responsible for the smooth running of the Living
Heritage Museum and particularly of the safety and security of the visitors. He will
liaise with the local Police Department and supervise the Site Guards work on
site. He will coordinate with the Human Resources Director the training of the
guards and organize regular exercises to test the effectiveness of the security
arrangements.
Taking part into both the meeting of the High Committee for ad-Diriyah
Development and into the meetings with the local stakeholders, he will verify that
security and safety concerns are duly taken into consideration at all levels.
Finally, as official representative of the World Heritage Site of at-Turaif District in
ad-Diriyah, he will be requested to coordinate with the Police and to be on duty
in the occasion of special events and official visits by high-rank national and
international personalities.
65
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.2 LIVING HERITAGE MUSEUM STRUCTURE
In the following pages are presented the sections of the Living Heritage Museum
organizational chart (shown in 3.1.1), prepared by Lord Cultural Services for
ADA and included in the Operations Master Plan of September 2008.
Heads of Department should have a university diploma (architect, conservationist,
engineer, researcher, etc.) They are in charge of a department taking into
consideration the overall priorities of the site, its economic dimension and its
cultural, scientific and social significance;
Heads of Departments should demonstrate managerial qualities in the running
of a team, should be able to delegate and distribute the work within the team,
should regularly evaluate the results achieved and implement corrective measures
whenever necessary. They should be creative and capable to make proposals and
should keep in touch with the evolution of knowledge in their specific field of
competencies.
3.2.1 Site Management Section
This section, that directs the three others according to the organizational chart
presented above, is composed of two departments, the Corporate Relations, i.e.
the office of the Site Manager, and Publicity and Communication. The Site Manager
will act to guarantee:
To the public:
1) The visitors satisfaction thanks to the quality of the visitors reception, of
the products available at the site and of the cultural offer proposed.
To the Saudi society:
1) A well-planned and controlled growth of the number of visitors
according to the general strategy defined for the site by SCTA and ADA.
2) The strengthening of the significance and visibility of at-Turaif District in
ad-Diriyah at the national level and, in general, of the image of the
Kingdom at the international level.
To the staff:
1) Correct working conditions;
2) Acceptable salaries and career perspectives.
To the scientific community:
1) Suitable working conditions for researchers;
2) The valorisation of the results of their researches in the Museums and
in the Visitors Centre.
To the environment:
1) A sustainable tourist development respectful of the environment.
To SCTA, planners involved in the revitalization program and the local
community:
1) Regular reports detailing the situation with respect to the objectives set
in the national strategy for the development of the site (including
budgetary and economic aspects, tourist development, etc.).
At the personal level, the Site Manager should show the capacity to:
- Direct the staff;
- Take prompt decisions within its mandate;
- Talk in public;
- Deal creatively with sensitive issues identifying the causes of the
problems and contacting, whenever necessary, the concerned authorities
to solve the issues;
- Delegate its responsibilities;
- Ask the opinion of all concerned stakeholder and of the staff (Heads of
Departments);
- Keep a sound balance between the preservation of the site and the
tourism development needs;
- Speak and write in English.
3.2.1.1 Publicity and Communication
Publicity and marketing activities are critical to the success of Atturaif. The
Manager of Publicity and Communications will oversee this section playing a vital
role in raising awareness about the site to the general public and more specifically
66
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
to the target audiences. Marketing efforts are driven by the programs, exhibitions
and mission of the institution and therefore Marketing works closely with the
Public Programs and Education staff.
He collects and elaborates the data concerning the attendance to the site, to the
shows and to the special events and elaborates the statistics that are essential for
the fine tuning of the overall project.
This Department will closely liaise with SCTA Tourism section, as it is expected
that the site will become the largest cultural attraction within the Kingdom.
National and foreign visitors, from the Gulf Area, but also from other Muslim
countries and from the expatriate community are also expected to come in large
numbers to the site. Each of these groups requires a tailor-made advertisement
and marketing campaign.
3.2.2 Administration Section
The Head of Administration will direct staff responsible for finance, accounting,
human resources and training, information systems management and liaising with
the Site Operations responsible for maintenance of site, buildings, security and
contract administration for services such as the food service operation, retail and
parking which includes the retail and facilities rental management contract. The
department will have a lead role in managing institutional assets and the annual
budget.
3.2.2.1 Human Resources Policy
The Manager of Human Resources is responsible for preparation of job
descriptions and all staffing matters, including the training programs operating on
the site, and information management systems. He will ensure that staff :
- have appropriate training matching their responsibilities;
- have written job descriptions, with a clear statement of annual
performance objectives;
- are familiar with a museology code of ethics and standards applicable to
managing a world heritage site in a sustainable manner.
3.2.2.2 Contract and Lease Administration
The Manager of Contract and Lease Administration manages the outsourcing of
site operations, as well as the contracts and leases for all commercial operations,
and any outside cultural programs such as festivals and events.
3.2.3 Site Operation Section
The Director of Site Operations is responsible for maintenance of the site,
buildings, security, site services and visitor services. This also includes oversight of
the conservation and restoration work, in close consultation with the Heritage
Management and Interpretation section.
3.2.3.1 Visitors services
Creating and managing a welcoming visitor experience is important. The Manager
of Visitor Services is responsible for the front of house operations: that is, staff
interacting with visitors to the site, including, ticketing, hosts and guides. Visitor
service staff will ensure that all visitors are welcomed, and that they receive any
additional information that will enhance their visit. There is close cooperation
with the Manager of Public Programs to ensure efficient service for ongoing and
special programs and activities.
3.2.3.2 Site Maintenance and Conservation Services
The Manager of Site Maintenance is a senior technical position usually occupied
by a professional engineer or architect. For Atturaif this would likely be a Heritage
Architect in keeping with the on-going requirements of the site and all buildings.
He manages regular site maintenance as well as extraordinary conservation and
restoration work.
3.2.3.3 Site Services
The Manager of Site Services is responsible for technical services at the site such
as roads, water and power supply, as well as multi-media and technology.
Specialized staff is required to support this function, particularly with regard to the
sound and light show. The section would be responsible for assisting the
67
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
marketing, education and curatorial sections with the back-end functions of the
website as well as any technological aspects of the exhibitions.
3.2.3.4 Security
The Manager of Security is responsible for 24 hours site security during public and
closed hours, as well as of the Security and Emergency Measures procedures.
Duties may include the supervision of outside security contracts and staff.
Security should conduct regular meetings with local civil defence authorities to
ensure that site management is coordinated within the context of any special
activities in the area such as VIP visits, road closings, etc. Conversely, it will be
critical for local authorities to have a clear understanding of the activities of the
site and any special programmes and/or risk factors pertaining to Atturaif. This is
particularly true in the case of events and VIP visits.
3.2.4 Heritage Management and Interpretation Section
The Head of Heritage Management and Interpretation, besides having senior
administration functions has a dual responsibility as Chief Curator of the site. The
range of duties includes: collections and research, including archaeological works;
public program design and delivery, including the museum exhibitions and site
interpretation; and the education programs which are both formal (linked to the
education system) and informal (available to the general public).
3.2.4.1 Collections and Research
The Manager of Collections and Research will lead staff responsible for developing
the intellectual content, managing collections, communicating the main messages
of the mission through exhibitions, education and public programs offered at the
site. He will also liaise closely with Site Maintenance to ensure that integrity and
authenticity of work on the heritage components of the site and buildings.
3.2.4.2 Public Programs
The Manager of Public Programs is responsible for the design and delivery of
exhibitions and interpretive programs, as well as the supervision of outside
specialists who may be contracted to undertake such works.
3.2.4.3 Conservation Activities
The Manager of Education is responsible for the design and delivery of the
education programs which are both formal (linked to the education system) and
informal (available to the general public). This is primarily on-site, but might include
off-site activity in schools or via the Internet.
3.2.5 Special Projects Coordination Section
Besides the Living Museum Departments, a temporary section, directly depending
from the Antiquity Department of SCTA will be created to follow specific ad hoc
projects. This temporary section will be in charge of scientific and archaeological
long-term projects that do not relate directly with the Living Museum
management. It will coordinate its activities with the Site Manager according to
scheme proposed in chart n 3.
The relationship with the private sector, a key element of the management system,
both inside and around the World Heritage candidate site is directly handled at
the central SCTA level. A comprehensive tourist and economic policy aiming at
attracting private sector investments in at-Turaif, in the Buffer Zone and in the
areas beyond the World Heritage candidate site limits, is currently being
elaborated. It will be developed in close collaboration with the Site Manager and
the Contract and Lease Administration department that prepares and follows-up
the contracts made with the private sector.
According to the general strategy designed for the Living Heritage Museum, the
money collected from sponsors and income-generating activities within at-Turaif
will be entirely re-invested on the site.
68
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
3.3 STAFFING LIST AND POSITION DESCRIPTIONS
The site staff will count some 211 employees. The list of the staff is included in
the Nomination File and is not reproduced in this Management Plan.
The position descriptions of the personnel have been defined precisely in the
Lord Cultural Resources study that forms the basis of the revitalization plan.
Inevitably, the profile of the staff will be adapted to the possibilities offered by the
Saudi job market; however, it is essential that the highest possible level is attained
in each sector for the success of the whole revitalization plan.
While a number of staff positions will be full-time employees of government, it is
also anticipated that a number of services can be contracted out, according to the
current practice in the Kingdom and to the strategy of SCTA.
The description of the positions presented in the Operations Master Plan
(Chapter 9), includes the role, the responsibility and a summary of the
qualifications that the individual engaged in the capacity should have.
69
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
MONITORING
4.1 MONITORING OF THE IMPLEMENTATIONWORKS
4.2 MANAGEMENT PLAN MONITORING AND UP-DATING
Visitors Statistics and Tracking
4.3 ADMINISTRATIVE MECHANISMS
Staff Motivation and Control
|
PART FOUR
|
70
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Part Four - Monitoring
4.1 MONITORING OF THE IMPLEMENTATIONWORKS
The Management Plan for at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah is different from the
standard Management Plans prepared for World Heritage Site because it
developed as a parallel exercise accompanying the preparation of an architectural
development project.
Throughout the year 2007-08, mechanisms have been set to integrate ADA and
SCTA teams and elaborate jointly the strategy for the site. Furthermore, the
elaboration of the Management Plan has permitted to involve the local authorities
(Municipality and Governorate of ad-Diriyah) in the planning process.
The role of the Management Plan, therefore, has been to coordinate the
stakeholders in the planning phase, and to direct the stakeholders efforts towards
a plan that respects the sites Outstanding Universal Values.
The document proposed to UNESCO, however, does concern not just the past,
nor the ongoing works, but mainly the future of the site. The vision agreed upon
by the various stakeholders and implemented on site by ADA, is clearly presented
in this volume that sets the blueprints for all future activity on the site.
The Management Plan aims, therefore, at verifying that the implementation
works respect the programme and that new data (about archaeology,
conservation, re-use, management, etc.) are smoothly integrated in the plan.
Furthermore, the Management Plan aims also at controlling the quality of the
intervention and at verifying the respect of the timetable scheduled for the
implementation phases.
At another level, the management plan offers also a unique opportunity to assess
long-term objectives and to present them in a synthetic and complete manner to
all the stakeholders involved in the project. The agreement on the principles and
objectives guarantees that whenever a problem arises, now or in the coming
years, the criteria to solve it take into consideration UNESCO principles.
The monitoring of the implementation works lies within the competencies of
ADA, the body in charge of the development project. ADA has set up effective
mechanisms for the quality control of the work sites based on the highest
international standards and upon their previous experience as project mangers
in the Kingdom.
The operational dimension of the programme, whose planning has involved
hundreds of specialised firms from all over the world, has imposed the respect of
precise technical specifications that have been designed jointly with ADA
supervisors and controlled, as far as they concern the preservation, consolidation
and reuse of the earthen architectural monuments, by the heritage experts of the
SCTA.
The Site Management Unit and the Site Manager will verify the congruence of the
on-site arrangements with World Heritage criteria and regulations and see to it
that the site Outstanding Universal Values of at-Turaif District in ad-Diriyah are
protected and preserved.
71
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
4.2 MANAGEMENT PLAN MONITORING AND UP-DATING
Besides the control of the implementation of the works and of the program of
the Living Heritage Museum, monitoring should concern also the management
system defined for the running of the site.
According to the overall scheme, the management is SCTAs duty and falls
therefore fully under the Site Managers authority.
The monitoring of the management system implies that administrative
mechanisms are set to control and verify the performances of the site staff, but
also that the impact of the strategic choices and the coherence between goals and
reality on site are regularly checked. In case of discrepancies, the strategy should
be re-assessed and eventually modified.
Visitors Statistics and Tracking
Data collection and statistics concerning the visitors will be collected by the site
staff and processed by Site Management Unit.
Among the tools for the analyses of the tourists expectations and characteristics,
standard questionnaires, to be submitted to the attention of the visitors, are
probably the easiest and simpler to method of enquiry. Questionnaires, which
should be filled in at the end of the visit, could be submitted to the public by
volunteers at regular intervals (each season, most likely). They allow the regular
check of the degree of satisfaction of the visitors and offer some insights on their
motivations. They should be short and concise and answering to the
questionnaire should not take more than 1-2 minutes to the visitors in order to
have the largest possible number of answers.
Questionnaires should be printed in English and Arabic. They are conceived as a
tool for the planning of the tourism development of the site and could evolve into
a more complete/complex form at a later stage. Their actual capacity to identify
the public needs should be tested over a year period and their content can evolve
according to the answers obtained. The questionnaire content should be
elaborated with the support of a tourism expert.
For the correct management of the visitors, the precise monitoring of their actual
number and of their expectations is essential. The effectiveness of the solutions
already proposed should be monitored regularly in order to plan modifications
whenever necessary (paying a particular attention to the evolution of the number
and characteristics of the groups).
The reactive monitoring of the tourists expectations through questionnaires and
statistics, will allow the fine tuning of the tourist offer in view of the sustainable
development of the site.
72
VOLUME 2 - MANAGEMENT PLAN
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
4.3 ADMINISTRATIVE MECHANISMS
Staff Motivation and Control
An annual plan for setting departmental and personal goals should be set. This
process should be tied to performance evaluations so that accomplishments from
prior years can be evaluated in the context of new goals.
Although organizations handle this in various ways, it is recommended that these
processes be disconnected from salary increases by a period of 6 months. The
impetus for this is to allow an underperforming employee to improve without
losing the hope of a raise due to a poor evaluation.
Training initiatives will also be a critical part of the start-up process. They should
include sessions on operating procedures, introduction to the technology set-
up/e-mail, history and future of Atturaif, what it means to work in a heritage
program, assisting visitors with special needs, etc.
Satisfied staff and volunteers are more likely to be flexible with job duties and
schedules. They will also have a more positive attitude when assisting visitors. If
not already available, consider a formal compensation program for employees
who pick up shifts, stay late, have perfect attendance, etc. Also ensure that all staff
are recognized for their contribution and receive praise and thanks in an official
setting.
Visitor Services should prepare a Checklist to be completed before opening each
day. This checklist will help ensure that the site is ready to receive visitors each
day. The checklist should require appropriate staff to check everything from
cleanliness of restroom facilities, to supplies in activity areas, to the stock of visitor
brochures.
[next page]
View of the sub-wadi near the Bath house F. Cristofoli, 2008
73
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
APPENDIX
74
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix 1
Law of Antiquity (Royal Decree n 26/M 23/6/1392 AH)
75
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
76
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
77
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
78
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
79
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
80
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
81
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
82
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
83
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
84
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
85
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
86
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
87
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix 2
Draft Antiquities & Museums Law
88
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
89
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
90
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
91
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
92
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
93
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
94
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
95
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
96
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
97
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
98
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
99
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
100
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
101
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
102
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
103
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
104
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix 3
Agricultural Regulations of the Governorate of ad-Diriyah
105
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
106
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
107
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
108
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
109
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
HRH Crown Prince and Deputy Chairman of Council of Ministers
and Minister of Defense, Aviation and Inspector General.
Copy to HRH Minister of Interior
Copy to HRH Minister of Interior and President of General Commission for Tourism
Copy to HRH Foreign Minister
Copy for HE Minister of Education
Copy to HE Secretary General Council of Minister.
With reference to the order no. 17997 dated 7/9/1422H regarding the suggestions of the
Council of Ministers, very few number of Ministers studied and asked HE the Minister
of Education to send the first list of important archaeological sites in the Kingdom to
send them to the organization of UNESCO in Paris to study the possibility of registering
these sites on the World Heritage List. With reference to your Highness telegram
no.1/1/4/5603 dated 16/11/1426H regarding the report of the Committee of the Minister's
meeting deputed to study this matter and according to the telegram of HRH the Head of
the Bureau of the Council of Ministers no.12303 dated 20/3/1427 and with reference to
the letter of His Excellency Secretary General of the Council of Minister letter no. 514
dated 18/3/1427H that the General Committee of the Council of Ministers restudied the
subject in the presence of HE the Minister of Education as per advise of the Council of
Ministers, the General Committee of the Council of Ministers decided to postponed the
discussion on the subject. Also with reference to your Highness telegram no.1/1/4/1943
dated 4/5/1427 regarding detailed and comprehensive study conducted on this subject,
and according to the letter of HRH Secretary General for the Supreme Commission for
tourism, the matter was resubmitted to the Council of Ministers with the suggestion to
shorten the registration at this stage to three sites only that are Madain Saleh, Diriiyyah
and Historic Jeddah. The Secretary General of the Council of Ministers vide letter
no.1406 dated 14/7/1427 H informed that the Council of Ministers reviewed in its
meeting held on 13/7/1427 the recommendations of the General Committee on this
subject and the Council approves the registration of the sites of Madain Saleh, Diriyyah
and historic Jeddah on the World Heritage List of UNESCO.
We wish you to execute the matter and take necessary steps in this regard and process
the matter accordingly.
Abdullah Bin Abdulaziz
President of the Council of Ministers
Appendix 4
Royal Order Supporting the Inscription of the Saudi Sites
on the World Heritage List
110
VOLUME 2 - APPENDIX
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
No. 6374/2 Saudi Commission for
Dated 18/11/1429H Tourism and Antiquities

(NOTIFICATION)

The Secretary General of Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities
according to the powers vested on him, as per the regulations and with
reference to the letter of Assistant Secretary General of Antiquities and
Museums about the need of people of high qualifications and experience

It is hereby notified

Firstly: To appoint Dr. Ali bin Saleh al-Moghannam Director of the World
Heritage candidate site in Muhafizat Diriyah from 13/11/1429 in the
Antiquities and Museums Unit.

Secondly: To circulate this notification to all concerned and to follow it
according to this notification.

Secretary General
Sultan bin Salman bin Abdulaziz

Appendix 5
Official Appointment of the Site Manager of at-Turaif
district in ad-Diriyah
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
ANNEXES
VOLUME 3
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT IN AD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
ANNEXES
VOLUME 3
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
VOLUME 3 ANNEXES / January 2009 KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
AT-TURAIF DISTRICT
INAD-DIRIYAH
NOMINATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
UNESCOWORLD HERITAGE LIST
3
VOLUME 3 - ANNEXES
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
KI NGDOM OF
SAUDI ARABIA
[cover page]
Survey of mud houses in at-Turaif CRATerre - ADA, 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANNEX A
LORD CULTURAL RESOURCES, September 2008,
Atturaif Operations Master Plan, Chapter 7 Conservation Strategies, sections 3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.4
ANNEX B
CRATerre, September 2008,
Conservation Manual for Atturaif Traditional Culture Demonstration Area, chapters 4 & 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.82
ANNEX C
AYER SAINT-GROSS (ASG), September 2008,
Design for the Salwa Palace, (presentation to ADA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.128
ANNEX D
AYER SAINT-GROSS (ASG), September 2008,
Traditional Culture Demonstration Area, (presentation to ADA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.164
ANNEX E
ATM-3D, December 2008,
3D Survey of the Excavations in at-Turaif Mosque (work in progress for ADA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p.190
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
ANNEX A
4

Atturaif Operations
Master Plan
Chapter 7 Conservation Strategies
September 2008





Creating Cultural Capital


Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
PART 3: PRESERVATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
3.1 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL OVERVIEW
The maintenance of any facility, structure, or object, which has a continuing function, is
absolutely necessary in order to prolong its function and usefulness. The object of
preservation maintenance is to ensure that the historic fabric and values remain intact as
long as possible. Of the many processes used to preserve historic structures, maintenance
is almost always the most effective and least destructive. Unfortunately most preservation
efforts focus on treating structures after they have failed, either completely or to
varying degrees. Historically, different standards were applied periodic and constant
maintenance was the reality. Mud plaster was continually renewed as the needs arose;
bases of walls were repaired when erosion occurred; and roofs were patched and repaired
when they leaked.
Historic buildings and structures at Atturaif are not static. Repair and replacement of
historic fabric is inevitable over the life of the building. Regular maintenance reduces the
need for extensive modifications and alterations by detecting problems early. It is a well-
accepted concept that "maintenance" is in fact the essence of preservation. Properly
planned and scheduled maintenance activities are consistent with the primary
preservation concept of minimal intervention and certainly are more likely to be
consistent with the concepts of reversibility and the use of compatible materials. It is no
coincidence that a preservation maintenance program is also often referred to as a
preventive maintenance program. The prevention of deterioration is the underlying thesis
of any good maintenance program for historic structures.
The purpose of a preservation maintenance program is to provide the basic components
and the structure for a comprehensive maintenance program. It is based on the intent that
the structure is well maintained, clean and attractive and of course that it be preserved. It
is also based on the concept of maintaining and repairing features and systems rather than
replacing those same features or systems. It may be more cost effective in non-heritage
structures to replace building components rather than to continue to repair them, but the
value of the historic fabric and the integrity of the historic structure add another important
dimension and makes "repair rather than replace" the more appropriate approach.
There are three specific keys to a maintenance guideline: (1) the most important task or
activity is the inspection; (2) that most activities can be scheduled ahead of time; and (3)
any maintenance program is a "work in progress"; it should continually be updated and
modified as conditions change and new materials and methods are developed or become
available.
Lord Cultural Resources 32
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
3.1.1 Inspections
Regardless of how well conceived and designed a maintenance activity is, if the historic
structure is not inspected, the overall program will not be successful. However, if a
structure is inspected on a regular schedule, work will often be undertaken even if there is
no specific work plan. If only one activity can be accomplished, then look at the historic
structure and record the findings.
Inspections are also ongoing. An initial inspection to confirm which systems and
materials exist and to establish their conditions at that time is an important planning tool.
From that initial inspection the basic parameters of the program are established. But
unlike the approach of a typical building inspection, the even more critical inspections are
those that come after the initial inspection and continue on into the future for the life of
the structure.
3.1.2 Scheduling Activities
The effectiveness of any maintenance program is greatly dependent on the actual
scheduling of maintenance activities. If activities are not scheduled, including
inspections, there is in effect only a crisis management program in effect.
Many activities can be scheduled specifically and the scheduling of all activities that can
be anticipated is a major component of a well-planned system. The ability to schedule
results in a more efficient expenditure of resources and a preserved structure. House
keeping activities are the easiest to schedule and routine activities are next easiest in
anticipating and scheduling. Examples of routine maintenance activities are cleaning
gutters and downspouts and patching mud plaster.
Cyclic maintenance activities can also be scheduled but that schedule is normally
associated with major projects and expenditures of funds, such as the replacement of a
roof system. Consequently, the scheduling is more associated with targets for raising
anticipated funds for these non-annual reoccurring needs. These cyclic activities are
much more dependent on the actual condition of the material, feature or system, and
seldom will be simply replaced regardless of the condition.
3.1.3 Dynamic Document
A maintenance program should be a working document actively used by the owner or
other responsible party. Whether a computerized program or in manual "hard copy" form
it should be continually updated as conditions, equipment and needs change. A hard copy
maintenance program can best be kept in a series of three-ring binders. Material can be
replaced as the need arises; forms such as those for inspections can be removed and
copied and then refiled in the same binder to keep a record of the inspections. Cut sheets
for features and system that are replaced are themselves replaced with cut sheets of the
new features and systems. For those reasons, this manual is provided in two forms a
bound copy and a copy in a three-ring binder.
Lord Cultural Resources 33
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
3.2 DEVELOPING A PRESERVATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
Preservation maintenance is a proactive approach because it detects problems in materials
and components before failure occurs. This approach preserves historic fabric and also
has proven to be cost effective. In theory, a well maintained building can exist and
function indefinitely. In practice, however, historic structures do deteriorate over time.
Not all building component failures can be anticipated, much less prevented structures
experience random failures because of unknown conditions and natural and man-made
disasters that no amount of planning or careful monitoring can prevent. Therefore,
preservation maintenance alone is not the sole answer for the care of historic buildings.
However, when major building repairs or restoration are required, the true value of
regular, schedules preservation maintenance is seen.
CONDITION INSPECTION
ASSESSMENT
INVENTORY SCHEDULE
ACTIVITIES
Figure 3.1: Schematic diagram of the basic operations of the preservation maintenance
system.
The preservation maintenance system is most effective when based on the best
information and the continual updating of that information. Figure 3.1 is a schematic flow
chart of how the system works. Information about the structures is collected, the initial
step is a condition assessment of all the historic inventory. Additional information is fed
into the system, particularly about non-historic features through a building inventory. The
present museum and offices, Block 5 of the Salwa Palace, although primarily
reconstructed, is considered an historic building and is treated as such. A condition
assessment will identify the general conditions of the building systems. A building
inventory of the structure will also identify non-historic features and items such as office
equipment, mechanical equipment, plumbing and electrical systems these need to be
included in an overall building inventory in order to maintain all building features.
From the inventory, activities are planned and scheduled. The scheduling consists of (1)
house keeping or janitorial activities; (2) routine activities; and (3) cyclic activities.
Inspections are also scheduled but also take place on an unscheduled basic. In either case
Lord Cultural Resources 34
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
the information from the inspections is fed back into the inventory, it is updated and the
scheduling of activities is modified as needed. The inspection also is used to update the
condition documentation of the structure. From both the inspections and the inventory
updating process an inventory of needed supplies and equipment can be developed for the
execution of the work activities, whether janitorial, routine or cyclic.
3.2.1 Condition Assessment
CONDITION INSPECTION
ASSESSMENT
INVENTORY SCHEDULE
ACTIVITIES
The condition assessment is a comprehensive evaluation of a historic buildings physical
condition; the condition assessment that preceded this manual (Crosby, 2007) was the
initial condition assessment of the entire site and was a beginning. Additional research
topics were recommended to continue to fill in the gaps and eventually result in a
comprehensive understanding of the needs and requirements of all the features of the
Atturaif Quarter.
For the purposes of the preservation maintenance system, particularly the scheduling of
activities, the conditions can be updated incrementally through the inspections and a less
comprehensive form of condition assessment. In this less comprehensive form structures
are surveyed and assigned a condition ranking and an estimate of when a preservation
activity will be needed. As an example, when early evidence of insect infestation is
suggested, an estimate of when a reevaluation should be undertaken, or when an expert is
needed, or when the application of an insecticide life is warranted can be scheduled. A
condition-ranking scale (e.g., good, fair, poor) can be used to grade the physical condition
of building materials, components, and systems.
A building condition assessment report is an essential tool for correctly planning
activities in preventative maintenance, repair, and natural disasters planning. When the
physical condition of a buildings materials, components and systems is known, these
reports can be used to help assess the annual progress of the planned activities.
Lord Cultural Resources 35
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
3.2.2 Building Inventory
CONDITION INSPECTION
ASSESSMENT
INVENTORY SCHEDULE
ACTIVITIES
The facility inventory is a compilation of all relevant information that assists in the
planning of activities. It can grow into a considerable set of data. The results of all levels
of inspections become part of this data base; the cost of supplies and equipment is also a
part of the building inventory; cut sheets and samples of materials are also part of an
effective database of information. Records of the effectiveness of previously scheduled
activities also feed into and potentially upgrade the ability to made better decisions in the
future. To be useful all of this information has to be accessible, easily accessible, or it is
less than useless it will simply occupy space and perhaps give the sense of an effective
program.
Record and Sample Storage
Accessibility is the key to inventory information storage. Very often, critical information
cannot be found or accessed-or when finally found, it is no longer in a usable condition.
Records, documents, and samples should be organized and updated regularly in a central
location. This storage space should be securely protected and environmentally controlled
if possible. Some information may be valuable enough to justify strict control of its
removal from the storage area. Legal documents should be kept in a secure place and
copies should be made for maintenance uses. Copies of documentation that could be
helpful to the overall preservation maintenance program should be readily available, such
as all existing drawings and photo documentation.
There is often a fine line between the record inventory and the site archives. An on-site
archive is important so that all site materials, such as material samples and earlier
archeological reports and photo documentation are safely stored and available when
necessary. The preservation maintenance inventory are those materials that will most
directly assist in the site manager in scheduling activities and for meeting the overall
needs of stewardship of the site.
Lord Cultural Resources 36
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Paper records, documents and other miscellaneous information can be stored in hardcover
binders, filing cabinets or other protective devices. Some data can be stored at the point
of repair for the specific building systems. This information needs to be protected from
grease, dirt and moisture by a plastic laminate cover. The original document should be
securely stored in the facilitys record-storage area.
Paint samples for matching colors should be made on high-quality paper, and the specific
mixes and procedures for the painting are found in the details of the specifications. Paint
samples on letter-size paper can be placed in notebooks as well. While digital prints, even
on good quality are useful, they are not stable and the colors will change.
Storage space should also be provided for larger, more cumbersome materials and
samples. Architectural drawings, if not stored in digital form should be
stored flat in drawers or hung in a cabinet designed for that purpose. Fragile samples
should be kept in individual acid-free containers with protective packing and clearly
labeled for easy reference. Heavy samples such as samples of all the types of stone, soils
and wood require storage space as well. The results of analysis of all of these materials
are also part of the inventory. The inventory should also include record samples of all
materials as part of an architectural material and features as a record collection.
The need for additional storage space should be acknowledged and planned for as the
inventories grow.
3.2.3 Schedule Activities
CONDITION INSPECTION
ASSESSMENT
INVENTORY SCHEDULE
ACTIVITIES
Planning Work
Work is planned to the extent possible. Some work can be set up on specific schedules
and carried out with little further evaluation as to the length of time between activities. A
scheduled inspection is an example of one work activity that should be included on a
Lord Cultural Resources 37
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
specific schedule. Normal janitorial work also normally comes under this category. Other
work can be tentatively scheduled based upon anticipated performance periods, and then
undertaken if necessary; the more complex and potentially more invasive work will fall
into this category. However, even the more complex work needs to be anticipated to the
greatest degree possible.
An important part of the planning is the development of specific instructions for each
maintenance activity. Some of the activities will require extremely simple instructions
and may consist only of a list of the equipment required to do the work. An example is
the changing of a specific light bulb that requires a ladder for access. The instructions
would include only a list of the equipment required, in this case a specific size ladder and
the light bulb itself. Other work activities will require much more complex instructions
such as for plastering a portion of the exterior wall where plaster has recently been
removed or has delaminated.
Housekeeping
Housekeeping is the removal of undesirable or harmful deposits of debris, soil or dirt in a
manner that does the least amount of harm to the surface being treated. It is repeated at
short time intervals before litter and soil can build up, so that the removal can be done
with the gentlest methods.
Routine Maintenance
Routine maintenance involves service activities like tightening, adjusting, lubricating,
reattaching, repairing, resealing, and securing. There are a number of routine
maintenance activities that are to be performed as the need arises (i.e. as determined by
inspections). The scope of these activities will vary greatly depending on the nature of the
identified deficiency and the elapsed time between its appearance and correction.
The routine maintenance schedule will list a series of concerns to remind the inspector of
the building features and systems that should be inspected and of the problems that may
occur.
Cyclic Maintenance
Cyclic maintenance is preservation maintenance activities, which may occur with a
somewhat predictable regularity. Cyclic maintenance work will often require skill levels,
which exceed the basic staff capabilities of the owner and may require contracting for
services or to augment the owner on a temporary basis to accomplish the undertaking.
Example of a Planning Worksheet
Following is an example of a planning worksheet for the different levels of activities that
are necessary at a specific location at Atturaif and instructions for inspections. In this
case the example is the present museum and office, Block 5 of the Salwa Palace. It was
chosen for this example as it represents a range of activities in all three scheduling cycles.
Lord Cultural Resources 38
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
The sample worksheet is not complete, but is intended to provide a clearer understanding
of activities. Such a sheet should be prepared for every structure on the site.
The following is an example of instruction for inspections and the various aspects of
maintenance, including house keeping, routine and cyclic. The example is for a specific
site, in this case the Block 5 of the Salwa Palace, the present museum and office, and
similar instruction should be prepared for each structure or series of structures at Atturaif.
This example begins with inspection instructions, including inspection tools, and follows
with items and maintenance issues for different levels of maintenance, including house
keeping or janitorial items; routine, which includes items for which attention is needed
on a schedule of approximately every 6 months; and cyclic. The cyclic items are those
which occur only every few years. For example, house keeping items would be
performed ever day or so and would include such items as sweeping, dusting, cleaning of
bathrooms and emptying trash. Routine maintenance would include such items as
checking and replacing filters in air conditioners, checking all electrical lighting, cleaning
drains, checking roof and removing debris, checking safety devices and equipment such
as fire suppressors, hand rails, steps and stairs. Cyclic maintenance issues will include
items that should require attention every few years such as painting and roof replacement.
The main point in setting up the different categories of maintenance is that they all can be
scheduled and planned for. There is a cost, both in fiscal and human resources, associated
with each of the activities and that cost can be anticipated. In addition, as the information
is continually updated, the projected costs will become more accurate.
Subject: Salwa Palace Block 5, Museum and Office
INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS
General: Comprehensive inspections should be scheduled each six months and will
require approximately two to three hours for a two-person inspection crew to collect the
data in hand-written form and to collect record photographs of the conditions during each
inspection. The handwritten information will then be entered into a computer software
system, which will include narrative and graphic information. . Non-scheduled
inspections should occur when staff is on a particular site for any reason and that
information also entered into the permanent record.
Inspection Tools: Inspection tools and equipment should include at a minimum (1)
digital camera; (2) measuring tape: (3) 1-meter long straight hand level; (4) thin metal
probes approx 30-45 cm in length; (5) clip board with graph paper; (6) writing
implements; (7) scale and directional arrow; (8) drawings and photographs to record
information; and a ladder for access to ceilings and roof drainage.
Lord Cultural Resources 39
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Inspection Instructions
Begin inspection by walking around the building to get a general idea of the conditions
before starting the specific inspection checklist
1) Check for signs of visitor vandalism
a) Ground disturbance, fresh soil
b) Evidence of visitors wandering off designated areas
c) Disturbed signage and visitor support fixtures
d) Other?
2) Roof System
a) Inspect roof drains and down spouts
b) Check tops of parapet walls for cracks.
c) Check integrity of roof flashing.
d) Check for buildup of trash and debris on roof.
e) Is there staining or other evidence of moisture on ceilings and beams?
3) Walls
a) Check all exterior wall surfaces first for evidence of staining, delamination of
plaster and structural cracks (If there is evidence, compare with previous
conditions recorded during previous inspection.)
b) Note specific crack patterns and compare interior wall surface and exterior for
extent of cracks.
c) Check for evidence of staining at the base of the walls
d) Check for evidence of insects and rodents
e) Check connections of beams at wall contact
4) Mechanical System
a) Check date of last service.
b) Check equipment filters
c) Check for evidence of leaking oil or water.
d) Are all connections tight and sound?
5) Grounds
a) Is a positive slope maintained at juncture of walls and ground or paving?
b) Check for evidence of rodents
c) Check condition of landscape plants
Lord Cultural Resources 40
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Activity Categories
1) House keeping
a) Clean floors Scheduled each day
b) Clean stairs and walks Scheduled weekly
c) Empty trash from general areas and offices Scheduled each day
d) Clean toilets Scheduled each day
e) Clean and dust interpretive displays Scheduled weekly
f) Replace bait in rodent traps Scheduled weekly
g) Check and replace if needed interpretive brochures Scheduled bi-weekly
h) Check and re-supply if necessary computer supplies Scheduled weekly
i) Clean roof drains Scheduled seasonally but minimum of quarterly
2) Routine Maintenance
a) Replace air filters Scheduled 2 times each year (see manufacturers data sheet
for make and model number.
b) Apply insecticide on wood beams
c) Caulk roof flashing Scheduled annually
d) Patch mud plaster at base of walls near entrance and entrance steps Scheduled
annually
e) Trim and prune landscape plants
f) Apply finishes to doors and windows Scheduled every third year
g) Inspect security system Scheduled annually by outside contractor
h) Comprehensive inspection Scheduled annually
3) Cyclic Maintenance
a) Replace roof drain filter Scheduled once each 4
th
year
b) Resurface roof Scheduled on a 10-year cycle
c) Replace roof Scheduled on a 30-year cycle
d) Replace toilets Scheduled on a 10-year cycle
e) Replace air handling equipment Scheduled on a 10-year cycle
As is evident from this limited example there is a direct correlation between the
inspection and the planned activities. It is also obviously that the results of the
inspections have a direct bearing on what activities are planned and scheduled. It is also
evident from this limited example that there will be a large amount of information that
will soon become available in the building inventory.
Lord Cultural Resources 41
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
3.2.4 Inspections
CONDITION INSPECTION
ASSESSMENT
INVENTORY SCHEDULE
ACTIVITIES
Inspection Guidelines
There are different types of inspections and while all of them are important, the most
important is the routine inspection. The purpose of the routine inspection is to identify the
basic conditions and related requirements necessary to keep a particular feature, element
or system functioning. This would include the identification of a loose door latch or
missing hinge pens, but would not include the need to change the filters of the air supply;
that would be done on a regular schedule and would not be condition dependent. It would
include the identification of friable plaster on an exterior wall, but would not note the
lack of paper towels in the bathroom. It would include the vacuuming of the termite frass
and the documentation of the presence or absence of frass in the future. It would include
the condition of components of drainage systems and it would include a cursory
identification of any loose wood shingles. A more comprehensive examination of the roof
would a planned effort. This more detailed type of inspection would be scheduled if a
potential problem were identified in the routine inspection. A routine inspection would
normally be undertaken approximately once each six months.
In addition to the routine inspection there are other types of inspections. One is in effect a
non-structured inspection consisting of a simple way to note deficiencies when they are
noted while going about ones normal daily routine. If a piece of plaster or plaster dust is
observed at the base of an interior wall, they should be noted. Similarly, the development
of water stains or a discoloration of the plaster on the lower parts of the interior walls
should be noted. On the opposite extreme, a detailed conservation inspection carried out
by a conservator would be required for the few remaining examples of historic plaster.
This same type inspection may also be generated by results of the routine inspection if a
specific problem was identified that could not wait until the scheduled conservation
inspection.
Inspection and Diagnosis
Aggressive annual inspection programs help to identify signs of building problems.
Inspection programs should be flexible, thorough and tailored to the installations they
Lord Cultural Resources 42
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
serve. Written inspection guidance should include detailed checklists that show users
what, where, and how to inspect the structure or structures
In addition to annual inspections, general surveys should be made, as necessary,
especially after violent storms, large-facility use events, or changes in building use. This
will help reveal damage early and prevent related failures to other materials.
Proper diagnosis of building problems is based on the identification of both the causes
and the effects of the building or feature pathology. Identifying the causes is essential
because, if not corrected, they will continue to deteriorate and accelerate the degradation
of related historical building components of the historic structures. Such degradation will
not only inflate future maintenance and repair costs, but may seriously diminish a
structures historic character and other important values. Early detection and repair of
failures will help preserve the historic nature of building components, avoiding their
unnecessary deterioration and loss.
Further Evaluation
Often a decision to delay an activity is appropriate. One possible reason for delaying is to
observe the building failure, for a time, to determine the specific causes and corrective
actions needed. In this case, additional monitoring and another inspection before the next
scheduled inspection are also activities that can be planned and scheduled. There is often,
a fine line between delaying a repair activity and deferring preservation entirely. Care
must be taken when making these decisions, as .delay, for whatever the reason could
result in great damage to irreplaceable historic building components, and possibly even
endanger building occupants.
The inspection also identifies special considerations noted during a building evaluation.
Such concerns might include excessive wear in public areas of the building or possible
problems with fire exits.
3.3 RECORDING AND DOCUMENTING
As mentioned previously a maintenance program is intended to be dynamic and is
expected to change. One of the most important aspects of that dynamic nature is that the
results of inspections and work is recorded and documented to become part of the
maintenance history of the structure.
The documentation can and will take on many forms. One form is that of the completed
inspection checklists. Another form is photographic documentation of existing conditions
at some particular point in time. Still another is a list of materials, the cost of those
materials and the labor requirements and the time associated with a work activity. All of
these are most important for more accurately planning maintenance activities for the
future. By knowing the time and skills and materials a particular activity required, better
Lord Cultural Resources 43
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
cost projections and scheduling can be done in the future, resulting in the more efficient
expenditure of resources and the more effective preservation of the structure and the site.
3.3.1 Computer Applications
Computer Applications
Managing the repair and preservation of historic structures involves the management of
large quantities of information. The amount of information increases yearly as new data
generated over a buildings operating life. For a heritage site comprising hundreds of
structures, the situation can become overwhelming, as thousands of new pieces of
information about the sites condition and maintenance can be generated in a single year.
The ability to effectively maintain and analyze all this information directly affects the
ability to manage maintenance activities at the site.
While it is certainly possible to use a manual filing system to manage large amounts of
information, there comes a point when excessive amounts of information makes
computer automation appealing. Perhaps the most important reason to automate a
maintenance management program is to simplify database handling- that is, to make it
easier to store, sort and retrieve information about a structures condition and
maintenance history. As time goes by, new information is generated, which adds to this
database. Eventually, the amount of data will be adequate to serve as a statistically
significant basis for updating activity schedules, which will reduce the number of
unplanned repairs.
An important feature of any computer application is its report generating capabilities.
Flexibility is a desirable feature as it allows each installation to tailor reports to their
particular needs. The capability to make historical comparisons is a necessity for the
proper management of historic structures and sites.
Five areas are well suited for the application of automated systems:
1. work order management
2. work scheduling
3. inventory control
4. management of facilities inspection
5. computer-based modeling
Work Order Management
Work orders are generated for the activities scheduled as the instructions to the person
responsible for doing the work. Automated systems for work order and inventory control
are well developed and readily available. More than 50 such systems are commercially
available. Most can generate and track work orders, maintain and update parts
inventories, schedule maintenance and produce a variety of reports.
Lord Cultural Resources 44
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Generally, work orders can be categorized under repairs, preventive maintenance,
building layaway, or natural disaster planning. Most available work order management
packages allow differentiation between types of work orders.
Work orders are usually quite similar, regardless of what kind they are. A work order
normally identifiers the location: describes the activity, asset, component or piece of
equipment requiring service: specifies an expected completion date; assigns the task a
priority; and specifies the craft or trade involved. Typically, a work order will note an
estimated and actual work time, and the form has a place to record the materials and
quantities used.
Each item on the work order constitutes a piece of information within a database; each
piece of information can be entered into a computerized database system. When recorded
in this format, the work orders can be tracked easily and statistically analyzed. For
example, procedures, tools, and equipment needed for various jobs can be stored in the
database as part of a library. Information from this library can be sorted to help create
plans and projections of future resource requirements.
Work Scheduling
An automated system can be used to evaluate past maintenance records for forecasting
future needs. The system could schedule labor and materials for pending work orders
along with resources required. While it is inherently impossible to schedule emergency
repairs, the disruptive impact of such work can be reduced through preparation based on
trends in recorded historical needs.
Inventory Control
Because manufacturing facilities are the largest users of maintenance management
software, most commercial computer applications are geared toward maintenance of
machinery. However, an important component of maintenance management software is
inventory control capabilities designed for tracking the stock of equipment, spare parts,
materials, and supplies and there is no reason these capabilities cannot be adapted to
tracking historic building inventories and many have.
Any computer system designed for tracking historic building inventories must have
hardware and software capabilities for processing, storing, and retrieving large amounts
of information. Data to be stored and reused includes facility component location, age,
and remaining useful life. Managers must also make sure that any software used for
tracking historic facility inventories is compatible with other software systems already in
use on the installation.
Computer-Based Modeling
Predicting long-term facility renewal and replacement costs is very difficult. Even more
difficult is quantifying the impact of deferred maintenance. Both tasks depend on
Lord Cultural Resources 45
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
uncertain estimates of the service lives of dozens of building components, as well as a
substantial amount of educated guesswork about the interaction between components
and such factors as extent of use, weather conditions, and environmental pollutants, level
of maintenance, workmanship, and so forth. While deferred maintenance almost always
results in some form of premature failure, predicting the exact nature and timing of that
failure is virtually impossible.
Currently there are limited commercially available computer applications specifically
developed to model future maintenance or renewal costs for historic building
components. However, there are some applications that address such resources as
building components, roofs, paint, pavements, and bridges. These systems were designed
to enable personnel to be more proactive in planning and prioritizing installation
maintenance. While none of these systems was designed specifically for historic
facilities, advances are being made and some can be used as tools in a proactive historic
maintenance program. It should be noted, however, that successful application would
require input on estimated building component life cycles and estimated future
replacement costs.
3.4 TRAINING
3.4.1 Introduction
Training is an important aspect of every conservation program and it is critical that an
active training program be part of the program at Atturaif. Training takes on many forms
and all forms are important. In the most general sense training consists of formal training
and on-the-job training and all the staff, present and future should be involved in both
aspects.
There are various disciplines that should be included in a training program including
architecture, conservation architecture, archeology, history, architectural history,
engineering and various crafts such as stone masonry, painting, plastering, mud brick
masonry, and carpentry. While there are currently professionals in each of these
disciplines, specialized training to meet the conservation needs at Atturaif will be
necessary. The training of personnel representing all of these disciplines should be
undertaken as interdisciplinary, as all disciplines will have to work collaboratively to
accomplish all aspects involving the protection of the site. In addition to these disciplines,
interpreters and managers should also participate in an appropriate amount of the training
for the site conservation disciplines. It will also be important to include typically non-
cultural skills and crafts in some of the training program, such as plumbers, electricians,
roofers, and mechanics. They will also often have responsibilities that have a direct effect
on the values of the Atturaif buildings.
Although a great deal of the training should be across disciplines, some will logically be
most effective as discipline-specific training. An example of this specific training is the
conservation of archeological artifacts, for which the archeologist and archeological
Lord Cultural Resources 46
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
conservator would be responsible and for whom the specific training would be the most
meaningful.
The following comments and examples emphasize the discipline of architectural
conservation, although many of the subjects apply to the other disciplines as well. This
focus is appropriate as the purpose of this manual and the condition assessment that
preceded it is the conservation of Atturaif. It is also assumed that a professional architect,
with specific training in architectural conservation would be the lead in developing the
conservation program at Atturaif.
3.4.2 Architectural Conservation
Architectural conservation is the science of preserving architecture and its historic
fabric. It is the scientific approach to observing and analyzing the evolution, deterioration
and care of buildings the conducting of investigations to determine the cause, effect and
solution of building problems; and the directing of remedial interventions focused on
maintaining the integrity and quality of the existing historic fabric. It is the technical
means through which the whole spectrum of preservation treatments can be ultimately
accomplished (that is, restoration, rehabilitation, adaptive use, stabilization and
maintenance).
The architectural conservator represents a multifaceted profession which has evolved
from the merging of special architectural and scientific skills, required in preserving
cultural resources. The architectural conservator is both a generalist who preserves for the
future those unique qualities of the past found in todays built environment, and a
specialist, or building pathologist, charged with the examination, diagnosis and treatment
of buildings injured by accretion or neglect. The architectural conservator is a
professional who must combine the perspective of an architectural historian with the
overall approach of an architect and the scientific focus of a conservator.
Guidelines for Training of an Architectural Conservator
The following guidelines are not offered as a definitive list of requirements and training
which should be rigidly adhered to, but rather as a basis from which the philosophical
approach and scope of a training program and its subject matter in architectural
conservation could be developed. It should be noted that any training developed from
these guidelines will be most effective if the trainees have a basic professional
background and experience in architecture. No professional discipline should be
restricted from the specific training for the architectural conservator, but additional
knowledge in the architectural profession will require additional training, most likely
additional course work from an accredited university or program in conservation. The
following training guidelines focus on six aspects of a training program: goals,
methodology, the degree, scope, curriculum and intensity.
Lord Cultural Resources 47
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Goals
Every training program should be guided by its own well-defined goals, and periodically
each goal should be critically assessed, both internally and by outside observers.
Whatever the details of a training program in architectural conservation, it should instill
the following: (1) an understanding of the design, construction, history, deterioration, and
care of the built environment: and (2) the skills of observation, analysis, research, and
treatment necessary for the solution of conservation problems.
Methodology
The combination of classroom and field practice provides a training experience which
cannot be met individually. The classroom provides an atmosphere in which a trainee
may learn through discussion and research and may creatively experiment under the
guidance of more experienced professionals, with the help of well-equipped facilities.
Field practice, on the other hand, provides an atmosphere of real problems combined with
daily routine and administration; contact with clients, professionals, and craftsmen; the
necessity for quick, accurate decisions; and applications of technology. To achieve the
best of what both have to offer, this training program should (1) organize frequent field
projects with other site staff; (2) bring outside conservation practitioners in the field to a
classroom setting; and (3) support outside experience practical work experiences.
Within a training program, there should be diversity of both content and approach.
Courses and training opportunities should (1) emphasize active participation; (2) be
oriented to project/problem solutions; (3) utilize to the fullest interdepartmental
consultants, facilities, and resources; and (4) apply a variety of teaching methods.
Scope
A training program in architectural conservation should strike a balance among three
elements: science, architecture, and history. Such a program should strive to instill in the
participants a combined outlook and expertise that the study of these diverse areas
affords. For example, when considering a building material such as wood, the
architectural conservator should be able to view it in terms of the mechanisms of its
physical and chemical deterioration, as a scientist, would; in terms of how it is properly
employed as a building component, as an architect would; and how it has worked
traditionally, as a historian would.
The synthesis of these areas of technical expertise and knowledge should form the basis
for the scope of any training program in architectural conservation. For that program to
be comprehensive it should encompass the following subject areas: (1) general theory and
practice, (2) conservation sciences, (3) architectural analysis, (4) multidisciplinary
teamwork in preservation, and (5) history of design and construction.
Lord Cultural Resources 48
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Additional Training
Each of the disciplines represented on the Atturaif staff should be fully trained and fully
competent in their profession or craft skill. Additional training should be directed to
provide more specific knowledge and skills in the specific requirements for the future
protection of Atturaif. Examples of additional training are (1) historic woodwork and
decorative painting; (2) 19
th
century plastering techniques; (3) historic mud brick and
stone masonry; (4) historic roof systems; (5) contemporary roof systems; (6) preventive
maintenance systems; (7) disaster planning and response; (8) effective record keeping;
(9) material analysis; (10) building systems pathology; and (11) team building.
Additional training subjects could be in (1) in-situ conservation of archeological artifacts;
(2) historic engineering principles and effectiveness; (3) architectural evolution at
Atturaif; (4) shoring and bracing; (5) erection and maintenance of scaffolding; and (6)
conservation philosophy. This is not mean to be a comprehensive list of a course
curriculum, but rather just examples of what subjects might be developed.
In addition short courses, a few hours in duration could be provided in such subjects as
(1) effective inspections and documentation; (2) recording and measuring; (3) principles
of engineering for the mason; and (4) historic building principles for the archeologist.
3.4.3 Course Outline in Mud Brick Conservation
The following course outline can be developed for as little as two days, or for as long as
two weeks. Other specialized course are available internationally at the International
Center for Earth Construction (CRATerre -
www.archi.fr/RECHERCHE/annuaireg/pdf/Craterre.pdf) ; The International Center for
the Study of the Preservation and Restoration of Cultural Property (ICCROM -
www.iccrom.org) and many special programs at universities and special conferences and
symposium around the world.
x Earth architecture, use/ history. Review of the different types of earth
construction around the world and the different construction systems. Slide show
presentation will show examples from North America, South America, Central
America, Europe, Africa, the Middle East and China. The history of use will be
discussed, including contemporary use.
x Failure Patterns; The material and system pathologies. This session will begin
with looking at mud brick samples that have been subjected to water in order to
study the effects of capillary moisture and surface misting. Lecture will discuss
the decay mechanisms associated with mud brick building systems, emphasizing
the cause and effect relationships of deterioration. Visual presentation will
examine specific failure types and several case studies will be reviewed. This
session will end with a review of an actual mud brick structure looking at material
and system conditions.
x Examination of structural deformation and failure. A series of small mud
brick walls will be constructed of dry-laid masonry and stressed to deformation
Lord Cultural Resources 49
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
and then failure. The purpose of this exercise is to develop a better understanding
of failure patterns and their causes.
x Material characteristics. A brief lecture of the physical, mechanical and physical
properties will be followed by a class exercise of looking at different soil types,
blending the types and making mud pies. Testing procedures will be discussed,
but emphasis will be on field-testing to select the proper soil for repairs. A lab
exercise will be conducted using small pre-manufactured mud brick columns to
look at the process and the effect of capillary moisture. Class will proceed to a site
and go through the process of making mud bricks; monolithic earth walls using
different parameters of soil types, mixing techniques, water contents.
x Condition recording. Examples of survey and condition recording project will be
examined and discussed from the most sophisticated to the most basic. Tools will
be described from the elaborate to the basic and a basic kit will be discussed.
The relationship of condition recording and assessment will be discussed. Group
will then be divided into 4-6 person teams to conduct their own condition
recording and assessment. The team exercise will be conducted on an historic
earth building that is to be repaired later during the class. Each team will develop
a presentation and present to the rest of the class.
x Mud brick construction and monolithic earth construction. A small mud brick
wall will be constructed as well as a small wall of monolithic earth construction.
Each person will participate in each construction types. Adequate supplies of
mud, adobes and basic tools will be on hand for use. A field discussion of
building codes will be discussed.
x Repair of historic mud brick building. The entire day will be utilized to identify
appropriate repair treatments for at least two different problems and enough
problem areas will be examined so that the class can be divided into work groups
of about four people. Work will be stopped when necessary for detailed
discussions. Discussion of issues will be encouraged throughout the field exercise.
x Class Summary and Review. A brief review with emphasis on class discussion
and input will bring closure to the training session.
3.4.4 Summary
The present and future conservation needs at Atturaif can best be met by local
development of the necessary expertise and skills. Creating staff positions and providing
training, education, and opportunities for hands on conservation treatment would be
critical first steps. Additional invaluable training would result from working on the
structures at Atturaif during the initial stabilization and conservation treatments. The
development of skills would not be limited to treatments and interventions, but equally
important would be in the development of expertise in the analysis and interpretation of
conditions that require intervention. Such a team would probably consist of skilled
journey level carpenters and masons, archeologists, architects, engineers and
conservators. In addition to the responsibility of the site conservation work, members of
the conservation staff should participate actively in training and interpretation.
Lord Cultural Resources 50
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
3.5 NATURAL DISASTER PLANNING
Natural and man-generated disasters present an enormous ongoing risk to historic
structures and archeological sites and their contents. However, disaster planning can
reduce the disasters destructiveness and aftermath on these heritage resources. When a
disaster occurs, preparation can pay off in saved lives and reduced building vulnerability.
Planning ahead also helps to reduce repair expenses and minimize recovery time.
Disaster planning for historic facilities must consider damage mitigation to the building
and its equipment. Although the relative rarity of natural disasters may make disaster
planning seem less than a top priority, the opposite is actually true.
Preliminary Assessment Questions
In creating disaster preparedness plan the following questions must first be answered:
. What kinds of disasters are possible and most likely in the given location?
. Whose input is needed to develop a disaster readiness plan?
. How can the plan be communicated effectively to all participants?
. Who governs policy? Who sets a plan in motion? Who is second in command?
. How should resources, people, and supplies be organized?
. What are the most important things to save?
3.5.1 Planning Process
The following systematic planning process for natural disaster preparedness plans is
adapted from Chapter 10 of the National Park Service Museum Handbook, Part I (NPS,
September 1990).
Assign responsibility for planning.
A chief executive or director can be the disaster coordinator. It is more effective however,
to appoint a staff person to prepare the plan because of familiarity with everyday
procedures, and because the staff will ultimately be responsible for implementing the
plan.
Gather planning tools
Information can be gathered from local and national disaster agencies. Model disaster
plans of similar installations, organizations, and cities should also be collected.
Lord Cultural Resources 51
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Contact local protection agencies.
Disaster coordinators should contact police, fire, and emergency agencies to let them
know about potential needs in an emergency, and also to determine the extent to which
agencies will be able to respond when faced with a large disaster.
Identify hazards and threats.
Hazards should be systematically identified and analyzed (using CA report and HBI
information) to determine which ones may be threats, and to assess damage risks.
Priorities for dealing with all hazards and threats should be set.
Identify and set priorities for historic resources.
Historic resources should be surveyed and inventoried. If a PMP is already in place, the
HBI and CA report can be integrated into the natural disaster plan. From this information,
resources can be prioritized. Prioritization focuses attention on the most vital resources as
a disaster develops- and especially afterward.
Formulate protection methods.
Actions to prevent complete losses, to reduce others, and generally prepare for a response
during an emergency should be developed. These actions can be included with
preventative maintenance objectives. This step also includes setting priorities for
recovery and determining what outside resources and supplies will be needed to cope
with the disaster.
Plan for command and control.
A disaster plan will change an institutions priorities and methods, but not its
organizational structure. Preparations should be made to go into an emergency operations
mode using the existing structure and chain of command. The emphasis should be on
flexibility, innovation, and streamlined operations. Examples of this could be the
designation of an alternate emergency worksite (a construction staging, a temporary shop,
a place to store tools and materials, etc.) Plan how to organize and work with volunteers,
who will show up to help after a disaster.
Write the plan
The characteristics of a well-written disaster plan include flexibility, simplicity, and
adaptability. Identify emergency priorities, needed resources, and sources of assistance.
Lord Cultural Resources 52
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Train staff how to use the plan.
Training helps to ensure that personnel will act automatically in an emergency rather than
waste time trying to figure out what they should do. It helps each person become familiar
with his or her responsibilities so duties can be handled without confusion or panic when
a disaster strikes.
Test the plan
The first test should be made while the written plan is still in draft. After the plan is
adopted, periodic drills will indicate if it functions as intended. Whenever a test reveals
deficiencies, the plan should be revised.
Evaluate the plan.
If a disaster strikes, analyze how well the plan worked. Assess its components and the
performance of all participants with written records and photographs. Solicit opinions
from everyone involved through interviews and meetings.
Keep the plan current.
The disaster plan should be reviewed regularly every three to six months and never less
than once a year. Carefully record amendments by noting the dates of changes, the nature
of change, and the pages of the plan affected. Maintain a list of plan holders to notify as
changes are made. It is essential to keep names and telephone numbers current and to
ensure that new staff members are included in preparations. Review the plan with
emergency management officials, and make sure they have a copy. Ask to be included in
installation emergency exercises.
Lord Cultural Resources 53
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
PART 4: CONSERVATION SPECIFICATION
4.1 INTRODUCTION TO SPECIFICATIONS
The specifications that follow are considered as dynamic as they should and will change
as they are applied to the actual conservation work at the Atturaif Quarter. They are an
important part of this manual, which itself is equally dynamic. The fourteen sections that
currently compose the specification for conservation have been developed for the
conditions and the conservation issues at Atturaif, but they are not specific to any specific
structure or feature of a structure. They represent sound conservation principles that
emphasize the protection of the existing character and values of the historic center with
minimal intervention. The approaches are also valid when more extensive interventions
are required.
The specifications are composed of fourteen sections, two of which are developed for
archeological conservation and the protection of features and structures primarily during
archeological activities. These are sections 04296 Protective Shoring and Bracing and
04297 Sand bag Protection. Eleven of the other sections are primarily for mud brick
conservation issues, but some of them are written to include stone masonry as well. One
section is specifically for stone masonry and has a different section number, Section
04500 Stone masonry.
Illustrations in these specifications are intended to provide a general understanding of the
conditions and the conservation work. The work illustrated is based on sound
conservation principles and the success of these approaches at other sites and monuments
around the world. This version of the specifications also utilizes many photographs and
images from Atturaif as well as other sites where activities have been undertaken. As this
September 2007 edition of the specifications will be revised in the future, the general
conservation principles will not be changed the respect for the important values of the
Atturaif Historic Quarter will not be compromised.
Lord Cultural Resources 54
PART 4: CONSERVATION SPECIFICATION
4.1 INTRODUCTION TO SPECIFICATIONS
The specifications that follow are considered as dynamic as they should and will change
as they are applied to the actual conservation work at the Atturaif Quarter. They are an
important part of this manual, which itself is equally dynamic. The fourteen sections that
currently compose the specification for conservation have been developed for the
conditions and the conservation issues at Atturaif, but they are not specific to any specific
structure or feature of a structure. They represent sound conservation principles that
emphasize the protection of the existing character and values of the historic center with
minimal intervention. The approaches are also valid when more extensive interventions
are required.
The specifications are composed of fourteen sections, two of which are developed for
archeological conservation and the protection of features and structures primarily during
archeological activities. These are sections 04296 Protective Shoring and Bracing and
04297 Sand bag Protection. Eleven of the other sections are primarily for mud brick
conservation issues, but some of them are written to include stone masonry as well. One
section is specifically for stone masonry and has a different section number, Section
04500 Stone masonry.
Illustrations in these specifications are intended to provide a general understanding of the
conditions and the conservation work. The work illustrated is based on sound
conservation principles and the success of these approaches at other sites and monuments
around the world. This version of the specifications also utilizes many photographs and
images from Atturaif as well as other sites where activities have been undertaken. As this
September 2007 edition of the specifications will be revised in the future, the general
conservation principles will not be changed the respect for the important values of the
Atturaif Historic Quarter will not be compromised.
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the general stabilization and
conservation approach of the mud brick structures at Atturaif. It includes the general
conditions, the project sequencing, the project tools and equipment, the materials
needs, as well as examples of the general approaches, detailed in other sections.
A. Mobilization: The area for mobilization for specific components of the conservation
project and for the storage for all materials and equipment that is located at the site
shall be designated by the owners representative.
B. Security: The mobilization area and the specific work areas at Atturaif shall be
secured at all times, 24 hrs a day and every day during the life of the project. The
methodology shall be approved by the owners representative.
C. Safety: Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of all
conservation work. Scaffolding shall be erected according to the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor (OSHA) Standard 3124,
Stairways and Ladders, and 3150, Scaffold Use in Construction Industry, or
the national equivalent. Tools shall be properly stored and used, first aid kits shall
be available, and other safety measures shall be put in place to ensure a safe
working environment.
D. Materials and Equipment: The mud bricks and the soils are described in detail
here and the other materials are listed with their approximate quantities.
Following the listing of the materials is a list of the tools and equipment that will
be required for the work.
1.2 CONSERVATION APPROACH
For the purposes of this document, the overall approach to the conservation of the
structures at Atturaif is to protect the existing form, fabric, and character of the
mud brick structures, and their relationship to its immediate surroundings while
reestablishing structural integrity and providing the basic conditions that can be
protected into the future by an active and ongoing preventative conservation
maintenance program. In addition, the structures and the site are particularly
important and valued for the research potential.
The site mud brick structures have undergone many changes over the past ca 200
years, and their present condition and character reflect those changes. The
important character to protect is represented by the series of images that are at the
end of this Section 04200 (Figures 1 4). The most important character is the
overall color, textures and the overall building geometry. The general character of
the site and a very important character-defining feature is the general relationship
of the natural landscape and landforms built environment. The conservation
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
interventions have and will continue to reflect the significance of this character.
Other important character-defining features are the different renders and masonry
coursing, and the comparison of stone masonry. The character defining features
and are more clearly defined in the project Condition Assessment.
1.3 PROJECT SCHEDULE (SEQUENCING)
A. General Project Sequencing: Installation of Bracing, Shoring and Buttressing
Prior to any site conservation or work on the site infrastructure, the most
vulnerable walls (normally those in poor condition, or with a slenderness ration of
greater than 6:1) additional shoring and bracing should be fabricated and installed
following a structural analysis identifying those areas and structures most at risk.
San bags should be stock piles on the site to use for bracing of lower walls and to
form temporary buttresses as needed. The priority consideration for conserving
these structures is to first ensure that all the wall bases are structurally sound and
that the workers will be safe while on site.
Much like the emergency stabilization, the stabilization phase is emphasizing the
repair of the lower portion of the walls, the free standing walls (those without
well attached intersecting walls and corners) the exposed ends of walls, voids in
the mud brick mass and the tops of the walls. Interventions not for conservation
purposes shall not be part of this phase of this conservation project.
Prior to any archeological investigations or similar work or studies that occur
within 5 meters of the tall mud brick walls, a thorough investigation of the subject
walls shall take place. This investigation shall be for the purpose of identifying all
potential safety conditions and mitigating those conditions. No work shall proceed
prior to this investigation and resulting mitigation. This is in-addition-to and not
in-place-of the installation of appropriate bracing and shoring.
B. Conservation Intervention
1. Install bracing and shoring as needed.
2. Undertake emergency stabilization of the Sabala prior to determination
of final treatment, either preservation or restoration.
3. Repair lower walls of decay, basal erosion voids, animal intrusions on
the walls that have been identified as the most vulnerable
4. Install shoring and bracing in the rooms and structures reoccupied
during the 20
th
century. In some areas, it may be appropriate to remove
the existing roof systems rather than brace and repair them.
5. Restore the major wall cracks of the tall walls with the priority in the
Salwa Palace complex, particularly Blocks three and four. After the
first priorities repair wall cracks based on their structural priority, but
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
including the west walls of the Abdallah Palace and the important
character defining walls in the north area of Abdallah Palace.
6. Stabilize the structures in the archeological zone identified for
preservation in the Condition Assessment.
7. Stabilize the tops of all the walls, interior and exterior walls, with the
addition of a sacrificial cap where determined necessary.
8. Reattach historic plasters on the Salwa Palace areas as well as the
original plastered capitals and columns in the Thinayyan Palace.
9. Repair and fill all minor holes in the walls, including in some cases,
open masonry joints. This will discourage animal activity.
1.4 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURE
B. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
C. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
D. SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
E. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
F. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
G. SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
H. SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
I. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
J. SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
K. SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE SHORING AND BRACING
L. SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. No mud brick conservation work shall begin until mud bricks and soil are
approved.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All preparation and conservation work shall conform to the highest international
standards for conservation interventions. Techniques developed for conservation
and restoration shall be employed to protect the fabric and form of the structure.
B. Do not change basic materials and equipment including scaffolding, mud bricks
and soil during the course of the work, without approval.
C. The specific conservation site decisions shall be the responsibility of the owners
representative, who shall have specific training and experience in the field of mud
brick conservation and shall rely on the project conservation architectural
consolidants and other expertise in making decisions.
D. The progress and the details of the interventions specified here shall be
thoroughly documented, and the records resulting from that documentation added
to subsequent project report submissions. A documentation plan shall be approved
by the owners representative prior to the beginning of the work. In addition to the
conservation interventions, the plan shall include the documentation of
architectural and archeological features that are uncovered during the
conservation work.
E. Scaffolding, ladders or working platforms required for executing this work shall
not be attached directly to the structure unless specifically approved. Scaffolding
legs shall have steel plate feet, fixed or adjustable as needed, and each foot shall
be supported on one or more layers of continuous, high quality wood planking to
distribute load after the ground surface is leveled. Scaffolding shall be approved
by the owners representative.
F. The basic approaches developed for all interventions shall not be approval by the
owners representative.
G. Product Handling: Store cement and lime in safe dry condition. All materials,
including soil, sand and mud bricks are to be are to be kept clean and dry and
protected from insects and animals. All water shall be kept clean and potable.
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Wet Weather: Do not mix mortar nor repair tops of walls during rain. Protect
holes in tops of walls and cracks during rain.
B. Cold Weather: Do not repair or construct at temperatures less than 5 degrees
Celsius, or if temperatures are expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within
24 hours.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
C. Hot weather: If temperatures are above 40 degrees Celsius, or the wind speed is
greater than 7 meters/second, protect rendered surfaces and fresh mortar from
rapid drying by shading and misting. Continue to test surfaces and mortar during
the drying process and treat as needed.
1.8 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. The crew, under direction of the owners representative, shall prepare test panels
for each of the conditions of conservation intervention outlined in these specification
sections.
B. All work including test panels shall be reviewed and approved by the owners
representative prior to continuation of the conservation work.
C. The approved test panels and previous work shall be considered a part of the
finished work and shall serve as a standard for the remaining work performed under
that specification. All test panels shall be adequately documented and identified.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Mud Bricks: Mud bricks shall be made to replicate the dimensions in the specific
areas or repair. The sizes of the mud bricks vary somewhat from structure to
structure, although there are relative standard sizes. Each new mud brick should
be stamped while moist with the project identification stamp, which is to be
determined. One suggestion would be AT07, representing Atturaif and the date.
The stamp should be in Arabic. An example is presented in this specification section
for another project as Figure 5. In this case each mud brick is stamped PYIFA-
representing the Universities of Pennsylvania and Yale and the Institute of Fine
Arts, NY University. Also see Sec 4210. Color shall match the existing mud bricks
as much as possible. The amount of clay for the mud bricks shall be similar to the
original, but not exceeding 25% in any case. In most cases the clay content will be
less. The material shall be continually evaluated and changes made in the
manufacturing as appropriate. The aggregate in the mud shall not exceed 1 cm.
B. A supply of mud bricks and mud brickbats for repair shall be kept on hand. The
required number of mud bricks shall be prepared beforehand, allowing adequate
time for curing. The mud brickbats shall be collected from the normal breakage of
the mud bricks when in use.
C. Store mud bricks by stacking after air died to continue the drying process.
D. Mud for Mortar and Mud Bricks:
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
1. Soil for mud mortar should have a low clay content, ca. 10% by weight, and
fine sand and silt and shall be fromthe same source as the new mud bricks.
The mortar will be continually evaluated during use and adjustments made
as needed.
2. All soils and mud bricks shall not have organic material in the form of
vegetation or decayed vegetable or animal material. It shall be free of alkali,
acids, or oils.
E. Water: Potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, soluble salts, alkali, and acids,
organic impurities and other deleterious materials, which might impair strength.
F. Other Materials: Following is a general list of materials and initial quantities needed
for the conservation work at Atturaif, inclusive of those, the mud bricks and soil and
water, already mentioned in more detail above.
The delivery and storage of these materials shall be coordinated with the project
superintendent and shall be adjusted as necessary.
1. Mud bricks 50,000 (9x13x27 cm)
2. Mud brick soil (for mortar) 75 meters
3
3. Clay rich soil 15 meters
3
4. Lime (Calcium hydroxide) 2 bags (.02 meters
3
)
5. String (heavy-150 meters) 20 rolls
6. Construction tape 500 feet (1500 m.)
7. Fence stakes (for construction tape) 250
8. Flagging pins 250
9. Plywood sheets (4x8x 5/8 equivalent metric) 10
10. HDPE (high density polyethylene) bars (1/4; 6-8mm)(to be cut in short
lengths to attach Tensar Geogrid material across cracks) 100 meters
11. Cleaning/wiping rags 20 doz.
12. Lubricating oil & oiler 5
13. Sand bags Produced on site as needed
14. Tensar Earth Technologies Biaxial Geogrid (3 x 30 meters roll for
horizontal reinforcement).
15. Lumber (2x4s; 2x6s; 2x8s; 1x6s) 1000 board feet
16. Lumber (random sized pieces 1 meter long) 100 board feet
17. Nails (steel, common) 10 kilos of 4 (10 cm); 5 kilos of 3 (7-8 cm)
2.2 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Tools and Equipment: The following is based on approximately 3 conservation
crews. Common tools and equipment are listed separately and they are to be used
as needed by each of the crews. There is also a separate list of tools and
equipment that will be set up for each of 3 crews and will be kept separate from
the common tools and are the responsibility of each of the crews.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. Water Water to be available in combination of containers and by water hoses from
the Dig House.
C. Common Tools and Equipment
1. Steel pry bars (1.5 meters long) 2
2. Small steel pry bars; ca. 24X1/2 (look like large screwdrivers and used
for raking out deep mortar joints) - 5
3. Cleaning water (separate ca. 150 l.) 1
4. Hack saw 2
5. Hack saw blades 2 sets
6. Set of hand tools (Vice-grips curved jaw 175mm & 250mm; 6 slip joint
pliers, 10 groove joint pliers; 18, 19 mm crescent wrenches for
scaffolding; 175mm cutting pliers; 4 & 6 flat-point screwdrivers; 7 mm
wrenches for mechanical ties) 1 of each
7. Tool bag (small canvas; ca. 14X19) - 1
8. Ratchet Tie downs (4.9 meters; 1361kg capacity) - 2
9. Mortar pans; available supplies 5
10. Grout Bags - 3
11. Plastic hoses for grouting; (ca. 38 mm) 75 meters
12. Wheel barrow (large) 15
13. Shovels or hoes - 5
14. Hydraulic jacks (5-ton) 1
15. Chisels (masonry; ca. 2 inch wide flat blade; all steel)(used for cutting
mud brick and cutting out mortar joints 5
16. Flat steel bars (ca. X 1 inch and ca. 30 cm long with one pointed end -
10
17. Ladders (wood; ca. 3-4 meters) 5
18. Ladders (extension-13 meters) 1
19. Measuring tapes (10 meter) 3
20. Hand saw 1
21. Framing square 1
22. Nylon cord, (6 mm) for tarp grommets 150 meters
23. Sledge hammers (large 5 kilo) 2
24. Duct tape 2
25. Bailing wire 20 meters
26. Water containers; 15-20 liters (drinking) 2
27. Plastic or metal container with air tight lid (100-130 liters) for lime
mixing and storage 1
28. Masonry drills (brace and bit - 25-30 cm x 12-15 mm diameter) 3
29. Brace and bit (manual brace for drilling holes in mass mud brick)
30. Water drums (ca. 150 liters; either steel or plastic) 1
31. Rope (ca. 10-15mm hemp-50 feet) 2
32. Sledge hammers (hand, 3 #) 1
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
33. Grout Pan 1
34. Grout nozzles 2
35. Rubber Plunger (toilet bowl type) 2
36. Levels (1-meter bubble) 2
37. Eye goggles 5.
38. Nail hammers (medium weight ca. 20 oz.) 2
39. Plumb bob 1
40. Portable generator
41. Electric Hammer drill medium size
42. Earth anchors medium and small sizes (attaching geogrid to mass
masonry).
D. Conservation Crew Tools; Each of the 3 crews shall have the following:
1. Hand Pump Tank Sprayer 2
2. Plastic Water Container ( ca. 20liters) 1
3. Pointing trowels ( 6 X inch; 6 X inch) 2 of each
4. Steel bristle brushes 1
5. Small masons trowels (pointed 8 X 4 inch) 4
6. Large masons trowels (pointed 11X5 inch) - 2
7. Masons line no. 18 yellow nylon (from USA) 500 ft. rolls 1
8. Small trowels (6 X 2 inch pointed; 5 X 2 inch square) 5 of each
9. Brooms, whisk 3
10. Masons hammer, pointed 3
11. Wide bristle brushes (organic fiber) 3
12. Buckets (for water and mortar; (7 - 10 liters) 4
13. Dust masks 6
14. Gloves, cotton work 4
15. Hardhats 5
16. Measuring tapes (2 meter) 1
E. Other tools and equipment may be substituted for the above, depending on
availability and local uses.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
The execution of all site work shall be consistent with the specific materials and
details for each of the conservation interventions in the sections of these
specifications. The work for each of the specific work elements shall be consistent
with the general work ethics and philosophy for the overall conservation of the site
found in this Section 04200 and throughout this document. Any apparent conflicts
shall be resolved by all parties, with the final decision the responsibility of the
owners representative.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
3.2 CREWSIZE
The basic conservation crew consists of approximately 7 to 8 people and will be
adjusted for the individual tasks at hand. This does not include the preparation and
transport of mortar and mud bricks to the specific work areas. The crew for
preparation of mortar consists of approximately 8 members. A professional
architectural conservator with at least one, locally trained mason and 1 to 3 local
assistants to prepare and supply materials shall initially direct the team. Promising
assistants should be encouraged to develop their skills and sensitivities under careful
supervision. Highly experienced assistants should be promoted to lead their own
teams. It is believed that after careful training, a single professional architectural
conservator could supervise the actions of 2 to 3 teams, depending on the complexity
of the tasks and the ability of the workmen to be self-motivated and conscientious.
No conservation work should be carried out without professional supervision.
The logistics of the project indicate that a total of 3 conservation teams could be
efficiently employed under the supervision of a professional architectural
conservator. This assumes that all workmen are properly trained and experienced
and that all necessary tools and supplies are on hand at the site.
The rate at which the work is carried out will depend directly on the number of
experienced and supervised workmen available on site.
3.3 SITE SAFETY
Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
to work. No visitors or others not part of the conservation team shall approach to
within 20 meters of the work areas. All workmen shall have appropriate eye,
head, foot and hand protection equipment.
PART 4 REPRESENTATIVE IMAGES OF SITE CHARACTER AND GENERAL
CONSERVATION APPROACH.
4.1 SITE AND STRUCTURE CHARACTER THAT IS TO BE PROTECTED
The general characteristics reflected in Figures 1 through 4 are examples of those
characteristics of the site and the site structures that are to be protected. The
important characteristics are identified in Part 1.2 of this section.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-9
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
Figure 1: Earthen architecture with a variety of textures. The walls range from ca. 1800 to
ca. 1960. Photograph March 2007.
Figure 2: A complex pattern of wall ventilators in the Abdallah Palace that is an
important characteristic of palace architecture.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-10
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
Figure 3: Typical texture of one of the mud brick wall types.
Figure 4: The character of the coursing pattern of the mud bricks and stone and the general
geometry of the ruins are other characteristics that shall be protected during the conservation
interventions.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-11
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
Figure 5: An example of a project identification marks stamped in new mud brick that are to
be used for conservation work.
PART 5 REFERENCES
1. Ashurst, John and Nicola. Practical Building Conservation, English Heritage
Technical Handbook, Volume 3, Mortars, Plasters and Renders. Halsted Press, a
division of John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, Toronto. 1988
2. Ashurst, John and Nicola. Practical Building Conservation, English Heritage
Technical Handbook, Volume 2, Brick, Terracotta and Earth. Halsted Press, a
division of John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, Toronto. 1988
3. Unvina Contreras, Francisco. Adobe Architecture Conservation Handbook.
Cornerstones. Santa Fe, New Mexico. 1999.
4. Crosby, Anthony. San Diego Presidio Condition Assessment Report. KEA
Environmental Inc. San Diego, California. September 1999.
5. Crosby, Anthony. Conservation Specifications, Shunet el Zabib. Abydos, Egypt.
University of Pennsylvania, Yale University, Institute of Fine Arts, New York
University Expedition to Abydos. Revised version, June 2007.
6. Thompson, M. W. Ruins, Their Preservation and Display. A Colonnade Book.
British Museum Publications Limited. Great Britain. 1981.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-12
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
7. Houben, Hugo and Hubert Guillaud. Earth Construction, A comprehensive
Guide. Earth Construction Series, CRATerre- EAG. Intermediate Technology
Publications. London, UK. 1994.
8. Hodges, Henry W. M., Senior Editor. In Situ Archeological Conservation,
Proceedings of Meetings. Instituto Nacional de Anthropologia e Historia de
Mexico and The Getty Conservation Institute. Mexico. April 6-13, 1986.
9. Musell Soil Color Charts. Munsell Color, Macbeth a Division of Kollmorgen
Corporation, 2441 North Calvert Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21218. 1975
Edition.
10. Remsen, WilliamC. S., Anthony Crosby, Conor Power. Documentation and
Conservation of the Shunet el Zebib Monument, Preliminary Field report No. 1.
Prepared for the Egyptian Antiquities Project of the American Research Center
in Egypt, Inc. (ARCE). 2000.
11. Tolles, E. Leroy, E. E. Kimbro, et. al. Getty Conservation Institute Guidelines
for Seismic Retrofitting of Adobe Project (GSAP). Manuscript due for
Publication in 2001.
12. Tolles, E. Leroy, Frederick Webster, Anthony Crosby, Edna Kimbro. Survey of
Damage to Historic Adobe Buildings After the January 1994 Northridge
Earthquake. GCI Scientific Program Report, The Getty Conservation Institute,
Los Angeles, California. 1996.
13. Vinuales, Graciela Maria. Restauracion de Archquitectura de Tierra. Editorial
del Instituto Argentino de Investigaciones de Historia de la Arquitectura del
Urbanisimo.
14. Weaver, Martin E., with Frank Matero. Conserving Buildings, Guide to
Techniques and Materials. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York. 1993.
15. 5
th
International Meeting of Experts on the Conservation of Earthen
Architecture. The International Center for the Preservation and the Restoration
of Cultural Properties (ICCROM) and The International Center for the Research
and the Application of Earth Construction (CRATerre). October 22-23, Rome,
1987
16. 6
th
International Conference on the Conservation of Earthen Architecture, Adobe
90 Preprints. Sponsored by The Getty Conservation Institute, Museum of New
Mexico State Monuments, ICCROM, CRATerre-EAG, National Park Service,
Southwest Region in Los Cruces, New Mexico. Los Angeles. 1990.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-13
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
17. 7
th
International Conference on the Study and Conservation of Earthen
Architecture. Direccao Geral Dos Edificios E Monumentos Nacionais.
Publicado pela DGEMN, Lisboa, Portugal. 1993.
END OF SECTION 04200
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-14
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURING
MUD BRICK MANUFACTURING
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the manufacturing of the mud
bricks to be used for the conservation work at Atturaif. Section 04200 provides
the overall conservation guidance and this as well as the remaining sections
provide the detail for specific conservation interventions.
A. Mobilization: The mud bricks shall be manufactured off site at the discretion of
the contractor or project supervisor as approved by the owners representative.
The mud bricks shall be delivered to the site and stored as indicated in this section
in the location approved by the owners representative, in conjunction with the
Conservation Architect.
B. Materials and Equipment: The selection of the appropriate soil for the
manufacturing of the mud bricks is described in Section 04200, PART 2, 2.1
MATERIALS.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
C. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
D. SECTION 04260 WALL BASE VOID REPAIR
E. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
F. SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit sample of soil to be used for the mud bricks to the owners representative
prior to manufacturing.
B. Mud brick samples shall be selected and evaluated for compliance with these
specifications at the discretion of the owners representative during the
manufacturing process.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURE
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for the manufacturing of the mud bricks.
B. Materials and mud bricks shall be consistent in quality and material used.
C. Cracks in mud bricks shall be restricted to surface cracks and shall not be deeper
than 1 cm beneath the surface.
D. Breakage shall not exceed 10% of total of the mud bricks delivered to the site.
E. If soil source changes test soil mix by making series of mud bricks and curing to
complete final test of soil.
F. Do not add chopped straw or other vegetative materials.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not manufacture mud bricks at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if
temperatures are expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying mud bricks from direct rainfall during the curing process and while
stacked on the site during project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Mud bricks shall be manufactured consistent with the material requirements of
Section 04200.
B. Mud bricks shall be produced in various sizes depending on where they are to be
used.
C. Selection of soil for mud bricks shall conform to Section 04200, PART 2, 2.1
Materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Non-natural materials shall not be used in the manufacturing of the mud bricks.
Only unamended soils and sand shall be used. Additives that shall not be used
include, but are not limited to, cement, lime, asphalt emulsions, synthetic or
natural plastisizers, consolidants and water repellents.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURE
B. Variation in the size of the cured mud bricks shall be limited to variations in
curing and material. See 2.1 B. above. Use of single or multiple rack mud brick
forms is acceptable.
3.2 SOIL MIXING
A. Screen or hand separate soil to remove large debris. Screen shall not allow
particles larger than 1 cm to pass.
B. Debris or organic materials that are visually identified shall be removed.
C. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to placement in forms. Mix with minimal
amount of water. Making a groove approximately 5 cm deep in the mix indicates
proper amount of water; the mud formed by the groove should bulge, but not flow
together. Add more dry soil if necessary and remix.
3.3 FORMING
A. Forms for mud bricks shall be smooth and clean. Wet forms between forming. If
forms are wood, dip in water prior to next placement of mud.
B. Place forms on level clean ground and place the mud in the forms.
C. Force the mud in the corners of the mold, fill all voids and strike the surplus mud
from the top.
D. Strike top surface of brick to avoid hump-back brick. Use straight edge to
remove the excess mud by pulling a straight edge from one side to the other in a
sawing motion, or use the hand.
E. If surface cracks appear immediately, sprinkle water on the top and smooth.
F. Lift the form carefully from the mud bricks and leave them in place on the
ground.
G. Stamp project title on each mud brick after pulling of forms (See Section 04200,
Figure 5 and Figure 1 and 2 of this section for examples of stamping).
3.4 CURING
A. Leave the mud bricks undisturbed for minimal of 4 to 5 days, and then stand them
on their edges.
B. Allow the mud bricks to dry on their sides for another approximate 10 14 days.
Break several to check for dryness.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURE
C. Scrape any loose materials and debris from ground from the bottom of the mud
bricks after curing, but before stacking to complete the curing process.
3.5 STORING / STACKING ON SITE
A. Mud bricks are stacked on site of manufacture after initial curing and cleaning to
continue the curing process. Transportation to the work site shall be done
carefully to avoid excessive breakage.
B. Mud bricks shall be unloaded by hand and not dumped or thrown from delivery
vehicle.
Figure 1: Mud bricks formed and stamped during initial drying.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURE
Figure 2: Photograph of a new mud brick stamped with a project title.
END OF SECTION 04210
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
SURFACE RENDERING
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes three types of surface
renderings. One is a mud plaster to protect selected portions of the walls that
exhibit accelerated weathering. This type rendering is more consistent with a
repointing of mortar joints but with a mud plaster equivalent to a base coat of
plaster with stones and mud bricks remaining visible and is for the purpose of
stabilizing the wall surface. The second mud plaster replicates existing mud
plaster on both mud brick and stone walls. The specific texture varies to some
degree, dependent on the specific location. The third is a purely sacrificial layer
that may be applied to simply protect mud brick walls from continued erosion.
This latter type is intended to be primarily on the tops of tall walls where the
specific replication of the existing plaster is not important.
1.2 None of these renderings are permanent and have to be renewed periodically.
1.3 The mud plaster is a sacrificial layer that will protect the original surface, or the
mortar from erosion by wind and rain. It will be used primarily on the west or
weather side in the area of the archeological zone and other locations with severe
differential surface erosion. It is NOT the intent of this intervention to provide a
smooth, flat and finished surface. The final treatment must blend visually with
adjacent plaster surfaces. The finished treatment shall replicate the primary
characteristics of the existing surface from a distance of 15 meters including, but
not limited to color and texture. The specific areas that are to be plastered will be
determined in the field and approved by the owners representative.
Section 04200 provides the overall conservation guidance while other sections of
these specifications provide the detail for specific conservation interventions.
A. Mobilization: The soil to be used for the mud plaster shall be delivered to the site
and stored as indicated in this section in the location approved by the owners
representative.
1.4 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
C. SECTION 04260 WALL BASE VOID REPAIR
D. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
E. SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04220-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit samples of the selected soils for the approval of the owners representative
prior to delivery of the materials to the site.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements.
B. Soils for the mud plaster shall be consistent in quality and material.
1.7 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply mud plaster at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if
temperatures are expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying mud plaster from direct rainfall during the curing process.
C. Protect mud plaster surfaces from rapid drying and resulting cracking of the
surface by shading from sun, by erection of wind screens, and/or by misting
surfaces.
1.8 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. The crew under the direction of the owners representative shall prepare mock ups
for each of the steps in the application of the mud plaster on each of the walls to
be plastered. The test panels shall be 1.5 meters X 1.5 meters square. The panels
shall be approved by the owners representative and shall remain as an example of
this treatment throughout the plastering project. The panels will be part of the
areas to be treated and not separate areas
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials and Equipment: The selection of the appropriate soil for the mud plaster
shall be from the two soil types supplied as described Section 04200, PART 2, 2.1
MATERIALS, D. 1. and 2.
B. Mixture for mud plaster base coat: Base coat should have a higher clay content
than the finish coat - approximately 35% clay and silt and the remainder of sand.
C. Mixture for mud plaster finish coat: The finish coat should have less clay than the
base coat approximately 10-12% clay and the remainder of silt and sand.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04220-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Non-natural materials shall not be used in the soil used for mud plaster or the mud
wash. Only unamended soils and sand shall be used. Additives that shall not be
used include, but are not limited to, cement, lime, asphalt emulsions, synthetic or
natural plastisizers, consolidants and water repellents.
B. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual work.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to work area by scaffolding
is required. Protection from falling debris or tools and equipment shall also be in
place prior to any construction repair. Persons that are not part of the conservation
team shall not approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
3.2 SOIL MIXING MUD PLASTER
A. Screen soil to remove large debris. Screen shall not allow particles larger than 1
cm. In some cases the existing plasters have differing gain sizes and the new mud
plaster will approximate the existing in gradation.
B. Debris or organic materials that are visually identified shall be removed.
C. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mixture with clay soil shall be soaked a
minimum of overnight prior to application. Mix with minimal amount of water.
Making a groove approximately 5 cm deep in the mix indicates proper amount of
water; the mud formed by the groove should bulge, but not flow together. Add
more dry soil if necessary and remix.
3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. Surfaces to be plastered shall be brushed clean of loose, friable material, animal
scat and droppings, and organic materials such as nests.
B. Mist the surfaces lightly with water spray several times in succession as necessary
to ensure even penetration. Misting of surfaces should continue as initial mud
plaster coat is applied. Do not apply water spray to the extent that it results in the
formation of mud drips.
C. Fill holes that remain in mortar joints and mud bricks greater than 5 cm in
diameter to within approximately 3 cm of the surface. Do not fill holes flush with
the surface. Fill holes with same mud as used for the mud mortar (Section 04200
Part 2, 2.1, D.).
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04220-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
D. Allow the filled holes to dry prior to the application of the mud plaster.
3.4 APPLICATION MUD PLASTER
A. Apply the mud onto the surface of the damp mud brick wall surface.
B. Force the mud into the surface and the remaining cracks and undulations with the
heel of the hand and trowel.
C. Apply this base coat to a thickness of approximately 12 15 mm thick with a
trowel or by hand and shape by hand. Allow to dry completely 1-2 days before
continuing. Cracks that form shall be covered by the final coat of mud plaster.
D. Prepare surface as described above in 3.3 Preparation of Surface, A. and B. of this
section.
E. Apply the final coat to a thickness of approximately 12 15 mm thick with a
trowel or by hand and finish by hand. Allow to dry 1-2 days before continuing.
F. For the purely sacrificial mud plaster that is not intended to replicate existing mud
plaster textures the finished surface shall echo the undulations of the surface of
the original mud brick that is covered. The surface shall not be smooth and shall
contain the basic existing wall undulations and texture. See Figure 1.
G. If cracks appear, mist the surface and work the surface by hand, or with a
sheepskin or sponge until cracks are filled.
H. Figures 2, 3 and 4 show examples of several wall surfaces both with existing
plaster to be replicated and walls with differential weathering where plaster will
be applied to stabilize the wall surface.
3.5 CURING
A. The final coat of mud plaster will cure naturally. Restrict rapid drying of each of
the two plaster coats as described above in Part 1, 1.5, D. of this section. Restrict
cracking, but if cracks appear, treat as Part 3, 3.4, F of this section.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04220-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
Figure 1: A sketch showing a typical mud brick wall and the application of the rendering.
The finish condition on the left is the effect specified; the effect on the right is incorrect
as it obscures the wall texture.
Figure 2: A detail of a stone wall that requires mud rendering to stabilize the stone. The
individual larger stones should remain visible.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04220-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
Figure 3: This is an example of an existing mud plaster surface that may need to be
replicated. The replication plaster should echo the general character of the existing.
Figure 4: An example where a sacrificial mud plaster might be applied to protect this
surface from continual erosion.
END OF SECTION 04220
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04220-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
CRACK REPAIR
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes repair of structural cracks in
the mud brick walls at Atturaif. The structural cracks are primarily described as
vertical cracks that extend across sections of mud brick masonry, unrelated to
original coursing and horizontal mortar joints. Some of the cracks are
perpendicular to the surface and some or parallel to the vertical interior or exterior
surfaces. A large number of cracks are separation cracks where perpendicular
walls are no longer in contact (Figure 1).
Some of the cracks can be repaired by grouting, Section 04240, and others will
require mechanical ties to ensure structural integrity. Still other cracks require that
some of the adjacent mud brick masonry be removed and the removed portions
replaced with new mud bricks, the new masonry bridging over the crack.
All crack repairs shall be completed in association with structural repairs to the
condition of the masonry that caused the cracking. Examples of these structural
repairs are the restoration of missing sections of wall, the installation of
permanent buttresses and supports and the restoration of the bases and ends of
walls. Structural cracks are a result of deformation and unless the cause is
mitigated, the crack will return. The intent of the crack repair is to provide an
additional level of structural integrity.
Two specific crack repair methods are described individually below in Part 3 of
this section. In reality, the repair of some cracks requires a combination of
approaches. The actual specific approach is a field decision and in addition to
including these basic approaches will also require variations dictated by
conditions. See figures 2 4 for more examples at Atturaif.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURING
C. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
D. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
E. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
F. SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Any substitute materials submitted for the repair of cracks shall be approved by
the owners representative prior to their use in any of the crack repair procedures.
In addition, the specific use of the substitute materials shall be demonstrated in
test panels prior to approval.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements.
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section. No modifications or
changes shall be made to the general intent of this section and all modifications
and/or changes shall be consistent with the general intent as stated in Section
04200, Part 1, 1.6 and to this section, Part 1, 1.1 above.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if temperatures are
expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying mud brick masonry from direct rainfall during the curing process.
C. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.6 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. A repair for each of the crack repairs shall be prepared and approved by the
owners representative prior to the continuation of those repairs. The mock ups
shall be part of the original structure and shall remain after approval as the
standard for that part of the work. It shall also remain a part of the final
conservation treatment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Soils and mud bricks for mud brick masonry crack repair shall be consistent with
Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1, A. and D., 1. and 2. and all of Section 04210.
B. Tensar Structural Geogrid polypropylene Biaxial BX 1100.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
C. Mechanical ties, either Earthanchors or threaded steel rods and toggles, to secure
the Tensar geogrid.
D. Hydraulic lime or slaked lime may be used if determined to be more appropriate.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
to the crack repair. Persons that are not part of the conservation team shall not
approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair.
C. The effect of the repair shall not distract from the existing visual character of the
wall where the repair takes place unless the crack repair is to be hidden behind
other subsequent repair.
D. Place horizontal and vertical string lines in section of new mud brick repair after
the removal of the existing mud bricks to ensure that the repair is consistent with
the existing form and mass of the existing masonry.
E. Retain the existing surface profile to the degree possible. Cracks on the top
surface of walls will be covered with mud brick caps. See SECTION 4280.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose and broken mud bricks and other deteriorated materials prior to the
new repair. Take special care not to damage the adjacent original materials
(Figure 2 and 3).
B. Prepare mortar joints for installation of lateral reinforcement where it is required.
Use thin steel bars to clean joints to maximum depth possible. Remove loose
mortar.
C. The specific details of the crack repair shall be determined after loose materials
have been removed. The details shall be chosen from the types of repairs specified
below.
D. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix with clay soil should be soaked
overnight prior to application. Mix with minimal amount of water and comply
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
with Section 04220, Part 3, 3.2, C. Specific application made dictate more or less
water than is specified.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION CRACK REPAIR
A. This method of repair requires the replacement of some of the mud brick masonry
that has been damaged by the structural crack. It will include the use of horizontal
reinforcement.
B. Remove cracked mud bricks in a toothed pattern to the extent that a sound
repair is possible (Figure 4).
C. Clean the crack if it continues to extend into the mass masonry and grout with
mud mortar. Repair cracks that remain as specified below in 3.4 of this section
D. Mist surface of new and existing mud bricks lightly with water spray several
times in succession as necessary to ensure even penetration. Misting of surface
should continue as initial mud plaster coat is applied. Do not apply water spray to
the extent that it results in the formation of mud drips.
E. Key new mud bricks in the mud brick masonry mass perpendicular to the wall
surface in addition to the toothed and stepped pattern parallel to the wall
surface. With larger, more extensive cracks, remove additional mud bricks in a
stepped pattern on both sides and the top of the crack and restore by installing
new mud bricks. With smaller repairs lesser amounts of mud bricks will have to
be removed.
F. Place horizontal reinforcement every 5
th
course. Mechanical ties to secure geogrid
may be required. The horizontal reinforcement shall bridge over the crack and
extend the length of the new mud brick masonry (Figure 5 and 6).
G. Ties shall be laid on a thin bed of fresh mortar and then followed with another
thin bed of mortar on top of the tie prior to laying the subsequent course of mud
bricks. The total thickness of the mortar joint shall be approximately equal to the
thickness of the associated existing mortar joint.
H. Geogrid and mechanical ties shall not be exposed and held approximately 5cm
back from exterior surface. Remove all new tool marks with brush.
I. Repair cracks that remain as specified below in 3.4 of this section.
J. Replicate the coursing pattern of the existing exposed surface. Place new mud
bricks that are not exposed in an alternating stretcher-header bonding pattern to
wall surface or top of wall.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
K. Construct the new mud brick masonry in complete horizontal courses where
possible. Do not construct more than 5 courses before allowing masonry to dry.
Allow minimum of 2 days for drying between 5-course lifts. Lay subsequent mud
brick courses on fresh wet mortar. Apply mortar at head joints as well as bed
joints and finish one-half the width of the mortar joint below the surface of the
mud bricks.
3.4 CRACK FILL REPAIR
A. This method does not involve the removal of mud bricks on either side of the
crack that is to be repaired. The void shall be filled with compatible materials to
ensure that the future decay and erosion is consistent in the original materials and
the new materials used to fill the cracks. This is not a structural repair; it does not
include knitting the original mud brick masonry.
B. All separation cracks between perpendicular walls shall be filled mud grout to
reduce additional movement from wind loads and thermal expansion-contraction.
C. Clear debris from crack by probing, brushing, and blowing.
D. Mist surface of new and existing mud bricks lightly with water spray several
times in succession as necessary to ensure even penetration. Misting of surface
should continue as initial mud mortar is applied. Do not apply water spray to the
extent that it results in the formation of mud drips.
E. Force mud mixture into the crack as deep as possible with hands, wood and metal
probes. Use as dry a mix as possible, but mix must be thoroughly mixed. Use mud
brick batts to fill larger crack voids.
F. Use grout where necessary to ensure mud is forced into smaller/deeper cracks.
Mud grout will be fluid in order to flow into crack. Either grout bags or gravity
flow shall be used depending on the conditions.
G. Fill cracks in a series of applications rather than one large application. Single
applications shall not be thicker than 10-12 cm and not thicker than 6 cm if width
of fill exceeds 10 cm. Deeper and wider voids are allowed if cured mud brick
batts are used in the repair.
H. Final application shall not be flush with the surface, but shall be one-half the
width of the crack below the surface. Remove all tool marks with brush (Figure
7).
I. Allow applications to dry one-half to two days before continuing. Exposed mortar
shall be thumbprint dry and bricks are firmly set in bed mortar.
J. Protect repairs from rapid drying by misting, shading, protecting from dry winds.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
Probable cause of
separation crack is basal
erosion
Figure 1: separation cracks at intersecting walls. The reason for the deformation, lower
wall erosion has to be solved; the crack will then probably require only grouting to
provide contact to reduce cyclic movements.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
Figure 2: Crack on top of wall being cleaned out
Figure 3: Crack shown in Figure 2 has been cleaned and loose bricks and materials
removed.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
Original mud bricks removed to allow
keying of new mud brick repair
Structural crack
before removal of
damaged mud brick
Figure 4: Sketch showing schematic of the removal of section of mud brick masonry at a
crack in preparation for the reconstruction of the area with new mud bricks.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
Figure 5: Detail of crack prepared for grouting and after grouting, bed mortar placed with
geogrid.
Figure 6: Schematic sketch of wall section showing an area that was removed and
horizontal reinforcement and mechanical ties installed prior to the reconstruction of the
damaged portion. The red vertical is the location of the existing crack.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-9
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
Figure 7: Detail of the final completed crack repair. Note that the surface is held slightly
beneath the wall plane and is textured to remove tool marks.
END OF SECTION 04230
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-10
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
PLASTER STABILIZATION
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
PART 1 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes stabilization of the remaining
plaster on the mud brick walls and on stone features of the structures at Atturaif.
The plaster that remains is located on the surfaces of many of the walls, primarily
on the non-weather side and consists of mud plaster, lime plaster and cement
based hard stucco. The cement plaster is from 20
th
century and will probably be
replaced with a more compatible lime plaster rather than conserved.
This specification includes two approaches to plaster stabilization. One is for the
majority of cases where the plasters are intact on the walls, but are fragile and/or
delaminating. The second case is for sections of significant plasters that may have
become detached and require removal and reattachment. Figures 1 and 2 show
two examples of the plasters on the walls of the structures.
1.1 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
C. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
D. SECTION 04260 WALL BASE VOID REPAIR
E. SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Any substitute materials submitted for the stabilization of plaster shall be
approved by the owners representative prior to their use in any of the plaster
stabilization procedures. In addition, the specific use of the substitute materials
shall be demonstrated in tests prior to approval.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements.
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
1.4 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if temperatures are
expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect wall surfaces and detached plaster from potential rainfall, direct sun and
human and animal traffic until cured.
C. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.5 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. The stabilization of the attached plaster shall be prepared and approved by the
owners representative prior to the continuation of the stabilization. The mock ups
shall be part of the original structure and shall remain after approval as the
standard for that part of the work. They shall also remain a part of the final
conservation treatment.
B. The stabilization and reattachment of the detached plasters shall be prepared and
approved by the owners representative prior to the continuation of the treatment.
Examples will serve as the test panels.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Soils for plaster stabilization shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
A. and D., 1. and 2.
B. Slaked lime
C. Trowels
D. Syringe and needles with diameter of approximately 2-3 mm.
E. Small sand bags
F. Wood or metal panels to be used as flat smooth working surface.
G. High strength absorptive Japanese paper.
H. Hand water mister.
I. Small trowels, pipettes, scapulas and spatulas.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
J. Tensar Biaxial Geogrid, BX 1100.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding should not be required for access. Protection from falling debris shall
be in place prior to the stabilization. All visitors and others not part of the
conservation team shall not approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the
stabilization.
C. The effect of the stabilization shall not distract from the existing visual character
of the wall where the stabilization takes place.
3.2 DETACHED PLASTER
A. Identify areas of detached by probing, sounding and by visual observations (Figure
3).
B. Secure detached plaster in place with flat working surfaces and sand bags prior to
actual conservation treatment.
C. Salvage detached in largest possible fragments and arrange on flat working surface
with the exposed surface facing down (Figure 4).
D. Plaster that is not detached completely shall be removed by inserting a flat
working surface in contact with exposed surface and removing.
E. Once plaster is secure on a horizontal working surface, face down, mist repeatedly
with water the mud brick and mud and mud plaster attached to the rear of the
finish plaster if it exists. Allow the moisture to penetrate and loosen the mud
backing and begin scraping. The object is to remove the mud plaster and any
attached substrate leaving the surface or finish plaster (Figure 5).
F. Mist plaster and apply a thin coat of mud plaster, followed by a layer of geogrid,
BX 1100, which has been cut to fit. Immediately apply another thin coat of mud
plaster over the geogrid, and allow to dry (Figure 6).
G. Prepare mud brick by removing all loose materials. Remove enough of the existing
mud brick surface where the plaster will be reattached to allow for the added
thickness of the mud plaster and geogrid backing plus a layer of mud plaster
applied to the mud bricks.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
H. Dampen the surface of the mud brick substrate and apply mud plaster. This mud
plaster will serve to reattach the detached plaster. Some experimentation will be
necessary in order to assure the proper mix with the proper thickness (Figure 7).
I. Transfer the geogrid reinforced plaster carefully to its former location on the wall
by means of the flat working surface. Press gently but firmly back in place
(Figure 8).
J. Secure the working surface with sand bags and allow to dry.
K. Continue setting smaller pieces of plaster back in place in the wall plane.
L. Begin injecting or packing the edges of the reattached plaster with additional mud
plaster until no more mud plaster can be forced between the plaster and the mud
brick substrate without displacing the plaster or breaking the bond forming
between the plaster and the mud brick (Figure 9). Repeat process after allowing
mud to cure until all edges are filled and secure.
M. Finish edges with mud plaster to an angle of approximately 30-45 degrees.
N. After fully cured, remove sand bag supports and flat working board (Figure 10).
3.3 ATTACHED PLASTER
A. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix shall be determined for each
application on the site and approved after successful application on a test panel.
Mix with minimal amount of water and comply with Section 04220, Part 3, 3.2,
C. Specific application made dictate more or less water than is specified. Lime
grout may be used depending on the substrate and the plaster type.
B. Using a gentle mist, spray the area of plaster to be stabilized. Do not apply water
to the degree that it stands or beads on the surface.
C. Gently place the Japanese paper over the section of plaster to be stabilized. Using
a pipette, apply small amounts of water to the paper, not directly to the plaster
allowing the water that soaks through the paper to pull the paper against the
surface of the plaster.
D. Carefully clean area adjacent to plaster by gentle air pressure generated by
blowing through a small tube and by gently picking with small scapulas.
E. Gently press the paper onto the surface with hand and finger pressure only. The
paper will protect the actual surface. The pressure will slightly consolidate the
surface.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
F. With the paper in place, build up the edges of the plaster with mud mortar at an
angle of approximate 30% to the surface of the substrate (Figure 3). Work the
mud grout under exposed edges.
G. Apply gentle pressure to the surface of the plaster through the Japanese paper as
pressure is applied to the mud mortar edge. Continue to press during the drying
process if edge cracking exists.
H. Keep the paper only wet enough to keep it in place by gentle misting. The paper
will also help in the curing process.
I. When the area is cured, and the paper is completely dry, remove the paper.
J. Figure 11 is a sketch of the general process.
K. In addition to the surface often the thick plaster has also become delaminated and
filling the voids and gaps with mud grout is necessary. The grouting shall be done
using small tools and slowly working the grout into the voids.
Figure 1: Plaster remains on the lower part of a door in the south part of the Abdallah
Palace.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
Typical stone with substantial
remains of original plaster. The
stabilization approach is the
same whether on wall planes or
curved surfaces.
Figure 2: Plaster remains between pilasters on the East Enclosure Wall, east side.
Detached plaster
Figure 3: Detached plaster prior to removal from wall.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
Figure 4: Large piece of intact plaster after removal from wall on flat working surface.
Figure 5: Large piece of plaster with partial removal of the mud plaster substrate.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
Figure 6: Detached plaster with geogrid being attached to the back with mud plaster.
Figure 7: Mud plaster being applied to mud brick substrate for reattaching the plaster.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
Figure 8: Plaster is being pressed back into place on the mud brick wall.
Figure 9: Packing mud along the edges and behind the plaster.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-9
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
Figure 10: The reattached plaster in place after it has cured and the sand bag supports
have been removed.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-10
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04235 PLASTER STABILIZATION
Figure 11: Sketch section showing basic relationship between plaster, paper and mud
mortar edge.
END OF SECTION 04235
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04235-11
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
MUD GROUTING
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the use of mud grout to fill
crack and voids and replacement of mortar joints of existing mud brick and stone
masonry. The specific grouting of cracks, voids, and mortar joints are described
below in Part 3 of this section.
The types of cracks and voids vary but include vertical structural cracks,
separation cracks, cracked and missing mortar joints, deep, narrow holes that are
the result of animal and insect activity or water erosion, small voids and cracks
resulting from shifting and movement of individual mud bricks and wall sections,
and small cracks and crevices that will develop between existing mud brick
masonry and new conservation treatment masonry.
Grouting techniques are utilized when it is difficult or impossible to access voids
with mortar and hand tools (trowels, etc.) and when deep voids exist.
Figures 1 and 2 are examples of the type of cracks that will be repaired by the
specifications in this section.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
C. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
D. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
E. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
F. SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The material for grout shall be unamended mud and a natural lime grout,
depending on the specific conditions and when lime has to be added to increase
the workability of the material. That special condition and the use of other
materials shall be approved by the owners representative prior to use.
B. Any substitute materials submitted for use shall be approved by the owners
representative prior to their use in any of the grouting procedures. In addition, the
specific use of the substitute materials shall be demonstrated in test areas prior to
approval.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements.
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section. No modifications or
changes shall be made to the general intent of this section and all modifications
and/or changes shall be consistent with the general intent as stated in Section
04200, Part 1, 1.6 and to this section, Part 1, 1.1 above.
C. Additives that are considered for use shall comply with provisions of Section
04200, Part 1, 1.5, A. and B.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if temperatures are
expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying grout from direct rainfall during the curing process.
C. Protect grout from rapid drying from temperature, sun, and wind by shades and
wind breaks.
D. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.6 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. Grouting techniques shall be worked out and demonstrated on site and approved
by the owners representative prior to the continuation of the related repairs. The
test area shall remain a part of the final conservation treatment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Soils for preparation of grout shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
A. and D., 1. and 2. and all of Section 04210. Sand and soil to be used for hand-
held grout bags may need to be dry-sieved more finely than specified above if
grout clogs the grout bag nozzles. Revise the material preparation as necessary.
B. Lime (calcium hydroxide)
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. All workmen shall have appropriate eye, head, foot and
hand protection. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior to the
crack repair. Persons that are not part of the conservation team shall not approach
to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The use of additives for the basic soil mix shall be used only if required to
enhance flow characteristics and shrinkage.
C. Cracks and holes may have to be further cleared by drilling into the crack or void
with a hand operated brace and bit or a power drill and augur bit.
D. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair.
E. The effect of the repair shall not distract from the existing visual character of the
wall where the repair takes place unless the crack repair is to be hidden behind
other subsequent repair.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Select site location for conducting the testing of the grout mixes.
B. Test grout mixes prior to actual use for shrinkage and flow characteristics.
1. Pour grout samples in a series of molds of equal size and allow sample to
dry. Sections of pipes of approximately 10 cm diameter or cans with the
tops and bottoms removed can be used for the molds.
2. Allow the samples to dry thoroughly. Evaluate each sample for relative
strength and shrinkage.
3. Place grout between two mud bricks as a bed mortar and allow to dry
thoroughly. Compare the relative adhesive quality of the various grouts by
the force required to pull the two mud bricks apart. Moisten the sides of
the mud brick that are in contact with the grout prior to placement of the
grout and shade to prevent rapid drying.
4. Test the flow characteristics in use demonstration of both the grout bags
and the gravity flow systems.
5. The characteristics of each grout shall be determined at least 24 hours
prior to the actual use on the structure.
6. Pressure grouting is not approved unless it is demonstrated that very low
pressures can be effectively controlled. Pressures should be restricted to
the 10-15 pounds-per-square-inch range (30-45 kilograms/cm
2
).
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
C. Remove loose and deteriorated materials prior to the new repair by scraping,
brushing, probing and blowing the voids and cracks where the grouting is used.
D. Prepare lime putty, if required, prior to addition to basic mud mix.
1. Fill plastic barrel 1/3 full of potable water, and then slowly add lime
(calcium hydroxide) to the water slowly mixing until the mix is the
consistency of thick pudding.
2. Continue slowly adding water and lime and mixing thoroughly until the
barrel is 2/3 full. Seal barrel and allow to stand a minimum of 48 hours
prior to use.
3. Keep barrels sealed. Add water to ensure that there is a minimum of 5 cm
of water standing on the top of the putty at all times.
E. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix with heavy clay soil should be
soaked overnight prior to application. Additives such as lime or cement shall not
be mixed into the basic mud grout until immediate before use. Mix only amount
that can be used for any specific application in amounts that can be used prior to
initial dehydration of the mix. The actual time that the grout can stand before
being discarded shall be determined in the field based on temperature, exposure,
relative humidity and wind.
F. There is no restriction on the re-tempering or time limit on the use of unamended
mud or lime grouts.
G. When lime is added for workability the approximate lime to be added to the mix
is approximately 3-5% by volume, if required.
3.3 GROUT REPAIR
A. Mist materials that will be in contact with the new grout with water; repeat
misting or dashing water into cracks or voids with brushes and brooms. Do not
apply water spray to the extent that it results in the formation of mud drips.
B. Voids to be filled with lime grout spray with lime wash.
C. Lime wash mixed to the consistency of thin milk. If lime wash leaves a film of
lime, reduce the amount of lime in the mix.
D. When grouting is done in association with crack repair, Section 04230, the
sequencing shall be determined for each specific case.
E. When using a gravity grouting system the pressure of flow is directly related to
the height of the grout pan above the area grouted. A pressure of approximately
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
10-15 psi results from the placement of the pan approximately 3 5 meters above.
All grouting shall be done with relatively low pressures.
D. Pressure using grout bags is individually controlled.
E. Depending on the position and the specifics of the cracks and voids to be grouted,
prevent overflow by packing lower areas with wet newspapers, burlap strips,
mortar or similar materials.
F. Protect wall surfaces from grout drips. Clean drips from wall surface
immediately.
G. Repair holes that remain as described in Part 3, 3.4 of Section 04230.
H. Horizontal cracks:
1. Support brick courses prior to grouting.
2. Temporary shoring and bracing may be required.
3. In a series of horizontal cracks, begin with the lower one and work toward
the upper cracks (Figure 3).
4. The horizontal cracks are at mortar joints.
5. Grout the deepest voids first and then proceed toward the surface after
initial curing of the deeper grout.
6. Extensions on the grout nozzles may be required.
7. Extreme care shall be taken in packing the grout.
8. Temporary supports shall be left in place until the grout is fully cured.
F. Vertical cracks and voids:
1. The same general descriptions apply as to H. above with the following
additions.
2. Vertical cracks can exist along vertical stacked mortar joints, end joints
of headers, and through mud bricks.
3. Grouting will be in association with other structural crack repair methods
specified in Section 4230. Grouting is a supplement of more structural
crack repair methods.
G. Holes and voids, missing mortar:
1. Structural support is probably not required, as the voids do not reflect
structural damage, but each case must be evaluated.
2. Prepare as with other grouting methods.
3. Complete filing of identified voids is not as critical as with the horizontal
and vertical cracks (E. and F. above).
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
H. Use of both grout bags and gravity grouting in combination for the repair of most
cracks and voids is expected.
I. Grout Bags:
1. Wet grout bags with water prior to filling with grout.
2. Clean grout bags regularly during use. Often the grout will have to be
removed and re-tempered with water for continuing use.
3. Clean grout bags thoroughly after use and set aside to dry.
4. Fill grout bags approximately half full when grouting.
5. Pressure is applied by continually rolling the open end of the bag.
J. Gravity Grouting:
1. Wet group pans and hoses and nozzles prior to filling with grout.
2. Clean all apparatus regularly during use.
3. Clean apparatus thoroughly after use or at the end of the day.
4. Grout pan and apparatus are located at a level above the point of
introduction of grout into the wall. See Figure 4 for schematic sketch of
operation.
5. Two men located at the grout pan to regulate flow and to mix grout for
continuous operation.
6. Nozzle operator will be able to control the flow at the nozzle with a cut off
valve or plunger.
Figure 1: Detail of deep void in a room of the Abdallah Palace caused both by basal
erosion and rodents.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
Figure 2: A large structural crack at a wall intersection that will require deep grouting to
tighten the connection.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
Figure 3: Sketch of wall section with multiple horizontal cracks showing sequence of
crack repair.
3-4 meters results in
approx. 10-15 psi
Figure 4: Schematic sketch showing the basic process of the gravity grout system.
END OF SECTION 04240
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04240-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: This is the primary section for the actual construction or
restoration of missing elements of the structural and architectural systems. It
includes the basic principles that the following sections, 04260 Wall Base Repair,
04270 Void and Hole Repair, and 04280 Mud Brick Capping adhere to with the
more specific details included in those sections. It is also closely related to parts
of Section 04230 Crack Repair, which involves the bridging of severe structural
cracks. Figures 1 3 are examples of areas where mud brick construction will be
required to stabilize existing walls.
The intent of this conservation intervention is to provide structural integrity to
portions of the walls that lack that integrity. Portions of missing architectural
elements or features shall not be constructed except for that purpose. Guidelines
that allow the construction of missing features for interpretive purposes only and
that activity is beyond the scope of this phase of this project.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURING
C. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
D. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
E. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
F. SECTION 04260 WALL BASE VOID REPAIR
G. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
H. SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for the basic materials of mud brick and mortar shall conform to Part
1, 1.3, Section 04210.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04230.
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section. No modifications or
changes shall be made to the general intent of this section and all modifications
and/or changes shall be consistent with the general intent as stated in Section
04200, Part 1, 1.6 and to this section, Part 1, 1.1 above.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if temperatures are
expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying mortar from direct rainfall during the curing process.
C. Protect mortar from rapid drying from temperature, sun, and wind by shades and
wind breaks.
D. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.6 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. Specific coursing of mud bricks shall be developed for each specific application
location and approved prior to the continuation of the work. The actual integration
of the new masonry and the existing shall also be developed and approved prior to
continuing. The sections constructed for approval by the owners representative
shall be part of the final work when approved.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Soils for preparation of mortar shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
D., 1. and 2.
B. Mud bricks for mud brick masonry construction shall be consistent with Section
04200, Part 2, 2.1, A., 1., 2 and 3.
C. Water: Potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, soluble salts, alkali, and acids,
organic impurities and other deleterious materials, which might impair bond or
strength.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
D. Earth anchors, Foresight Products, Commerce City Colorado; #40 and #68.
E. Tensar Biaxial Geogrid; BX 1100 (Figure 1)
F. Tensar Boykin rods.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
to any construction repair. Persons that are not part of the conservation team shall
not approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair,
although some existing materials will have to be removed in order to execute a
satisfactory and integrated repair.
C. Repairs are to be structurally integrated with the existing mass of mud brick
masonry to the greatest extent possible by excavating unsound material and
establishing a sound base for the new material.
D. Use Tensar Geogrid and mechanical ties (Earthanchors) to integrate new
construction with original.
E. The effect of the construction repair shall not distract from the existing visual
character of the wall where the repair takes place.
F. Utilize tools and equipment that are most appropriate to limit the degree of
intervention and loss of existing fabric.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Determine the specific extent of the construction prior to beginning the repair and
the amount of original materials that will have to be removed. The specific details
of the construction repair shall be determined after loose materials have been
removed.
B. Remove loose and deteriorated materials prior to the new repair by removal of
existing mud bricks, scraping, brushing, probing and blowing the areas where the
repair will take place.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
C. Prepare mortar joints for installation of Tensar Geogrid for horizontal
reinforcement. Use thin steel bars to clean joints to maximum depth possible.
Remove loose mortar.
D. Prepare a flat, horizontal base on the existing mud brick construction for the first
courses of new mud brick. The base may be flat or stepped in areas where mud
bricks are sound (Figure 4). The example given here is for the purpose of
providing clarity of the process.
E. Dampen contact areas of existing and new mud brick masonry prior to setting
new mud bricks and mortar.
F. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix with clay soil should be soaked
overnight prior to application.
G. There is no restriction on the re-tempering or time limit on the use of unamended
mortars.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION REPAIR
A. Re-dampen materials according to 3.2, E. above of this section if required.
Misting or spraying is allowed, but the water spray shall not be applied to the
extent that it results in the formation of puddles.
B. Key new material to existing by setting new mud bricks in a toothed pattern
keyed into the original mud brick masonry or with mechanical ties as determined
in the field (Figure 5).
C. Replicate the coursing pattern of the existing exposed surface including the
thickness of the mortar bed joints.
D. Vary bed mortar joint thickness only to ensure level mud bricks.
E. Set bricks on bed mortar and place bricks with some head joint mortar as well.
Every approximately 6-9 courses, or at the end of each day, or when the
horizontal reinforcement is to be placed, point all joints completely (Figure 6).
F. Construct the new mud brick masonry in complete horizontal courses where
possible. Do not construct more than 10 12 courses before allowing masonry to
dry. Allow minimum of 7 10 days for drying between 10 12 course lifts. Lay
subsequent mud brick courses on fresh wet mortar.
G. Large voids shall be repaired with the standard mud brick construction.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
1. Fill voids with mud brick and mortar to the degree possible. Smaller and
deep voids, not accessible by masons shall be filled with mortar and bricks
and bricks bats placed randomly.
2. Place Geogrid where possible and attach to wall mass if determined
necessary in the field.
H. Place horizontal reinforcement every approximate 6-9 courses. Geogrid can be
laid in one contiguous piece or in pieces connected by Boykin rods (Figure 7).
I. Remove all tool marks from mortar by brushing, or other means to achieve the
effect necessary to reflect the character of the surrounding wall surfaces. This
may include but not be limited to the additional texturing of the surface, tuck
pointing, the removal of some mortar joints and the application of a mud wash on
the exposed surface.
J. The finished wall surface shall evoke the texture of the adjacent wall surface
(Figure 9).
K. Use mechanical ties with Tensar Geogrid reinforcement when horizontal stress
between existing and new masonry is excessive. See Section 04253 for details..
Figure 1: The missing portion of a wall on the east side of Block 3 will have to be
reconstructed to provide stability.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
Figure 2: A wall section in the Abdallah Palace showing an unsupported corner and how
it could be supported by the partial restoration of a missing corner intersection.
Figure 3: Another section of wall in the Abdallah Palace showing how the tall wall on the
left could be supported by the partial restoration of intersecting walls.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
Figure 4: Preparation of mud brick base has been completed for new construction.
Figure 5: Integration of existing mud brick construction with new construction by the
creation of a toothing pattern.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
Figure 6: Comprehensive pointing of a course of mud bricks prior to the installation of
horizontal reinforcement.
Figure 7: Geogrid horizontal reinforcement installed.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8: The placement of the horizontal reinforcement prior to mechanically attaching
the grid to the adjacent wall mass.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-9
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
Figure 9: An example of a section of new mud bricks that has been textured to blend with
the surrounding wall surface.
END OF SECTION 04250
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04250-10
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
SAMPLE OF GEOGRID, SPECIFIED FOR USE AS LATERAL REINFORCEMENT
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
MECHANICAL TIES
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes mechanical ties used to attach
the new mud brick masonry to the existing mass mud brick masonry of the
Atturaif structures. The mechanical ties actually connect to the Tensar Biaxial
geogrid, which is used as horizontal reinforcement in the new mud brick masonry
construction. The sections attached are usually relatively thin sections of new
masonry. The ties shall be used only in cases where additional attachment is
necessary and when it cannot be achieved by conventional masonry coursing
approaches.
There are two types of mechanical tie, although is a later revision and is preferred.
It is provided here as an alternative as the materials are more standard. This
earlier version consists of a threaded steel rod attached to a spring loaded toggle
that opens, when not compressed. The steel rod is attached by a couple to a steel
eye bolt. The second type consists of a steel wedge on the end of a steel cable that
is driven into a drilled hole with a driving rod. When the steel cable is pulled
tight, the steel rod rotates from being in line with the drill hole to perpendicular
to the hole. In both cases, the rod and the cable cannot be pulled from the drill
hole. Both devices can be connected directly to the geogrid horizontal
reinforcement by the eye bolt in one case and a loop in the steel cable in the other
case (Figures 1 and 2).
The work of this section is closely associated with the work of Sections 04250
Mud Brick Construction. It is also closely related to parts of Section 04230 Crack
Repair that involve the bridging of severe structural cracks. This section does not
replace any other specification and is limited to the mechanical ties alone.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
C. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04230.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section. No modifications or
changes shall be made to the general intent of this section and all modifications
and/or changes shall be consistent with the general intent as stated in Section
04200.
C. Safety conditions are specified in Sections 4250, Mud Brick Construction.
1.4 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install mechanical ties at ambient temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius,
or if temperatures are expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
If the location is well protected from winds and the actual temperature of the mud
brick mass where the repair will take place is greater than 10 degrees Celsius, the
repair can continue.
B. Protect drying mortar and mud bricks from direct rainfall during the curing
process.
C. Protect materials from rainfall or night humidity.
1.5 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. There are no test panels or mock ups as such as the repair is completely covered
by mud brick masonry as soon as the mechanical ties have been installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND TOOLS
A. Soils for preparation of mortar shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
D., 1. and 2.
B. Gravel collected locally.
C. Water: Potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, soluble salts, alkali, and acids,
organic impurities and other deleterious materials, which might impair bond or
strength.
D. Steel rods, threaded, stainless inch diameter, 24 inches long, nuts, eye bolts and
couples.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
E. Stainless steel toggle bolts, inch.
F. Earth anchors, Foresight Products, Commerce City Colorado; #40 and #68 and
associated clamps and connectors.
G. Tensar Biaxial Geogrid and Tensar Boykin rods.
H. Brace and bit (hand operated); Hammer drill (non-battery powered) and , 18
inch long masonry bits.
I. Portable generator, transformer and electrical extension cords.
J. Assorted steel and wood probes, pliers, wrenches, and a masonry hammer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair,
although some existing materials will have to be removed in order to execute a
satisfactory and integrated repair.
B. Utilize tools and equipment that are most appropriate to limit the degree of
intervention and loss of existing fabric.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose construction materials, debris, and deteriorated materials prior to
selecting the exact locations for the ties.
B. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix with clay soil should be soaked
overnight prior to application.
C. There is no restriction on the re-tempering or time limit on the use of unamended
mortars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL TIES
A. Locate where holes will be drilled for the installation of the ties along the entire
length of the section of wall that will be mechanically attached to the existing
mud brick masonry.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
B. Drill hole to a depth of approximately 30 - 40 cm or equal to the length of the
steel rod or steel cable. The holes are drilled at an angle of 30-45% from
horizontal. Holes should be between inch and 1 inch in diameter (12 -25 mm)
(Figure 3).
C. Clean loose debris and soil from drilled hole by scooping, brushing, backward
drilling with brace and bit. It may be necessary to add water to the hole to aid in
the extraction. The cleaning of the hole is necessary with the steel threaded rods
and toggles, but not for the cables and wedges (earth anchors).
D. Insert steel rods or earth anchors into the holes. The earth anchors are simply
driven to resistance and to maximum depth. The steel rods and toggles are
inserted and maneuvered until the toggle opens. Both devices are then pulled to
resistance.
E. The drilled holes are filled with mud mortar. The moisture content of the mortar
will vary but should be as dry as possible. The mud, along with large gravel is
placed into the holes in small quantities and packed as tightly as possible with
steel and wood rods. The process is repeated until no more mortar can be forced
into the holes. The only part of the tie that remains visible is the steel eye bolt or
the steel cable loop, which will connect to the geogrid (Figures 5 and 6 show the
installation of the steel rods and Figures 7 11 show the installation of the steel
cables).
F. The geogrid is cut and put in place. The connecting Boykin rod is woven through
the geogrid and the eye bolt or cable loop (Figures 6 and 11).
Figure 1: The threaded steel rod, toggle and eye bolt assembled near where it will be set
into the drilled hole in the mud brick masonry.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
Figure 2: Detail of cable used to attach Geogrid to mass mud brick masonry.
Figure 3: Holes are drilled at an angle of approximately 30-45% from horizontal.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
Figure 4: Field sketch of section detail at wall showing steel rod and toggle assemblage
set into the mud brick wall. The earth anchors are installed similarly.
Figure 5: Eye bolts are the only part of the mechanical tie that is visible after set in the
wall. These are set approximately 1 meter apart.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
Figure 6: The mechanical ties connected to the geogrid.
Driving rod inserted
in rotating head
Figure 7: Detail of the steel cable and rotating head in which a driving rod is inserted.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
Figure 8: Head being inserted into drilled hole.
Figure 9: Cable extended as head is being driven into hole.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04253 MECHANICAL TIES
Figure 10: Cable with loop is pulled once desired depth is reached.
Figure 11: Boykin rod is attached to the cable loop, which is woven through the geogrid.
END OF SECTION 04253
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04253-9
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
WALL BASE REPAIR
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the structural repair of the
bases of walls for which the structural integrity has been compromised by the
removal of significant portions of the walls. This may include additional
foundation stabilization if required. It includes the extensive voids caused by
mechanical erosion and the effects of rising damp, which is pervasive at the site.
Figures 1, 2, 3 and 4 show examples of the conditions for which this specification
is applicable.
The work of this section is closely associated with the work of Sections 04250
Mud Brick Construction and Section 04270 Void and Hole Repair. It is also
closely related to parts of Section 04230 Crack Repair that involve the bridging of
severe structural cracks.
The intent of the construction is only for the purpose of providing structural
integrity to the lower walls. Portions of missing architectural elements or features
shall not be constructed except for that purpose.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
C. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
D. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
E. SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
F. SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for the basic materials of mud brick and mortar shall conform to Part
1, 1.3, Section 04210.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04230.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall directly approve
the specific work details in each of these critical wall bases and modifications
and/or changes to the specifics of this section.
C. Prior to any removal of the existing debris and unstable mud bricks each specific
area shall be inspected for its safety and steps taken to provide a safe work
environment. This includes, but not limited to the construction of sand bag
buttresses and supports, temporary bracing and shoring, and personal safety
equipment.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at ambient temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if
temperatures are expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours. If the
location is well protected from winds and the actual temperature of the mud brick
mass where the repair will take place is greater than 10 degrees Celsius, the repair
can continue.
B. Protect drying mortar and mud bricks from direct rainfall during the curing
process.
C. Protect mortar from rapid drying from temperature, sun, and wind by shades and
wind breaks.
D. Protect repair area during the night by covering previous work and protecting
from low night temperatures and night winds.
E. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.6 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. Specific coursing of mud bricks shall be developed for each specific application
location and approved prior to the continuation of the work. The actual integration
of the new masonry and the existing shall also be developed and approved prior to
continuing. The sections constructed for approval by the owners representative
shall be part of the final work when approved.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Soils for preparation of mortar shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
D., 1. and 2.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
B. Mud bricks for mud brick masonry construction shall be consistent with Section
04200, Part 2, 2.1, A., 1., 2 and 3.
C. Water: Potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, soluble salts, alkali, and acids,
organic impurities and other deleterious materials, which might impair bond or
strength.
D. Sand bags and fill sand.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
to any construction repair. Structural support of the walls in the areas of the base
wall void repairs shall be installed prior to the actual conservation work of this
section. Persons that are not part of the conservation team shall not approach to
within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair,
although some existing materials will have to be removed in order to execute a
satisfactory and integrated repair.
C. Repairs are to be structurally integrated with the existing mass of mud brick
masonry to the greatest extent possible by excavating unsound material and
establishing a sound base for the new material.
D. The effect of the base wall repair shall provide structural integrity to the bases of
the walls.
E. Utilize tools and equipment that are most appropriate to limit the degree of
intervention and loss of existing fabric.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose mud bricks and friable materials from the area of repair. Cut out
existing mud bricks to create a solid base for the repair mud bricks. Cut out bricks
to form a stepped pattern and integrate new bricks in a toothed pattern.
B. Determine the specific extent of the construction prior to beginning the repair and
the amount of original materials that will have to be removed. Specifically
determine the depth and the extent of the repair. The specific details of the
construction repair shall be determined after loose materials have been removed.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
C. Place horizontal and vertical string lines in section of new mud brick masonry
after removal of any damaged existing mud bricks to ensure that the repair is
consistent with the form and mass of the existing masonry.
D. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix with clay soil should be soaked
overnight prior to application.
3.3 WALL BASE WALL REPAIR
A. Key new material to existing by setting new mud bricks in a toothed pattern
keyed into the original mud brick masonry. Pack new mud bricks and mortar to
the maximum extent possible (Figure 5).
B. Replicate the coursing pattern of the existing exposed surface including the
thickness of the mortar bed joints.
C. Construct the new mud brick masonry in complete horizontal courses where
possible. Set new bricks with head joint mortar as well as bed mortar.
D. New mud brick repair shall not appear as new construction, but shall replicate the
general character of surrounding wall surfaces.
E. Mortar should be thoroughly wet and in a plastic state but as dry as possible. The
specific moisture content of the mortar will vary depending on the specific use.
F. If basal erosion void is wider than one withe of mud bricks, set interior courses,
allow to cure for minimum of 72 hours before continuing with exterior withe.
G. Protect the repairs from rapid drying by misting, shading and protection from dry
winds.
H. Figures 6 and 7 show the completed construction of a wall base.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
Figure 1: A typical condition of severe basal erosion at the base of a mud brick wall. See
Figure 7 for the post repair condition of this same wall.
Figure 2: Examples of several wall bases in different conditions that will have to be
stabilized.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
Figure 3: Another example of severe basal erosion immediately above a cut stone and
rubble stone masonry foundation
Figure 4: Severe basal erosion in the east unit of Block 1 of the Salwa Palace.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
Figure 5: Sketch of typical wall base showing the construction of a new base, which
projects beyond the wall face.
Figure 6: The wall base is being completed masonry packed and wedged in as much as
possible. Note small white rocks used to reduce settlement as mortar dries.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04260 WALL BASE REPAIR
Figure 7: The completed construction of a wall base. The lower part of the wall will be
covered with fill sand.
END OF SECTION 04260
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04260-8
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the repair of voids and holes in
the mud brick walls that are not included in the structural repairs specified in
Sections 04250 and 04260. The voids and holes repair in the stone masonry walls
are included in Section 04500 of these specifications. The repairs of this section
are structural, but the intent of the repair is also to eliminate holes and voids that
provide habitat for animals and insects and possible access to the mud brick mass
of water and wind that further erode these same holes and voids.
1.2
The repair of this section will result in undulations in the wall surface similar to
that which exists. The repaired sections shall not be flat, but rather set to create
the textures and shadows consistent with the texture and character of the original
mud brick walls. The repairs shall also replicate the coursing patterns as much as
possible. Figures 1 and 2 show some of the typical areas of voids that are the
subjects of the work covered by this specification.
1.3 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURING
C. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
D. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
E. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
F. SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for the basic materials of mud brick and mortar shall conform to Part
1, 1.3, Section 04210.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04250.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04270-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
B. The owners representative shall approve modifications and/or changes to the
specifics of this section. No modifications or changes shall be made to the general
intent of this section and all modifications and/or changes shall be consistent with
the general intent as stated in Section 04200, Part 1, 1.6 and to this section, Part 1,
1.1 above.
1.6 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at ambient temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if
temperatures are expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours. If the
location is well protected from winds and the actual temperature of the mud brick
mass where the repair will take place is greater than 10 degrees Celsius, the repair
can continue beyond the limits of the minimum low temperatures above.
B. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.7 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. Mock ups shall be developed for each type of repair and they shall be approved
by the owners representative. Additional mock ups shall be developed if field
conditions change significantly. The mock ups shall become part of the actual
repair.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Soils for preparation of mortar shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
D., 1. and 2.
B. Mud bricks for mud brick masonry construction shall be consistent with Section
04200, Part 2, 2.1, A., 1., 2 and 3.
C. Water: Potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, soluble salts, alkali, and acids,
organic impurities and other deleterious materials, which might impair bond or
strength.
D. Tensar Biaxial Geogrid.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04270-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
to any construction repair. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the
beginning of the actual work. Persons that are not part of the conservation team
shall not approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair,
although some existing materials will have to be removed in order to execute a
satisfactory repair.
C. Utilize tools and equipment that are most appropriate to limit the degree of
intervention and loss of existing fabric.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Determine the specific extent of repair prior to beginning the work. The specific
details of the repair shall be determined after loose materials have been removed.
B. Each area shall be documented photographically by the project documentation
team prior to any preparations of the specific areas. After preparation the areas
shall be re-documented prior to the undertaking of the actual repair.
C. Check for the presence of insects and treat with an approved insecticide if
necessary.
D. Remove loose and deteriorated materials prior to the new repair by removal of
loose debris, sand, soil, and insects nests. Loose mud bricks can be removed to
reset later, but removal is not necessary. Report all cultural materials and objects
and report to archeological representative. Remove loose materials by scraping,
brushing, probing and blowing the voids and holes where the repair will take
place.
E. Establish the overall repair approach and the final surface plane of the repair prior
to the work. Temporary placement of dry laid mud bricks in the larger holes and
repairs can be used to approximate the visual effect of the final repair.
F. Use thin steel bars to clean joints to maximum depth possible. Remove loose
mortar.
G. Dampen contact areas of existing and new mud brick masonry prior to setting
new mud bricks and mortar. The depth of the dampening shall be between
approximately 2-3 mm and 6 mm deep; it shall not exceed 6 mm deep.
H. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Do not use the clay rich soil.
I. There is no restriction on the re-tempering or time limit on the use of unamended
mortars.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04270-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
3.3 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
A. Re-dampen materials according to 3.2, E. above of this section if required.
Misting or spraying is allowed, but the water spray shall not be applied to the
extent that it results in the formation of mud drips.
B. Place full size mud bricks in the holes and voids where possible. Fill voids around
the placed mud bricks with mud brick bats and mud mortar. Particularly deep
voids may require the use grouting as specified in Section 04240.
C. Replicate the coursing pattern of the existing exposed surface including the
thickness of the mortar bed joints where the voids and holes have the required
surface area. The actual coursing pattern of the new mud bricks is not important
except at the finish surface of the repair.
D. Set new bricks with head joint mortar as well as bed mortar.
E. Fill all voids by throwing mortar into the voids. The new mud bricks and mud
brick bats shall be placed into the voids with as much pressure as possible.
F. Mortar should be dry as possible but the mortar for grouting will be quite wet.
Grout shall be restricted to the filling of only small voids in the actual repair after
the repair material has initially set. The mud grout shall set completely
(thumbprint dry) prior to the subsequent step of repair. Grouting shall be limited.
G. Specific depth of each repair step shall be determined in the field for each specific
case. In some cases where deep and large voids exist, it may be necessary to
complete the repairs in a series of steps. See Figure 4.
H. Use Tensar Biaxial Geogrid in particular large voids to provide horizontal
reinforcement. In rare cases it may also be necessary to mechanically connect the
geogrid to the existing wall mass. See Section 04253 of these specifications.
I. New mud bricks shall not extend beyond the existing surface of the mud brick
walls. In some cases it will be necessary to corbel out mud bricks to establish a
base for repairs higher in the wall.
J. Holes that represent an architectural feature such as beam pockets should not be
filled within ca. 10 cm of the wall surface plane so that the evidence is retained.
K. The repair shall replicate the general texture of the surrounding mud brick wall
surface.
L. Remove all tool marks from mortar.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04270-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
Figure 1: A ruined wall in the Abdallah Palace with deep holes that are subject to the
work of this spec.
Figure 2: Large holes that may have been for beam pockets. They should be filled, but
held back from the surface so as not to obscure architectural features.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04270-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
Figure 3: Sketch partial section through a typical void showing basic repair with mud
bricks and mud brick bats. Same deep repair can be made with stone.
END OF SECTION 04270
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04270-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
MUD BRICK CAPPING
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the protection of the tops of
walls by the installation of mud brick caps. It is the intent of the work of this
section to install caps to the tops of all walls to protect the existing (original)
fabric. The new mud brick caps will compose a sacrificial layer and are expected
to erode. Over time the cap will be replaced by other mud bricks to continue the
protection of the tops of walls. Protection is necessary as decayed mud bricks no
longer withstand even the most minor decay mechanisms. It includes the basic
principles that the Section 04250 Mud Brick Construction. It is also closely
related to parts of Section 04230 Crack Repair that involve the bridging of severe
structural cracks.
The intent of the mud brick capping is only for the purpose of providing a
sacrificial layer to protect underlying fabric. It shall not significantly change the
overall massing of the existing walls and shall follow the existing wall
undulations to the degree possible by adding one to two courses to every exposed
brick. Rubble stone masonry wall shall be capped with a mud cap, similar to cob,
or puddled mud. The thickness shall be based on field conditions.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04210 MUD BRICK MANUFACTURING
C. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
D. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for the basic materials of mud brick and mortar shall conform to Part
1, 1.3, Section 04210.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04230.
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section. No modifications or
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04280-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
changes shall be made to the general intent of this section and all modifications
and/or changes shall be consistent with the general intent as stated in Section
04200, Part 1, 1.6 and to this section, Part 1, 1.1 above.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. Do not repair at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if temperatures are
expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying mortar from direct rainfall during the curing process.
C. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.6 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. Mock ups shall be developed for each type of wall that is to be capped and they
shall be approved by the owners representative. Additional mock ups shall be
developed if field conditions change significantly. The mock ups shall become
part of the actual repair. The sections constructed and approved shall be part of
the final work and shall serve as the standard until the work of this section is
complete.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Soils for preparation of mortar shall be consistent with Section 04200, Part 2, 2.1,
D., 1. and 2.
B. Soil for mud caps shall be same as for mud mortar. Small stones may be
incorporated in the mud mix if necessary for visual effects.
C. Mud bricks for mud brick masonry construction shall be consistent with Section
04200, Part 2, 2.1, A., 1., 2 and 3.
D. Water: Potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, soluble salts, alkali, and acids,
organic impurities and other deleterious materials, which might impair strength.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
to any construction repair. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04280-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
beginning of the actual work. Persons that are not part of the conservation team
shall not approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair,
although some existing materials will have to be removed in order to execute a
satisfactory and integrated cap.
C. The mud brick caps are to be integrated with the existing mass of mud brick
masonry to the greatest extent possible, but the complete removal of all unsound
materials is not normally required.
D. Rubble stone masonry often cannot be protected with a mud brick cap, or it may
be visually inappropriate. In these cases a puddle mud brick cap shall be used.
E. The effect of the mud brick cap or the mud cap shall not distract from the existing
visual character of the wall where the repair takes place.
F. Utilize tools and equipment that are most appropriate to limit the degree of
intervention and loss of existing fabric.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Determine the specific extent of the construction prior to beginning the repair and
the amount of original materials that will have to be removed. Do not remove
loose material from the top of a wall if the mud cap is not to be installed within 5
workdays.
B. Remove loose and deteriorated materials in the form of friable and powdery
surface prior to the new repair by scraping, and brushing the areas where the
repair will take place. Remove loose mortar and repoint prior to the installation of
the mud brick cap. See Figure 1.
C. Dampen contact areas of existing and new mud bricks prior to setting new mud
bricks and mortar cap. The depth of the dampening shall be between
approximately 2-3 mm and 6 mm deep; it shall not exceed 6 mm deep.
D. Mix soil and water (potable) prior to use. Mix with clay soil should be soaked
overnight prior to application.
E. There is no restriction on the re-tempering or time limit on the use of unamended
mortars.
F. Mud for mud caps shall be applied well mixed, but as dry as possible to prevent
slumping.
G. Mixing of mud for mud plaster and mud washes shall be as specified in Section
04220.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04280-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
3.3 CONSTRUCTION REPAIR
A. Re-dampen materials according to 3.2, D. above of this section if required.
Misting or spraying is allowed, but the water spray shall not be applied to the
extent that it results in the formation of mud drips.
B. In most cases the mud brick cap shall be two courses thick, although there may be
some conditions that require only one course of mud bricks (Figures 2 and 3).
C. Coursing pattern shall replicate the existing bonding pattern when possible.
Alternate patterns and the use of partial mud bricks will be necessary to cover the
original bricks most efficiently (Figure 3).
D. New mud bricks shall be set in bed mortar following the basic existing contour.
Thickness of bed mortar shall be approximately 15-25 mm thick.
E. Do not allow bed mortar to dry prior to setting mud bricks. Mud bricks shall be
placed on mud mortar immediately after placement of mortar.
F. Second course can be added immediately with no time allowed for the drying of
the first course.
G. Mud brick cap shall follow the general wall surface profile or step back several
cm if the wall surface is plumb (Figures 2 and 3).
H. Remove sharp edges from the new mud bricks prior to setting. Additional
removal of sharp edges may be necessary during the final treatment.
I. Remove all tool marks from mortar by brushing and by stippling mortar joints
with stiff bristle brush.
J. Allow 1-2 days for drying after placement of second course of mud bricks.
Repoint mortar joints to ensure complete closure where necessary.
K. Dampen surface and brush with a wire brush to further blend with original
material.
L. A very light mud wash shall be added if the color contrast between the new and
the original mud bricks is objectionable.
M. Field dirt may also be applied to the finished capping to further reduce strong
shadow lines and sharp edges.
N. See Figure1 and 2 for a before and after comparison.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04280-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
Figure 1: A section of a wall with eroded mud bricks on the top of the wall. Compare
with Figure 2 after installation of a mud brick cap.
Figure 2: Capping while reflecting the general contours of the existing.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04280-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
Figure 3: Sketch section of a mud brick wall showing the schematic treatment of
providing a wall cap.
Figure 4: A sketch of a stone masonry wall
END OF SECTION 04280
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04280-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 BRACING AND SHORING
BRACING AND SHORING
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE BRACING-SHORING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes the structural bracing and
shoring during archeological excavations. The system utilizes existing supplies
and materials that should be found on the site, primarily based on the scaffolding
system. The scaffolding is very versatile as various pasts of the systems can be
used in a multitude of ways to create support for both vertical and lateral loading.
One particular use is described here, supporting vertical walls and partial vaults
from collapsing during excavations, but it also demonstrates how adaptable the
system is.
The intent of the bracing system is to provide temporary support during the
excavation process, or to meet emergency needs. The following sections of the
conservation specifications are only related as they may address directly some of
the repairs associated with the structural failures that lead to the need for the
shoring and bracing.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04230 CRACK REPAIR
B. SECTION 04270 VOID AND HOLE REPAIR
C. SECTION 04295 SAND BAG BUTTRESS CONSTRUCTION
D. SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04230.
B. The specific use of the bracing and shoring system should be reviewed prior to
and during its use by the owners representative and that person shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section.
C. The owners representative, or the person responsible for installing the system
shall work directly with the site archeologist in charge so that the system responds
best to the archeological needs as well as protecting both the archeological
features and the health of the archeological crew members.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04296-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE BRACING-SHORING
1.4 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. There are no specific environmental restrictions to when this work can be
undertaken. The nature of the work is often responding to an emergency
regardless of the environmental conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND TOOLS
A. Steel pipes of approximately 2 inches or 50 cm in diameter to fit the multi
directional couples that connect the various parts of the system. The actual lengths
will be determined by the specifics of the support needs, but shall consist of a
minimal of two pipes that are 4 5 meters long and 6 pieces that are 2 3 meters
long.
B. Multi-directional couples minimal of 6 couples for each section of bracing.
C. Adjustable scaffolding feet, a minimum of two for each section of bracing.
D. Wedges and shims of various thicknesses and lengths.
E. Lumber of various lengths, 2 inches, 50 cm, and 25 cm thickness
F. Nails and a hammer
G. 19 mm crescent wrench
H. Pipe cutter (hack saw, etc.)
I. Tie wire and pliers and wire cutters.
J. Sand bags and fill sand.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual
installation. Sand bags and temporary bracing may be needed to safely install the
system. Protection from falling debris may also be necessary.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the
installation.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04296-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE BRACING-SHORING
C. Utilize tools and equipment that are most appropriate to limit the degree of
intervention and loss of existing fabric.
D. Figure 1 shows the general condition where this example of the brace is
necessary.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Determine the specific extent of the problem and develop a preliminary design
that addresses the problem. Collect the needed materials as need for the bracing
design.
B. Plan access and working conditions that minimizes damage to the site features.
C. Install sand bags or temporary bracing as needed.
3.3 EMERGENCY BRACING AND SHORING
A. Collect system components and adjust sizes and lengths as necessary for the
specifics of the task (Figure 2).
B. Set horizontal steel pipes in place, which will support the system components,
connect securely and secure in place with sand bags (Figure 3).
C. Connect vertical members with the support pipes with couples and tighten
temporarily.
D. Arrange horizontal pipes with adjustable feet (screw jacks) that will supply the
bracing for the lateral loading of the walls. Continue to add to the basic system as
needed to supply the support necessary.
E. Add pressure plate against the walls to be supported and snug in place with screw
jacks (Figure 4).
F. As the system is designed to allow excavations beneath, the components are
supported from above leaving the floor free.
G. One support will require lateral support perpendicular to the brace. This support
can be removed when the second and subsequent braces are installed and
connected to each other.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04296-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE BRACING-SHORING
Figure 1: A partially excavated collapsed vault that requires additional excavation, but
walls are unsafe as they exist.
Figure 2: A field sketch of the basic concept of the support constructed of pipes and
couples, standard components of the scaffolding system. Components in red represent the
basic system; components in blue are features that are added as necessary.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04296-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE BRACING-SHORING
Figure 3: System supported from above by the horizontal pipe that bears on a stable area
outside the vaulted area.
Figure 4: Field sketch of the adjustable compression feature that supports the side walls.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04296-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE BRACING-SHORING
Figure 5: One brace or one bay of the system installed. Additional bays can be added as
needed as the excavation continues. Note that the system is supported from above leaving
the floor clear for continuing the excavations.
END OF SECTION 04296
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04296-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
SAND BAG PROTECTION
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION: The work of this section is the placement of sand bags to protect
the low walls and features that are exposed to accelerated deterioration primarily
because of foot traffic on the site. The deterioration is particularly bad when there
is a lot of activity on the site such as construction activities. The sand bags are
intended to cover the areas that are susceptible to wear and take the actual force of
the traffic. Sand bag protection represents the least amount of resource investment
and technical skill and is considered an important part of the protection of the
resources during the process of conservation as well as during the archeological
investigations. Sand bags shall be available on the site at all times.
Specific areas were sand bags can be used are on steps, stairs, low walls, extant
column bases, and original floor surfaces (Figures 1 and 2).
1.1 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04296 PROTECTIVE SHORING AND BRACING
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Sand bags shall be submitted for approval in advance of any specific project.
Material can vary, but for relatively long-term use (greater than one year) they
should be constructed of burlap. Bags of non-natural fiber, such as polypropylene,
can be used for emergency and short-term use and where they are not exposed to
sunlight.
B. Sample sandbags in the required size and fabric shall be approved by the owners
representative prior to the placement of a substantial order well in advance of a
specific need and a proposed field season.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements in Sections 04210
and 04230.
B. The owners representative shall approve modifications and/or changes to the
specifics of this section. No modifications or changes shall be made to the general
intent of this section.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
1.4 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
A. There are no restrictions on the manufacturing/filing of the bags and the
construction of the buttresses, except those that might affect human health and
safety.
1.5 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. There are no mock ups for the work of this specification.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Sand for the sand bags shall be the archeologically cleared sand from excavations
with the addition of local loam. The best material for the sand bags is a sandy
loam. If sand bags are fabricated separate from an excavation, site sand can be
used as well, if it is archeologically cleared. Final material selection shall be
approved by the owners representative.
B. Sand bags shall be constructed of untreated burlap, approximately 35-45 cm wide
(14-18) and 75-90 cm long (30-36). Larger bags are too large to handle.
C. Polypropylene sand bags can be used in emergency, for short-term use (less than
one year) and for bulk areas where they are not exposed to sunlight. They should
be the same approximate size as the burlap bags.
D. Natural fiber sand bags with tighter weave than the burlap can also be used for
small-scale application. Light cotton or similar natural fiber material can be used
for smaller bags. The size should be approximately 25-30 cm wide (10-12) and
40-45 cm long (16-18).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual
placement of the sand bags. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place
prior to any work. All personnel not part of the conservation team shall not
approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the
placement of the bags. Little removal is anticipated.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
C. There shall be a minimum number for emergency use of 100 filled burlap bags
and 100 smaller filled bags.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Determine the specific extent of the need and establish a priority for sand bag
protection; the highest priorities should be in the area of the greatest amount of
human foot traffic. The specific details of the bag placement shall be determined
prior to the beginning of construction.
B. Filling sandbags: Filling sand bags is a two-person operation, one holding the bag
and the other filling. The most effective way is to use a rounded point shovel to
fill the bags. The bags should be filled approximately 1/3 full. The method of
tying the bags will determine if the bags can be filled more than 1/3.
C. Tying sand bags: Sandbags shall be tied or sealed by either tying with steel wire,
with heavy cord, or by stitching the open end. The most effect is tying with wire.
D. It is not necessary to clean area of loose sand before the sand bags can be placed.
3.3 PLACE SAND BAGS
A. Place sand bags to prevent food traffic abrasion as well as to prevent the force of
people walking dislodging walls, mud bricks or features. It is difficult to use too
many sand bags. Sand bags should be a minimal of two bags thick in heavy traffic
areas. Figures 1 and 2 are typical areas where sand bags should be placed.
B. Place the sand bags 5-10 cm from the wall surfaces. Fill the space between the
sand bags and the feature with sand to serve as a separation (Figure 3).
C. Place the bags parallel to the wall or feature being supported; place succeeding
bags on top, offsetting by one-half () the length of the previous bag. It may be
necessary to form steps of the bags for easier human access.
D. Place bags level or slightly inclined toward the wall. Stamp each individual bag in
place once it is placed.
E. It may be necessary to place the sand bags so that human access is restricted by
making it difficult to step over the bags.
F. Monitor the effectiveness of sand bags and replace and add additional ones as
necessary.
G. Sand bag protection should be supplemented by restricting use to some areas by
the installation of stakes and construction tape, or construction fencing.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
Figure 1: A typical room in the Abdallah Palace with the remains of a low patrician wall
that should be protected during human access.
Figure 2: Another typical room with multiple surfaces, low walls, column bases that
should be protected with san bags.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04297 SAND BAG PROTECTION
Figure 3: A sketch of a low wall showing the use of sand bags to protect it. This wall
would be similar to the walls of Figure 1.
END OF SECTION 04297
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation LLC 04200-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
STONE MASONRY
SEPTEMBER 2007
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: The work of this section includes repair stone masonry of the
Atturaif structures. Figures 1-4 are examples of the stone masonry that are the
subjects of this specification.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 04200 MUD BRICK CONSERVATION
B. SECTION 04220 SURFACE RENDERING
C. SECTION 04240 MUD GROUTING
D. SECTION 04250 MUD BRICK CONSTRUCTION
E. SECTION 04280 MUD BRICK CAPPING
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Any substitute materials submitted for the repair of the stone masonry shall be
approved by the owners representative prior to their use in any of the crack repair
procedures. In addition, the specific use of substitute materials shall be
demonstrated in test panels prior to approval.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. See Section 04200 Part 1, 1.6 for the general requirements of the conservation
project and the specific requirements related to the selection of materials and the
handling of the materials for general conservation requirements.
B. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section. No modifications or
changes shall be made to the general intent of this section and all modifications
and/or changes shall be consistent with the general intent as stated in Section
04200, Part 1, 1.6 and to this section, Part 1, 1.1 above.
C. Patching material to have characteristics similar to the most masonry.
1.5 ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-1
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
A. Do not repair at temperatures less than 5 degrees Celsius, or if temperatures are
expected to be less than 0 degrees Celsius within 24 hours.
B. Protect drying stone masonry from direct rainfall during the curing process. Mist
curing masonry to prevent cracking and rapid drying.
C. See Section 04200, Part 1, 1.7 Environmental Conditions for general restrictions.
1.6 TEST PANELS (MOCK UPS)
A. Mockups will be produced, until the owners representative is completely
satisfied of the results. Mockups should include several of the other conditions
such as the different types of foundation stones and the different masonry systems
on the site.
B. Mockups for the repair of coursed rubble masonry shall be prepared and approved
by the owner's representative prior to the continuation of the repair. The test
panel shall be part of the original structure and shall remain after approval as the
standard for that part of the work. It shall also remain a part of the final
conservation treatment.
C. All repairs as specified in this section shall be tested on site to ensure that the
specifics of this section are compatible with the site conditions and the materials
that are utilized in the repairs. The owners representative shall approve
modifications and/or changes to the specifics of this section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Natural Hydraulic Lime (NHL): St. Astier Natural Hydraulic Lime, NHL 2.
www.transmineralusa.com; www.palimeworks.com/infoall.html;
www.stastier.com
B. Sand:
a. Choose well graded sands (#6(3mm):#200(75microns)).
b. Choosing the correct sand when making a mortar is of extreme
importance.
c. Sands should be clean and uncontaminated by clay/silt. These occur in the
range from #300 (0.04mm) and below and the most effective method to
establish their presence is the wet sieve analysis. Normal dry sieve
analysis does not accurately reveal the presence of clay or silt (particles
passing #200 (0.075) sieve). This is due to the fact that when the sand is
dried before sieving,
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-2
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
d. Clay or silt particles can coat some particles and these will not pass the
#200 (0.075) sieve. In contact with water, however, these particles will
return to colloidal state, retaining moisture and general instability. The
result is a much longer drying period.
e. The fines in sand will demand more water. This is due to much higher
surface area to be wetted. A high proportion of fines in sand and the
consequent high water content in the mortar will have negative effects in
compressive and flexural strength. High moisture will promote shrinkage
and could lead to de-bonding especially in mortars applied to low suction
areas.
f. Monogranular sands (particle size mainly between 1 or 2 grades) will not
allow good vapor exchange; they will also diminish workability and
therefore increase the danger of too much water addition in order to
achieve it. In making NHL mortars with good sand, workability should
not be achieved by adding more water but by allowing a little more time
for mixing.
g. It is also advantageous to allow the mortar to set for a period of time. The
water will settle between the particles and allow better hydration of the
free lime content resulting in a fatter, more homogeneous and workable
mortar.
h. Depending on the size of the joint, sands from 1/4 (6mm) down to #200
(0.075) can be used, with a proportion from 0.150 to 0.075 (about 20% of
the mass).
i. There are a vast number of sands, differing in grading and qualities. To be
sure that a well-graded sand is being used it is necessary that at least 4
grades form a substantial part of the proposed sand.
j. Example (% retained):
#4 (5mm) 2
#6 (3.35mm) 3
#8 (2.36 mm) 6
#16 (1.18 mm) 15
#30(0.600 mm) 23
#50(0.300 mm) 32
#100(0.150 mm) 15
#200(0.075 mm) 4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Proper safety precautions are necessary prior to the beginning of the actual repair.
Scaffolding shall be erected and secured where access to repair area by
scaffolding is required. Protection from falling debris shall also be in place prior
to the crack repair. Persons that are not part of the conservation team shall not
approach to within 20 meters of the work areas.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-3
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
B. The removal and the loss of original fabric shall be minimized during the repair.
C. The effect of the repair shall not distract from the existing visual character of the
wall where the repair takes place unless the crack repair is to be hidden behind
other subsequent repair.
D. Place horizontal and vertical string lines in section of new mud brick repair after
the removal of the existing mud bricks to ensure that the repair is consistent with
the existing form and mass of the existing masonry.
E. Selection of stones for masonry repair: Stockpile sandstone similar in character to
that used in existing masonry utilizing stones secured from building as well as
supply from local sources.
F. Preparation of stones: Have adequate supply of sandstone on hand for repair of a
wide range of sizes.
a. Brush soil, deposition from surface of stone. C. Wash stones in water if
necessary to further clean. Stones used in masonry shall be clean and free
of contaminants.
b. Soak stones in water containers; remove adequate supply for one days
work the day before use and store in dry container, covered with tarp or
equivalent to reduce drying rate. Water containers shall be clean and
contain no contaminants or residue from previous uses.
c. Dip in lime water immediately prior to use.
d. Shape as needed and dip again as necessary; if lime begins to form on
surface on drying, brush surface with stiff bristle brush and rewet with
potable water.
G. Preparation of masonry surface for repair:
a. Brush surface of all loose materials and depositions.
b. Rate mud mortar joints to minimum depth of approximately 1 inch for
pointing.
c. Remove loose stones and clean remaining voids.
d. Continually brush surface to remove dry deposition and loose friable
materials.
e. Remove soft friable stone surfaces that continue to powder with trowels
until sound materials or for additional depth of maximum of two inches
(2).
f. Replace or reset small stones if they are loose or dislodged.
g. Reset large stone if they are loose.
h. Dampen surface with potable water from spritzer (spray bottle). Stones
will absorb water immediately; continue to spray stones until rate of
absorption slows. Do not overspray that results in water running freely
down surface of existing wall surface.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-4
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
i. Restrict amount of water applied to mud mortar. Do not spray directly.
j. After initial wetting of surface spray with lime water. Repeat wetting with
lime water in soft friable areas; spraying shall include lime and mud
mortar. Lime water mixed to consistency of non-fat milk. If lime
accumulated and forms surface on stone after one application, further
dilute lime wash.
k. Brush surface immediately prior to repair. Brush any lime that has
accumulated on surface of stone and rewet with potable water.
H. Preparation of lime mortar
a. Dry mix mortar and amount of sand; continue to mix while adding the
remainder of the sand.
b. Add water and mix for minimum of 10 minutes. Mortar shall be mixed
prior to use, covered to prevent excessive evaporation of water and
remixed immediately before use adding only a minimal amount of water.
c. Mortar mix should be as dry as possible for the intended use.
d. Hydraulic lime does not need to be slaked prior to mixing. Non hydraulic
lime does require re-slaking. See Section 04240; 3.2, of these
specifications.
I. Pointing of Existing Masonry
a. Brush overall surface immediately prior to pointing and repair.
b. Masonry should be rewetted continually with hand water sprayer
containing lime water. Wet existing mud mortar as well as stone.
c. Brush stone of lime film in contact with mortar.
d. Spray lightly with potable water prior to application of mortar.
e. Pack mortar in voids and joints as tightly as possible. If mortar is too wet
to pack, wait several minutes until mortar is drier and can be compacted.
f. Grout deep cracks that can not be pointed effectively.
g. Wedge all stones into voids and holes where possible.
h. Work the joints and the mortar quickly and do not overwork.
i. Repaired areas shall have a predominance of stone visible rather than
mortar if that is the character of the original material. Match the original
texture as much as possible.
j. Set all stones with bedding planes flat or match the existing character
where the stone masonry systems remain exposed.
J. Stone Replacement
a. Stones that are completely fractures and either come apart or become
loose when preparing the surface should be reset or replaced with similar
stone. Some shaping will be necessary.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-5
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
b. Prepare voids as described previously by cleaning and brushing exposed
voids and applying water and lime water. Reset stone with stiff mortar and
force stones in mortar.
K. Repair of Large Holes and Voids
a. Prepare holes and voids as described previously by brushing and cleaning
loose and friable materials. Apply water and lime water until prior to
actual repair. Rewet with lime water, brush surface lime by brushing and
apply final application of potable water prior to application of mortar.
b. Fill voids with the largest stone possible with sufficient mortar to set
stones. With deep voids, greater than 6 inches, fill in two applications
allowing one day (24 hours) between applications.
L. Curing. Work in the shade; drape wall repaired with burlap or equal and keep
damp during day until dehydrated.
Figure 1: Stone wall in the archeological zone weathered side.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-6
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
Figure 2: Detail of slab stone masonry wall.
Figure 3: Coursed rubble masonry wall in archeological zone.
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-7
September 2007
Atturaif Quarter, Dirriyah, Saudi Arabia Conservation Specifications
SECTION 04500 STONE MASONRY
Figure 4: Mixed stone and mud mortar wall.
END OF SECTION 04230
Anthony Crosby, Architectural Conservation 04230-8
September 2007
Atturaif Living Museum
Conservation Manual
Bibliography
Ciolek, Thomas, Personal email communicatiom, March 2007.

Clifton, James R. and Davis, Frankie L. Mechanical Properties of Adobe. NBS
Technical Note 996. U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of
Standards. U.S. Government Printing Office. Washington D.C. 1979.

Crosby, Anthony. Condition Assessment and Treatment Recommendations,
Atturaif Living Museum, Lord Cultural Resources for the Addiriyah
Development Authority. April 2007

Facey, William. DirIyyah and the First Saudi State. Facey International.
London, UK 1997
Facey, William. AddiriyyahMuseum Project Scenario, Themes and Content
Proposal. Unpublished ms. London, UK. 2005

Facey, William. Back to Earth, Adobe Building in Saudi Arabia. Al-Turath,
Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, 1997

Hashin, Dr. Syed Anis. A Brief History, Monuments and Other Sites of Turaif
and Bajari Quarters in Diriyya. Arriyadh Development Authority.
Unpublished ms. Riyadh 2005

Houben, Hugo and H. Guillaud. Earth Construction, A Comprehensive Guide.
Originally published by Editions Parentheses as Traite de construction
en terre de CRATerre. London, UK: Intermediate Technology
Publications. 1994

Macbeth, Division of Kollmorgen Corporation. Munsell Soil Color Charts. 1975
Edition.2441 North Calvert Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21218

Ministry of Education, Al-Dariyah History and Documentation Center.
Historical Study About Al-Tareef Region. Unpublished ms. Riyadh,
Saudi Arabia 2007

Torraca, Giorgio. Porous Building Materials, Materials Science for Architectural
Conservation. International Centre for the Study of the Preservation and
the Restoration of Cultural Property. First Edition. Rome 1981

UNESCO. The Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the Wor d
Heritage Convention, last revised in February 2005
l

Lord Cultural Resources x i
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
ANNEX B
82
Dr. Mahmoud BENDAKIR / Arnaud Misse / Jean-Marie LE TIEC
HIGH COMMISSION FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ARRIYADH
ARRIYADH DEVELOPMENT AUTORITY, KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
Conservation manual
Atturaif Traditional Culture Demonstration Area
_36 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
S
I
G
N
S

A
N
D

S
E
C
U
R
I
T
Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10
P
R
O
P
P
I
N
G

A
N
D

R
E
I
N
F
O
R
C
E
M
E
N
T
C
L
E
A
R
I
N
G

A
N
D

T
R
A
N
S
P
O
R
T
A
T
I
O
N

O
F

R
U
B
B
L
E
R
O
O
F

R
E
M
O
V
A
L
W
O
O
D

T
R
E
A
T
M
E
N
T
I
N
T
E
R
V
E
N
T
I
O
N
S

O
N

F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N
S
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N

O
F

N
E
W

D
O
U
B
L
E

W
A
L
L
S
R
E
S
T
O
R
A
T
I
O
N

O
F

A
N
C
I
E
N
T

W
A
L
L
S
P
L
A
S
T
E
R
S

/

F
I
N
I
S
H
I
N
G
S
C
L
E
A
N
I
N
G

R
O
O
F

R
E
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
F
L
O
O
R
S
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
_37 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
Construction sites where the conservation of earthen cultural heritage mo-
numents takes place are different from other construction sites, due to the
fact that the fragility of the structures may increase the risk of accidents.
Thus, the active participation of all stakeholders in security-related acti-
vities (prevention and awareness) is instrumental. These actions concern
both the site workers and the visitors.
A construction site where conservation and restoration activities take place
involves a large number of stakeholders, who usually do not know each
other very well and do not share direct contractual relations. The gene-
ral coordination of all stakeholders is required before the launching of the
construction works takes place.
For this, the following should be considered:
- Refer to the Saudi regulation;
- Naming a coordinator of security and protection;
-Training and informing workers, entrepreneurs and other stakeholders on
the specicities of the site;
- Ensuring that all stakeholders are involved in the prevention of risks;
- The project managers in collaboration with the security coordinator must
implement a general organisation of all activities related to the construction
works.
Before the launching of conservation works, it is advisable to install security
signs near the entrances to the construction site in order to limit the access
to the site, granting it only to people who work there. The security signs
will also inform visitors and other people of the risks and dangers they may
encounter when approaching the area where the construction works take
place. Access to the construction site should be monitored. To that end, pro-
ject management ofcials should issue a special permit to all workers.
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Atturaif-Saudi Arabia
SIGNS AND SECURITY
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
1
_38 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
Column propping Wall propping
The state of conservation of the structures in the inter-
vention area ranges from average to poor and the risk of
wall and roof collapse is always present. Both exterior
and interior walls and roofs are weakened by various
pathologies and might not be able to withstand an in-
tervention without being propped up and secured. Thus,
to ensure ongoing work stability of old structures and
ensure the security of workers and visitors it is essen-
tial to treat the walls and roofs through propping and
scaffolding while allowing free access to the structure
portions where work must be undertaken.
The placement of props inside the houses must be stu-
died beforehand (propping plan) to ensure maximum
safety and facilitate/ensure the movement of workers,
allow the smooth transportation of tools and construc-
tion materials and the accessibility to areas requiring an
intervention.
The scaffolding must be installed on the outside of the
structures. In some cases, it could be used to support
the exterior walls while facilitating access to the roof
and upper walls. The stability of such a buttressing
scaffolding needs however to be carefully studied.
Roof propping
Bahla-Oman Bahla-Oman
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
2
PROPPING AND REINFORCEMENT OF ANCIENT STRUCTURES
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
_39 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
This phase will take place once the site is secured. It implies
the transportation, over the whole site, of all the rubble and
debris. The cleaning and removal of rubble must be done
with adapted tools (shovels, picks, wheelbarrows). Vibration-
producing tools are not recommended because they may be
dangerous to the fragile structures and increase the risk of
collapse.
It is also recommended to prepare in advance a plan to handle
the rubble and debris of the site, and to organize their transport
and evacuation away from the construction zone onto outside
locations chosen for this purpose. If only small vehicles like
the bobcat are allowed to move near construction work areas,
various types of vehicles could be used at other stages.
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
3
CLEARING AND TRANSPORTATION OF RUBBLE
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
_40 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
REMOVAL OF WATERPROOFING (MUD) LAYER OF THE ROOF
4
This layer of 20 to 40 cm constitutes a considerable weight which repre-
sents a potential threat in case of collapse. To reduce this threat on the
structures (walls, columns, beams) and to limit the potential damage in case
of collapse, it is recommended to remove the layer of soil until the rst woo-
den joists (Ethl) become visible.
Afterwards, the structural elements (joist) which are in bad state will be
removed one by one. The joists that are in a good state of conservation can
be reused while those attacked by termites or in poor condition must be
disposed of.
If no special structures is to be installed under the roof structure, joists in
good condition can be kept in place.
This operation is very difcult because in most cases the joists are well an-
chored into the walls and sometimes they even go through the walls. If this
is the case, the joists must be cut with a saw tangent to the surface of the
wall. The detachment of joists from the walls through digging with vibrating
tools is not allowed for it could cause additional damage to the walls.
For unstable walls or walls without bracing, it is recommended to leave
some of the joists as a way to maintain the stability of the sidewalls. One
solid joist every metre is sufcient for this purpose. Once the placement of
new joists is completed, the old ones can be cut and replaced.
Finally, the beams, being structural elements, must be maintained in place
through the restoration process.
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Al-Ghat-Saudi Arabia
_41 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
5
WOOD TREATMENT
The condition survey revealed the existence of termites that attack wood
and all materials of vegetal origin that are used in the construction of the
roofs and the woodwork. Termites are also present in walls and oors. The
types of wood used in Atturaif (Tamararisk, Ethl and also palm wood) are
sensitive to biological attacks from insects (termites, Capricorn beetles) or
fungi.
Today, insecticides and antifungal substances and also cocktails of chro-
mium, copper and arsenic (known as CCA) are used as a means to counte-
ract these damaging factors. These toxic products will soon be banned. The
products used for the treatment of wood include:
- Products for the treatment of wood surfaces. These include varnishes,
oils, waxes, and lacquers... They are used to protect the wood from mois-
ture, weather conditions, UV rays, mechanical wear, dirt, or to embellish and
create decorative effects;
- Products for the preservation of wood. They contain at least one active
biocide agent (pesticide) to protect the wood against the attack of lignivo-
rous fungi and some so-called xylophagous insects, which are considered
as biological attacks.
The rst may contain ingredients used as paint; the latter may contain bio-
cide agents intended to preserve the wood.Only products that are safe and
environmentally friendly will be used.
All wood to be used in the restoration of the roof structures will be treated
beforehand against termites and against moisture. The anti-termite treat-
ment must take place outside of the site.
The ends of the wooden elements to be sealed into the walls must be trea-
ted against moisture with a layer of asphalt. The main function of this type
of treatment is to prevent the inltration of water into the wood and ensure
its waterproong.
For the in situ treatment of decorated beams against xylophagous insect
larvae, professional know-how is required in order to avoid the degradation
of the decorative motifs. The suggested method is as follows:
- Brush and remove dust in order to allow a better penetration of the pro-
ducts on the wood;
- Remove the portions that are highly eroded and infested and determine
the sources of the attacks
- Make holes in the wood to receive the injections
- Inject under pressure the wood treatments for large-section beams
- Finally, spray the product on the surface until a saturation of the wood is
noticed.
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Al-Ghat-Saudi Arabia
_42 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
INTERVENTIONS ON FOUNDATIONS AND UNDERPINNING
This type of intervention only concerns the peripheral walls of the housing units.
The goal is to strengthen structural resistance of the foundations and to create
a resistant base against ground humidity and water inltration. This new foun-
dation backed against the wall will also serve as some sort of bench following
the slope of the street and will protect the wall base against water owing. The
walls in this area are quite thin (32 to 38 cm-thick in most cases) and can be
quite fragile as they are not connected to perpendicular cross walls and cannot
bear the weight of a new roof on their own. Thus, to compensate for the lack of
connection between the masonry walls on the facade and the orthogonal walls,
and also in order to ensure their stability, a cross wall will be built providing a
link between the old wall and the new walls trough the use of tie-rods.
Before the launching of underpinning works it is necessary to strengthen the
preserved ancient facades, through propping done externally and not on the
internal parts of the building where work needs to be carried out.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
6
The stages of intervention
For the implementation of works to consolidate the foundations of
the walls, it is advisable to carry out the work one side at a time
and to intervene as follows:
1. External surface
- Start with the external surface;
- Dig a foundation trench, 50cm-wide and as deep as needed to
reach the bedrock;
- Clean the old stone masonry, clear joints;
- Build the new foundation, (30cm wide with drainage
and 50cm without drainage) by creating a junction between the
stones of the old and new masonries;
- Use a mortar made of sand and gypsum;
- Give particular attention to the achievement of the last layers of
the foundation by shaping a sloping wall to the streets to ensure
an optimal evacuation of water into the street drainage system;
- For the foundation with peripheral drainage, the rest of the
trench will be relled with gravel, 2 to 5 cm in diameter, separated
from the ground by a geo-textile. Make sure to fully compact the
gravel.
- For foundation without peripheral drainage the trench shall be
completely lled with stone masonry.
- The installation of drain will depend on the results of the studies
carried out by Buro Happold about the infrastructure and drainage
of streets and alleys.
2. Internal surface
- Dig a foundation trench, 50cm-wide and as deep as needed to
reach the bedrock;
- Clean the old stone masonry, clear joints;
- Build the new foundation, 30cm-wide by creating a junction
between the stones of the old and new masonries;
- Continue the stone foundation masonry (20-cm thick) up to 50
cm from the ground level of the interior rooms;
- Ensure that the level of the last layer of stone masonry is hori-
zontal in order to serve as a proper base for the construction of
the mud brick adobe wall;
- Use a mortar similar to the mud brick mixture.
For the partial reconstruction of the old walls, it is recommended
that an underpinning of the foundation is made, up to 50 cm from
the ground level.
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
_43 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
7
CONSTRUCTION OF NEW DOUBLE WALLS (WALL DOUBLING)
Prior to building the adobe masonry wall (30x20x10) that will serve as a
furring wall (20 cm thick), all walls perpendicular to the angle of crossing
should be carved out over their full height, forming a narrow gradient trail
at the level of the base of the wall and wide at the top (see detail N ).
This opening will allow for the crossing of layers of bricks between the new
furrowing wall and the ancient walls to be preserved.
To achieve this, the contractor should ensure that the walls are well shored
up. The tool best suited to accomplish this task is a circular saw because it
causes only few vibrations. The instructions are the following:
- With chalk and a ruler, trace out the portions of the wall to be removed
- Saw a 5cm deep cut along the tracing
- Saw deeper to 10cm and then to 15cm by adjusting the depth of the cir-
cular disk
- Begin the disassembling carefully, from the top to the bottom
- Adapt the gradient as the masonry rises
- The introduction of wooden ties should be done during the masonry pro-
cess.
- The introduction of metallic tie-rods will be done once the wall is comple-
tely dry, in order to avoid the settlement movements that take place during
the drying process.
The adobe masonry is launched once the stone foundations are completely
dry. It takes at least one week for the drying and settling to be completed.
The contractor shall proceed as follows:
- Provide special care to the rst base of adobe bricks to maintain a horizon-
tal level along the entire length of the wall;
- The bricks are set in successive layers with crossed joints;
- The bricks are assembled with a mortar made of earth mixture in a plastic
state;
- The thickness of horizontal and vertical joints should not exceed 2cm;
- Work carried out in one day should never exceed 5 layers; and the new
courses will be added only after two days drying;
- Be careful with the brick bonds when dealing with connections with per-
pendicular walls;
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mari-Syria
_44 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
8
RESTORATION OF ANCIENT WALLS
Dealing with the bases of walls and their
renovation:
Intervention at the base of the walls is a most delicate operation to achieve
as special procedures need to be taken. The walls are generally quite de-
graded at the base, which in turn makes them very fragile. Moreover, the
fact that the walls are not quite thick complicates matters even further. This
procedure should be taken care of by skilled personnel, trained in restora-
tion techniques.
For the treatment of profound and continuing undercut, the contractor shall
proceed as follows:
- Install propping of the wall on both sides;
- Divide the wall into several lengths (for a 3m wall, it will be divided into 3
lengths of 1m each: A, B and C);
- Create an opening A in the wall;
- Install wooden supports to support the opening section;
- Padding of section A and then continue with C and nally B;
- For thick walls whose thickness is greater than 40cm, intervention is done
on both sides. The principle of intervention is the same except that work
cannot be carried out on both sides at the same time;
- The rst layers of masonry padding should be made of stone, forming a
plinth with a minimum height of 30cm;
- The last layer, which provides contact between the repaired portion and
the wall, must be implemented after the settling and drying of the padding;
- The last layer is to be completed with at stone elements.
Treatment of gullies
The inltration of rainwater from the roof produces deep gashes in vertical
walls. The technique proposed for repair is to cut in a "V" shape the portions
of the wall that are damaged by water, and to replace them with adobe brick
masonry as follows:
- Trace the area to be cut in the shape of a reverse stair pyramid;
- Follow the same technique of cutting explained above;
- Work from top to bottom to empty the chosen portion of the wall;
- Implement adobe masonry. Work is to be done slowly, with daily not more
than 5 courses of adobe blocks, and allowing a one day drying before ma-
sonry work is continued.
Treatment of structural cracks
Before a crack is repaired, one has to check if the works needed to eradica-
te its cause has been treated. (The causes can be found far from the crack
itself, at the base of the building for example. The deformation is usually
due to a stagnation of water at the base of the building after an accidental
change of topography : collapsed wall, accumulation materials or rubble,
etc.).
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mari-Syria
_45 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
RESTORATION OF ANCIENT WALLS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
8
Once the cause is eradicated, the crack can be treated. It is then possible to
proceed as follows:
- Clean the crack to remove dust.
- Insert wooden elements in masonry, sealing them inside the mud or lime
or gypsum mortar at least 15 cm deep;
- Cap and seal the rest of the crack with an earth plaster.
Dismantling the walls
Very few walls need to be dismantled. For portions of walls that need to be
torn down, this should be done as described in the treatment of gullies.
Mounting walls
The reconstruction of collapsed walls must be made starting from the foun-
dations (the same procedure as for wall doubling).
Columns
In some cases, the columns need to be strengthened at their base. The
strengthening of the foundations is carried out after the columns are prop-
ped. It is then possible to proceed as follows:
- Dig a foundation trench 50cm wide around the column;
- Fill the trench with stone masonry up to the base;
- Strip layers of plaster;
- Strengthen drums stone structure with chicken wire (detail N);
- Apply a lime or gypsum based coating (sand and lime);
Treatment of ancient openings (doors and windows)
For existing doors, two types of intervention are possible:
- An intervention on door jambs - to repair door jambs, it is recommended to
use a stone masonry to strengthen angles which are often very exposed to
human contact (see detail N.)
- An intervention on the lintels and the area above the lintels (see detail
N.)
For existing windows, a custom-made wooden frame is inserted into the
opening and then sealed with plaster (see detail N)
Treatment of new openings (doors)
For expansions and new doors, the insertion of a lintel to strengthen the
structure of the wall is needed. We must proceed as follows:
- Draw placement where opening in the wall is to be made (see detail
N);
- Insert on each side of the wall a wooden lintel of sufcient length to ensure
a proper placement on the jambs. Insert a piece of at wood to allow the
insertion of the lintel on the wall and a better distribution of loads;
- Fill empty areas above the lintel (using at stones and plaster);
- Saw the contours of the parts to be emptied out;
- Gently remove the adobes bricks;
- Build the door jambs (stone plates assembled with a lime and earth plas-
ter);
- Install at the threshold of the door slab of prefabricated concrete;
- Insert wooden frame;
- Screw in the lintel and in the concrete slab on the ground (threshold);
- Fill in gaps around the wooden frame.
Doors and stair steps
In some cases, creating openings for the passage from one unit to another
may require the installation of one or several steps depending on the level
difference between the two units. These stair steps should be made of stone
masonry, with a foundation reaching bedrock level (see detail N).
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mari-Syria
_46 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
ROOF RECONSTRUCTION
9
The implementation of roof terraces deserves careful attention and conti-
nuous maintenance as they ensure the protection and durability of the buil-
ding. Very often occupied, they wear faster than the rest of the building.
Once a roof is neglected, serious damage caused by water inltration starts
to take place.
Important factors ensuring the proper functioning of the roof are:
A sound ma|n wooden structure,
The res|stance to water of the roof,
The s|opes that prov|de water ow d|rected towards the gargoy|es.
The therma| mass of the earth that prov|des a good |nsu|at|on of the bu||-
ding;
The good des|gn and rea||zat|on of gargoy|es that ensure the proper eva-
cuation of rainwater;
The parapets that protect the tops of wa||s.
Production
Once the restoration work on walls and other vertical elements is comple-
ted, the reconstruction of the roof may start as follows:
- Installation of wooden chaining (when specied in the restoration project)
;
- Installation of joists (on chaining if applying) at regular intervals (25cm
max);
- Fixing of joists in the walls;
- Installation of steel tie-rods between the joists and the walls outside;
- Stone furring of parapet wall;
- Pose of palm mats and branches (treated against termites);
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Al-Ghat-Saudi Arabia
CERKAS-Marocco
_47 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
ROOF RECONSTRUCTION
9
- Pose of palm leaves;
- Pose of a layer of geotextile to protect from dust;
- Pose of a layer of compacted earth of 15 cm;
- Laying of mud-straw bricks to ensure a better thermal insulation;
- The laying of bricks is done with a an earth-based mortar to create slopes
on the roof;
- Construction of gargoyles where indicated on the drawings (detail N);
- Installation of a sealing;
- Laying of red brick tiles (40x40x04) on a sand-lime mortar;
- Pose of red earth tiles as a plinths;
- Finishing with a thin layer of earth-sand-lime mortar (tests to be made to
adjust the composition)
- Capping of the parapet with a mud mortar.
Maintenance of roof terraces and parapet walls
The maintenance of the roofs and parapet walls ensures the sustainability
of the buildings. After each rainy season, the roof must be checked, the
surface cleaned the surface, the gargoyles cleared, the cracks sealed, and
the slopes corrected where there have been settlements, to avoid water
stagnation. The partial repair of eroded parts is resumed after every rainy
season.
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
CERKAS-Marocco
_48 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
PLASTERS
10
Exterior earthen plasters
The application of earthen plasters is done in ve steps:
- Cleaning the wall: walls should be scratched, dusted and thoroughly soa-
ked with water before applying the coating to remove brittle pieces and dust
particles clinging to the surface.
- Preparation of the earth: the mud-straw mixture is prepared several days
in advance, brought to a plastic state and then mixed again before applica-
tion.
- Preparation of the wall surface: a good surface preparation is essential to
avoid problems such as cracks, and surface detachment. Heavily eroded
walls require a preliminary straightening, the gaps should be lled and a
at surface restored on which the main coating will be applied evenly. This
surface will remain rough to allow the adhesion of the following layers. The
layers must remain thin (15 mm maximum), because these fragile walls
cannot stand heavy coatings.
- Application of the plaster: it is done by strongly throwing balls of mud
against the wall hand and smoothen with a wooden attener, on a pre-wet-
ted surface. To avoid cracking linked to fast drying, it is preferable to coat
the walls while they are in the shade.
- Finish: When the main coating is dry, a light coat of earth (mixed with ne
chopped straw) and water (high water content) will be applied with a brush
to ll-in the micro-cracks and get a regular surface.
Selection of suitable soil for mud plaster: testing
In order to select the suitable soil for the mud plaster a simple test can be
done to check the performance of available soil, and nd the best mixture of
mud-sand, or mud-chopped straw if the soil is too clayey.
Implementation of the test:
- Wet samples of earth to obtain a plastic mixture. This will preferably be
done a few days in advance.
- If the soil is very clayey, prepare samples of soil + sand with different
proportions
- Apply the earth plaster on a wall, cleaned and moistened, on 40 x 40 cm
squares
- Mark the reference samples
- Observe the results after the drying cycle is completed.
Results:
The m|xture se|ected must adhere to the wa||
The p|aster shou|d crack on|y s||ght|y
The co|our shou|d match the bu||d|ngs around.
External coatings, stabilized with lime
Lime is primarily used to stabilize the external surfaces on walls, patios and
parapets, as a way to increase their resistance to erosion. Tests need to be
carried out to check compatibility and dene correct mixture.

Implementation:
The outer coating is composed of three layers:
- Base coat (1 to 1.5 cm): this layer is made of mud or a mix of mud + sand.
It will provide a better grip if it contains chopped straw.
- Main layer: thick layer of 0.5 to 1 cm. It is composed of 3 parts earth / 2
parts sand / 1 part lime.
- Finish plaster: applied on an almost dry main layer, it allows the lling of
any small cracks in the wall. The nish plaster must be very ne (2 to 3
mm). Its composition is richer than the main layer coating: 1 part earth / 1
part sand / 1 part lime.
Interior plasters:
Interior plasters can be made with mud-straw mixture only, or with stabili-
zed earth. The stabilization will make the surface more resistant to abrasion,
but this is not essential in dry areas. An interesting and inexpensive solution
is to stabilize only the nish plaster, to be applied over the main layer.
Base coat:
As for external coatings, it is best to prepare the walls by cleaning and
applying a base coat, to homogenize the wall surface. This layer provides a
better grip if it contains chopped straw.
Finish plaster stabilized with slacked lime:
To reduce the costs of stabilizing, only a thin layer on the surface may be
stabilized. This layer is applied over the main layer made of earth or of
a mixture of earth and sand. The recipe given here should be tested and
adapted based on the characteristics of the earth. The usual proportions for
a thin layer of nish plaster inside stabilized are:
1 part earth
1 part sand
1 part ||me
This recipe needs to be checked with preparing samples with varying pro-
portions that will be tested.
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mari-Syria
_49 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
4
PHASING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
TREATMENT OF GROUND FLOORS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
11
The treatment of oors is done as follows:
- Removal of at least 30 cm of mud oor layer inside the rooms and in the
courtyards;
- Treatment of the soil against termites (spraying):
- Installation of drainage system in the courtyards;
- Installation of drinking water and sewage networks;
- Installation of a bed of gravel to ensure protection against damp-rise;
- Installation of a layer of geotextile fabric to keep the gravel layer clean;
- Addition of a layer of well-compacted earth;
- Installation of electrical and plumbing network inside the compacted earth
layer;
- Placing of stone paving or red brick tiles on a sand-cement mortar (slo-
ped);
Installation of wet areas (bathrooms/toilets)
A leak can lead to serious damage.
It is advisable to create a wall doubling to x all the necessary facilities. It
is also recommended to keep the pipeline apparent, as well as the power
network that should be installed in chutes.
CLEANING OF THE SITE AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSERVATION WORKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14
12
PHASING & GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Fayaz Tepa-uzbekistan
INTRODUCTION
Its recommended that repairs should be minimal and should only be implemented to reduce the risk
of decay and to propose treatment for structural pathologies in a passive way, by using adapted so-
lutions. The structures of the selected sector (area A, B, C, D) for re-use should be conserved as they
exist, with minimal intervention. The re-use of part of the domestic residence quarter is compatible
with UNESCO approach as it does contribute to the overall long-term sustainability of the development
project. However, it is fundamental to nd a balance between the environment of the site, the original
characteristics of the buildings to be re-used and the concept of transformation required for their future
function.
Past experiences have revealed that active conservation methods, aiming at changing the physical
properties of the earthen material (waterproong, introduction of intrusive materials like cement, che-
mical treatments...) are ineffective, or even irreversible. Therefore, all implemented conservation works
should be minimal, and should respect the authenticity of the site by using the same types of local
materials, the Najd architectural techniques (know-how and traditional techniques), and respect of the
environmental development of the site.
In addition, the proposed solutions should also be designed to t in the social, cultural and natural
environment of the Wadi Hanifa region. They should make use of the existing materials, and be based
on the techniques which were well mastered locally. The proposed conservation methods should be
inspired by the architecture of the ruins, and should refer to the ancient know-how. All these features
and characteristics should be properly preserved and adequately presented to visitors.
The historical background is necessary to understand the history of the site and the main constructive
periods in order to obtain the denition of a comprehensive conservation and re-use concept respectful
of the structures, and to act in accordance with international rules, ethics and standards to rehabilitate
and revitalize this exceptional heritage.
The balance between maximum understanding and minimum intervention is an essential equation.
_51 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
TECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF DRAWINGS & DETAILS
Title Nq Page
FOUNDATION DETAILS
TREATMENT OF WALL FOUNDATION F1 60
NEW WALL FOUNDATION AND WALL MASONRY F2 59
DOUBLE WALL FOUNDATION AND WALL MASONRY F3 59
WALLS BASES DETAILS
SHORING AND PROPPING B 61
TREATMENT OF BASAL ERSION B1 62
TREATMENT OF BASAL ERSION B2 63
WALLS FINISHING TREATMENT DETAILS
WALL PLASTER TREATMENT W1 64
VERTICAL CRACKS REPAIR W2 65
CRACK REPAIR AT THE WALL CORNER OF THE WALL W3 65
DEEP WATER GULLIES AND GAPS REPAIR W4 66
WALL DAMAGED BY LATERAL AND BUCLING DETAIL - -
NEW DOUBLE WALLS CONSTRUCTION W6 67-68
PARAPETS AND GARGOYLES DETAILS
TOP OF WALL EROSION TREATMENT P1 79
NEW PARAPET CONSTRUCTION P2 79
GARAGOYLES INSTALLATION P3 80
GARAGOYLES INSTALLATION PROCESS P4 81
DOORS AND OPENING DETAILS
REPAIR OF JAMBS OF EXISTING DOORS OP1 69
NEW OPENING OP2 70-71
REPAIR OF JAMBS OF EXISTING WINDOWS OP3 73
LINTEL REPAIR FOR EXISTING DOOR OP4 72
STAIRS DETAILS
DAMAGED STAIRS TREATMENT - -
NEW STAIR FOUNDATION S2 75
NEW RISERS FOUNDATION S3 75
NEW OPENING WITH STEPS S4 74
NEW OPENING WITH STEPS INSIDE THE WALL S5 73
COLUMNS DETAILS
REINFORCEMENT OF COLUMN BASE C1 76
TREATMENT OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE COLUMN AND THE PARAPET C2 76
NEW COLUMN CONSTRUCTION - -
REINFORCEMENT FOR STONE COLUMNS C4 77
TREATMENT OF THE WOODEN BEAM C5 77
FLOOR TREATMENT
FLOOR TREATMENT FOR ROOM ST1 82
FLOOR TREATMENT FOR COURTYARD ST2 82
ROOFS DETAILS
WOODEN STRUCTURE (JOISTS) TREATMENT - -
NEW WOODEN STRUCTURE REINSTALLING - -
NEW ROOF CONSTRUCTION R3 78
ROOF DRAINAGE - -
OVERALL RECOMMENDATIONS
All solutions suggested in this manual for the treatment of different pathologies are only based on
eld observation. This work should be imperatively completed in the future by a systematic moni-
toring focussed on specic problems observed in the Atturaif site and ne tuned with the results
and experience gathered at the occasion of the realisation of the pilot phase.
Depending on the state of conservation and the origin of the degradation of each unit, different
treatments and conservation techniques may be applied. This can include the following actions,
which need to be more developed and more adapted during the "pilot conservation project":
Treatment of the surround|ng env|ronment of the structure,
8estorat|on of the wa|| base w|th |ntervent|on to so|ve dra|nage prob|ems,
Add ant|-cap|||ary treatment, structura| re|nforcement, and treatment of the undercut,
|ntervent|on on the top port|ons and vert|ca| surfaces of the wa|| by stopp|ng the causes of
direct rain water erosion, after which an improved mud plaster is applied to the restored walls;
Treatment of the roof to ensure a good ow of the ra|n waters for a better dra|nage and
distribution towards the gargoyles. Intervention on the roof will consist by the removing of original
materials, treatment of the wooden beams and joists, improvement of the roof drainage and the
waterproof system to drain rainfall water outside the terraces. The gargoyles system also needs to
be improved to avoid water-related pathologies;
Strengthen|ng and rebu||d|ng the co||apsed parts of the wa||s: The unstab|e or dangerous
parts are to be carefully dismantled, cleaned and reconstructed, using the same techniques and
materials. To reinforce the structural function of the walls, a wooden ring beam is recommended
to channel and to tie the external walls to the perpendicular internal ones;
8estorat|on and part|a| reconstruct|on of the parapets.
Conservation techniques
All solutions for treatment proposed in this manual to solve different pathologies are only based on eld
observation. This should be imperatively completed in the future by a systematic monitoring and the imple-
mentation of the "pilot conservation project".
Conservation techniques selected must be tested rst before being applied on a large scale. The conserva-
tion techniques proposed for this type of monuments include:
a. For the wall base (The repair of the wall base should be integrated structurally with the existing system)
Treatment of the surround|ng env|ronment of the structure (c|ean|ngs and dra|nage}
8estorat|on of the wa|| basew|th structura| re|nforcement of the stone foundat|on
Per|phera| dra|nage and |mprovement of the evaporat|on system
8educt|on of the cap|||ary sect|on of the wa|| and treatment of the undercut

b. For the Vertical faces of walls:
8econstruct|on of co||apsed wa||
Structura| re|nforcement of the wa||s (r|ng beam}
Treatment of gu||||es and gaps
|mprovement of trad|t|ona| p|asters
Protect|ve coat|ng
c. For the top of walls and parapets:
8estorat|on and part|a| reconstruct|on of the parapets
|mprovement of trad|t|ona| p|asters
Protect|ve coat|ng
Sacr|hc|a| capp|ng
d. For the roof, terraces and wall junctions:
Treatment and rep|acement of the wooden beams and jo|sts
new wooden r|ng beam to re|nforce the junct|on between the externa| wa||s
and the perpendicular internal walls
|mprovement of the water-proohng and unsu|at|ng system of trad|t|ona| roof
|mprovement of the dra|nage system of the terraces (s|opes}
|mprovement of the gargoy|es system
e. For the ground surface:
0ra|nage of the so|| (grave| bed}
Surface treatment (pavement}
_52 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
Project development for bloc A, B, C and D

The proposed Atturaif Traditional Demonstration Area
3
, previously referred to as the Traditional Souk,
has been divided into four zones :
o Zone A: located at the west end of the demonstration area extends from the Salwa Palace to
the proposed Life Style area. It forms a coherent and contiguous block separated by the Salwa palace
from the proposed extension to the east.
o Zone B : incorporates food related functions clustered around the open courtyard east of the
palace of Abdullah and south of the Salwa Palace.
o Zone C : consists of buildings along the formerly designated Street of Senses to the east of
the food court area.
o Zone D : incorporates buildings along the street extends north towards the Sabala of Moudhi
and the Treasury Building.
The conservation and the reuse project propose two phases:
Phase 1 will include the restoration and rehabilitation of Zone A and Zone B for the reuse of the exis-
ting buildings.
Phase 2 will include the stabilization of Zones C and D without modication in order to retain exi-
bility, as they may be developed and used in different ways. These zones will be reserved for future
development pending input from experience gained in operating the Phase One demonstration zone.
It was recommended that the buildings in Zones C and D will be renovated in a second stage of site
development following the completion of Phase One development.
It was also recommended that future renovation and adaptive reuse of the buildings in these zones
will be undertaken under the direction of conservation and management staff of the site and that the
program of conservation and reconstruction will be part of the public demonstration program of the
Museum. In keeping with internationally recognized standards of operation for programs to encou-
rage the retention of traditional crafts and vernacular architecture, there will be opportunities to use
the restoration program as both a training program to support traditional crafts and a demonstration
program for public education.

3
Atturaif Living Museum, Traditional Culture Demonstration Zone Design Development Revised Master Plan, Lord Cultural resources,
February 12, 2008
_53 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
Option 2 : Stabilization and Partial reconstruction of the facade walls
This option proposes a complete restoration with partial reconstruction of the external elevations. This
approach is justiable only with a reuse program. The stabilization of the elevations should include resto-
ration of the outer walls, the roofs of adjacent rooms and internal lateral walls.
The stabilization of peripheral walls across the streets is similar to the intervention developed on bloc
A and B. However, the adaptive reuse program proposed by ASG for this area is notdenitive and should
require in the future adaptation and changes of the fabric already stabilized.
The conservation of this area should be implemented during the rst phase of the project and can be
developed and followed in the future by an adaptive reuse project.
This option proposes also different approach and would be an opportunity to develop the necessary
expertise and skills by providing training and education programs for the technical site staff in the eld of
preventive conservation. The variety of approaches, methods and techniques of conservation is an essen-
tial issue according to the variety of situation on the site.
Advantage:
- Similar intervention as bloc A & B
- Potential reuse program for the future
- Accessible
- Total safety for visitors

Disadvantage:
- Large intervention
- Requires complete structural restoration of interior units
- More cost
After discussions and evaluation of the two options, option two has been identied by ADA to meet the
conservation and stabilization goals. Only the Exterior Walls and Facades of the buildings across the
street will be stabilized according to the technical drawings detailed in this manual. For the structures
inside the units, preventive conservation techniques should be applied to maintain the walls and the roofs
in there state and to slow down the erosion processes.
Conservation options for bloc C and D
The concept of stabilization planed for bloc C and D consists to conserve the unit area as it is with mini-
mal intervention. The objective is to establish a situation requiring minimum risk of further decay.
Two options were proposed :
Option 1: Stabilization and preventive conservation
This option suggests maintaining the original fabric of the units within this area. Blocs C and D should
only be stabilized and conserved as they are to contribute to the understanding of the residential sector of
the site. The main objective is to mitigate the rate of erosion and natural degradation by preventing decay
and by proposing soft intervention and optimal conditions for the ruins. In this sector different preventive
conservation techniques could be tested to provide for this project a complete spectrum of intervention
showing for each case one concept, one approach and one nature of treatment.
Advantage:
- Less works with focus only on the reduction of risk of degradation
- Less cost
- No extent on conjecture in terms of interpretation
- Soft to guarantee the protection of the strict concept of authenticity and integrity
- Demonstrates existing state of this sector
- The development of practices and skills that will be useful for future preventive conservation
needs in similar sectors on the site

Disadvantage:
- Limited accessibility of the stabilized area
- Periodic maintenance works
- Presented as a ruin
_54 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
_55 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
OPTION 1
_56 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
OPTION 2
_57 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
FOUNDATION
NEW WALL FOUNDATION AND WALL
MASONRY
F2
DOUBLE WALL FOUNDATION AND
WALL MASONRY
F3
EXTERIOR
New wall
Pavement
Cement-sand mortar
Compacted soil
Geotextil
Drainage
Stabilized plaster
New foundation
with stone masonry
Fired brick Plinth
Detail for addressing the new wall
foundation
Detail for addressing the double wall
foundation
INTERIOR
EXTERIOR
Pavement
Cement-sand mortar
Compacted soil
Geotextil
Drainage
Old wall
New wall
Foundation reinforcement
with stone masonry
New foundation
for new walls
40 30 30
100 cm
Fired brick Plinth
40 30 30
70 cm
_58 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
FOUNDATION
TREATMENT OF WALL FOUNDATION
F1
COURTYARD
ROOM
Cleaning
Reinforcement with
stone masonry
Finishing
_59 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
B
PROPPING
WALL BASE
1/3
1/3
SECTION
1/3
ELEVATION
Temporary shoring and bracing
of the old wall during
conservation stage.
_60 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
Mud brick
masonry
1 2 3
Initial state
Preparation of the wall Masonry
50 cm
Stone masonry
base
Mud brick
masonry
Undercut prole
Mud brick
Limestone
masonry
Lime stone
WALL BASE
TREATMENT OF BASAL EROSION
B1
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
_61 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
B2
1/3
1/3
PHASING FOR OLD WALL REINFORCEMENT
1/3
WALL BASE
TEATMENT OF BASAL EROSION
_62 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
WALL FINISHING TREATMENT
1 2 3
PREPAI RATI ON OF THE ERODED
WALL SURFACE
CLEANI NG OF THE WALL SURFACE.
THE WALL SHOULD BE SCRAPED,
DUSTED AND ABSOLUTELY MOI STENED
BEFORE COATI NG I S APPLI ED
COATI NG APPLI CATI ON
LEVELLI NG COAT
10 TO 15 MM MAX
TWO COATS
WALL PLASTER TREATMENT
W1
_63 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
12x7x80 cm Wood
section
7x5x60 cm Wood
section
5x7x30 cm Wood section
Key connection
Detail for repairing vertical and
oblic cracks at the corner of walls.
WALL TREATMENT
CRACK REPAIR AT THE WALL CORNER
W3
Crack ll with pieces of stone
then mortar cover
5x7x80 cm Wood section
5x7x30 cm Wood section
Key connection
Detail for repairing vertical and
oblic cracks at the wall faces
Phasing and localizing
of wood ties
1
2
3
4
VERTICAL CRACK REPAIR
W2
_64 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
1
2
2
WALL TREATMENT
DEEP WATER GULLIES AND GAPS REPAIR
W4 W4 W4
_65 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
The new wall masonry and join connection
Corner connection between new and existing wall
WALL TREATMENT
NEW DOUBLE WALL CONSTRUCTION
W6
Insertion of wooden pieces
to x electricity shaft
12x7x80 cm Wood
section
7x5x60 cm Wood
section
5x10x30 cm Wood
section
_66 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
WALL TREATMENT
NEW DOUBLE WALL CONSTRUCTION
W6
Initial state
Mud brick masonry
construction
Installation of the ring beam
and the conection between
joist and old wall
Stone masonry parapet
construction
2 1 3 4
Treatment of the corner connection between new and existing wall
Initial state Final state
_67 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
DOORS AND OPENING
Repair of jambs of existing doors
Detail for addressing dameged existing opening
OP1
DOORS AND OPENING
OP1
_68 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
DOORS AND OPENING
NEW OPENING
OP2
1
2
_69 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
OP2
NEW OPENING
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
DOORS AND OPENING
1
2
Detail for addressing new openning
under existing beam
_70 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
_70 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
DOORS AND OPENINGS
LINTEL REPAIR FOR EXISTING DOOR
OP4
2 1
2
1
Repair of the lintel zone for existing doors
1 2 3
_71 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
DOORS AND OPENING
Repair of jambs of existing windows
OP3
NEW MUD PLASTER
WINDOWS FRAME
WOOD LINTEL
PIECES OF STONE
NEW WOODEN
FRAME
ADOBE
NILES
_72 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
New door lental
New wooden frame
New opening
Old fondation
New base stone masonry
Concrete base for
door frame xing
Concrete base for
Handrail xing
STAIRS AND STEPS
S4
NEW OPENING WITH STEPS NEW OPENING WITH STEPS INSIDE
THE WALL
S5
Stone or Tabouck
tiles nishing
_73 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
STAIRS AND STEPS
NEW STAIRS FONDATION
NEW STEPS FONDATION
S3 S2
Sand-lime morter
Treatment against humidity
masonry
_74 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
Steel tie to connect wood
structure of the roof to
the old wall
Detail for addressing the connection
between the parapet and column.
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
COLUMNS AND BEAMS
C1
REINFORCEMENT OF COLUMN BASE
C1
REINFORCEMENT OF COLUMN BASE TREATMENT OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN
THE COLUMN AND THE PARAPET
C2
_75 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
REINFORCEMENT FOR STONE COLUMNS
C4
COLUMNS AND BEAMS
Traditional internal Beams treatment
C5
TREATMENT OF THE WOODEN BEAM
ROOM
GALLERY
Traditional external Beams treatment
Steel tie connection
_76 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
ROOF
40.40.5 cm Pavement
NEW WALL
EXISTING WALL
STONE PARAPET
MASONRY
STEEL TIE
SACRIFICIAL CAP
WOODEN RING
BEAM
5cm Mortar (cement-sand)
20.30.10 cm Mud-Straw insula-
ting brick (slope 1:100 to 2:100)
15 cm Compacted Earth layer
Plaited palm-leaf matting
Stipped palm-leaf spines
Water-proof membrane
Geotextile
Athl Joist
NEW ROOF CONSTRUCTION
R3
STEEL TIE
SECTION ELEVATION
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
_77 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
NEW PARAPET CONSTRUCTION
P2
1 2 3 4
TOP OF WALL EROSION TREATMENT
P1
Removal of the old plaster Stone masonry protection Mud copping Initial state
Terrace level
Terrace level
Terrace level
Terrace level
ROOF AND GARGOYLE
_78 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
ROOF AND GARGOYLE
GARGOYLE INSTALLATION
P3
40.40.5 CM PAVEMENT
NEW WALL
EXISTENT WALL
STONE PARAPET
APPUIS SOILIVAGE
ET CHAI NAGE BOI S
5CM MORTAR (CEMENT-SAND)
MUD-STRAW BRICK (SLOPE 1:100 TO 2:100)
15 CM COMPACTED EARTH LAYER
PLAITED PALM-LEAF MATTING
STIPPED PALM-LEAF SPINES
WATER-PROOF MEMBRANE
GEOTEXTILE
ATHL JOIST
STONE MASONRY
AROUND THE GARGYLE
FIRED BRICK FRAME MASONRY
AROUND THE GARGYLE
WATER-PROOF MEMBRANE
SAND LIME MORTAR
(1,1,1) SAND-SOIL-LIME
WATER-PROOFBITUMINOUS FILM
TAMARISK WOOD WATER-SPOUT
10X7X40 CM WOODEN SECTION
FOR FIWING WATER-SPOUT
_79 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
ROOF AND GARGOYLE
GARGOYLE INSTALLATION
R4
Stone masonry protection
1 2 3 4
_80 DR. MAHMOUD BENDAKIR / ARNAUD MISSE / JEAN-MARIE LE TIEC / CRATERRE-ENSAG / JUNE 2008
5
CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES
TRADI TI ONAL CULTURAL DEMONSTRATI ON ZONES
CONSERVATI ON MANUAL
FLOOR TREATMENT
Detail for addressing the nishing of oor layer.
Detail for addressing the slop of opening
area and drainage problems.
ST1 ST2
FLOOR TREATMENT FOR ROOM FLOOR TREATMENT FOR COURTYARD
Stabilized
plaster
40x40x5 Fired
brick Pavement
Compacted stabilized
mud layer
Fired brick
Plinth
Geotextil
Gravel bed
Drainage
Room
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
ANNEX C
128
Omar bin Saud Palace
and Daily Life Link
Museum
of Daily Life
Traditional Homes
Experience
Architecture and
Technology Museum
Thanayan bin Saud
Palace
Ardagh Dance
Imam Mohammad bin
Saud Mosque
Visitor Reception
Center
Beit al-Maal Museum
Moudhis Sabala
Arabian Horse
Museum
Military
Museum
Traditional Culture
Demonstration Area
Traditional Culture
Demonstration Area
Traditional Culture
Demonstration Area
Atturaif Entry
Bridge
Salwa Palace
and Atturaif
Museum
Maintanence and
Operations
HISTORIC CITY WALL
PRIMARY PATH
SECONDARY PATH
NODE OF INTEREST
PATH
NODE 1
NODE 2
NODE 3
NODE 4
NODE 6
NODE 5
NODE 7
NODE 8
NODE 4
NODE 1
NODE 2
BETWEEN NODES 2 & 3
NODE 3
NODE 4
NODE 5
NODE 6
VIEW TO MUSUEM ENTRY FROM NODE 7
GALLERY SEQUENCE
CATWALK PATH
GALLERY 1
GALLERY 2
GALLERY 3
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
ANNEX D
164
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH
ANNEX E
190
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
ARCHAEOLOGICAL
DOCUMENTATION
Atturaif Heritage Area
Drawing Name :
201.2.01
Atturaif Heritage Area
LEGEND :
Line of section
Major line of view
Salwa Palace - Unit 5 and 6
0 2 4 6 10m
Graphical scale
Arriyadh Development Authority
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Project name :
Object name : Sheet content :
Date :
Scale : File name :
Checked : Approved : Drawn :
Consultant :
Survey and Documentation
of Atturaif Heritage Area
3D laser scanning service provider
ATM 3D
3D LASER SCANNING
Drawing based on scans taken at november 2008
Salwa Palace - Unit 5 and 6
archaeological excavation
Shaded relief of the excavation
1:100 201-2-01
XC BC BC
ZAC des Tourels
Bt A2
16 av. du Midi
30 111 Congnies - France
tel : +33 (0)4 66 51 47 03 - Fax : +33 (0)4 66 53 04 57
Mail : contact@atm3d.com - Web : www.atm3d.com
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
2 736 380
2 736 370
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
ARCHAEOLOGICAL
DOCUMENTATION
Atturaif Heritage Area
Drawing Name :
201.2.02
Atturaif Heritage Area
LEGEND :
Line of section
Major line of view
Salwa Palace - Unit 5 and 6
0 2 4 6 10m
Graphical scale
Arriyadh Development Authority
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Project name :
Object name : Sheet content :
Date :
Scale : File name :
Checked : Approved : Drawn :
Consultant :
Survey and Documentation
of Atturaif Heritage Area
3D laser scanning service provider
ATM 3D
3D LASER SCANNING
Drawing based on scans taken at november 2008
Salwa Palace - Unit 5 and 6
archaeological excavation
Colored contour lines
of the excavation
1:100 201-2-02
XC BC BC
ZAC des Tourels
Bt A2
16 av. du Midi
30 111 Congnies - France
tel : +33 (0)4 66 51 47 03 - Fax : +33 (0)4 66 53 04 57
Mail : contact@atm3d.com - Web : www.atm3d.com
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
2 736 380
2 736 370
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
ARCHAEOLOGICAL
DOCUMENTATION
Atturaif Heritage Area
Drawing Name :
201.2.03
Atturaif Heritage Area
LEGEND :
Line of section
Major line of view
Salwa Palace - Unit 5 and 6
0 2 4 6 8 10m
Graphical scale
Arriyadh Development Authority
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Project name :
Object name : Sheet content :
Date :
Scale : File name :
Checked : Approved : Drawn :
Consultant :
Survey and Documentation
of Atturaif Heritage Area
3D laser scanning service provider
ATM 3D
3D LASER SCANNING
Drawing based on scans and photos taken at november 2008
Salwa Palace - Unit 5 and 6
archaeological excavation
Orthophoto view
of the excavation
1:100 201-2-03
XC BC BC
ZAC des Tourels
Bt A2
16 av. du Midi
30 111 Congnies - France
tel : +33 (0)4 66 51 47 03 - Fax : +33 (0)4 66 53 04 57
Mail : contact@atm3d.com - Web : www.atm3d.com
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
2 736 380
2 736 370
6
5
9
3
2
0
6
5
9
3
3
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
4
1
0
6
5
9
3
2
0
6
5
9
3
3
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
4
1
0
2 736 460
2 736 450
2 736 440
2 736 430
2 736 420
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
2 736 460
2 736 450
2 736 440
2 736 430
2 736 420
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
ZAC des Tourels
Bt A2
16 av. du Midi
30 111 Congnies - France
tel : +33 (0)4 66 51 47 03 - Fax : +33 (0)4 66 53 04 57
Mail : contact@atm3d.com - Web : www.atm3d.com
3D laser scanning service provider
ATM3D
ARCHAEOLOGICAL
DOCUMENTATION
Atturaif Heritage Area
Drawing Name :
202.2.01
Atturaif Heritage Area
LEGEND :
Line of section
Major line of view
Mohamed Bin Saud Mosquee
0 2 4 6 10m
Graphical scale
Arriyadh Development Authority
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Project name :
Object name : Sheet content :
Date :
Scale : File name :
Checked : Approved : Drawn :
Consultant :
Survey and Documentation
of Atturaif Heritage Area
3D LASER SCANNING
Drawing based on scans taken at november 2008
Mohamed Bin Saud Mosquee
archaeological excavation
Shaded relief of the excavation
1:100 202-2-01
XC BC BC
6 5 8 . 4 6 5 8 . 2
658.2
6 5 8 . 0
658.0
6 5 7 . 8
657.8
6 5 7 . 6
657.6
6 5 7 . 6
6 5 7 . 4
657.4
6 5 7 . 4
6 5 7 . 4
657.2
6 5 7 . 2
6 5 7 . 2
657.0
6 5 7 . 0
6 5 7 . 0
656.8
6 5 6 . 8
6 5 6 . 8
656.6
6 5 6 . 6
6 5 6 . 6
656.4
656.4
6 5 6 . 4
656.4
6 5 6 . 4
6 5 6 . 4
656.2
656.2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
656.2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
656.2
6 5 6 . 2
6 5 6 . 2
656.0
656.0
6 5 6 . 0
656.0
6 5 6 . 0
656.0
6 5 6 . 0
6 5 6 . 0
6 5 6 . 0
6 5 6 . 0
656.0
656.0
6 5 6 . 0
6 5 6 . 0
6 5 6 . 0
6 5 6 . 0
655.8
655.8
655.8
655.8
655.8
655.8
655.8
655.8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8 655.8
6 5 5 . 8
655.8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 8
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
655.6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
655.6
655.6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
655.6
655.6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
6 5 5 . 6
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
655.6
655.6
655.6
6 5 5 . 6
6 5 5 . 6
655.4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
6 5 5 . 4
6 5 5 . 4
6 5 5 . 4
6 5 5 . 4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
6 5 5 . 4
655.4
655.4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
655.4
655.4
655.4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
655.4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
655.4
655.4
655.4
655.4
6 5 5 . 4
6 5 5 . 4
655.2
655.2
6 5 5 . 2
655.2
6 5 5 . 2
655.2
6 5 5 . 2
6 5 5 . 2
6 5 5 . 2 6 5 5 . 2
6 5 5 . 2
6 5 5 . 2
6 5 5 . 2
655.2 6 5 5 . 2
655.2
655.2
655.2
655.2
655.2
655.2
6 5 5 . 2
655.2
655.2
6 5 5 . 2
655.2
655.2
655.2
655.2
6 5 5 . 2
655.0
655.0
655.0
6 5 5 . 0
6 5 5 . 0
655.0
655.0
6 5 5 . 0
6 5 5 . 0
655.0
655.0
655.0
6 5 5 . 0
6 5 5 . 0 6 5 5 . 0
6 5 5 . 0
655.0
6 5 5 . 0
6 5 5 . 0
655.0 6 5 5 . 0
655.0
655.0
655.0
655.0
655.0
6 5 5 . 0
655.0
655.0
655.0
655.0
655.0
655.0
654.8
654.8
654.8
654.8
654.8
6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
654.8
654.8
6 5 4 . 8
654.8
654.8
654.8
654.8
6 5 4 . 8
654.8 6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
654.8
6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
654.8
6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
654.8
654.8
654.8
654.8
654.8
6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
6 5 4 . 8
654.6
654.6 654.6
6 5 4 . 6
654.6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6 6 5 4 . 6 6 5 4 . 6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6 6 5 4 . 6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6 654.6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
654.6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6 6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
654.6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6 654.6 6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6
6 5 4 . 6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6 6 5 4 . 6
654.6
6 5 4 . 6
654.4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4 6 5 4 . 4 6 5 4 . 4 6 5 4 . 4
654.4 6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4 6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4
654.4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
6 5 4 . 4
654.2
654.2
654.2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2 654.2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2 6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2 6 5 4 . 2 6 5 4 . 2 6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2 6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2 6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2 654.2
654.2
6 5 4 . 2
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0 6 5 4 . 0 6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
654.0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
654.0
654.0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
6 5 4 . 0
653.8
653.8
6 5 3 . 8
653.8
653.8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
653.8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8 6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
653.8
653.8
653.8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
653.8
653.8
653.8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
653.8
653.8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 8
6 5 3 . 6
653.6
653.6 6 5 3 . 6
653.6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
653.6
653.6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
653.6
653.6
653.6
6 5 3 . 6
653.6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
653.6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 6
6 5 3 . 4
653.4
653.4
653.4
6 5 3 . 4
653.4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4 6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
653.4 653.4
653.4
6 5 3 . 4
653.4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4 6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
653.4
6 5 3 . 4
653.4
653.4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 4
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
653.2 653.2
6 5 3 . 2
653.2
653.2
653.2
653.2
6 5 3 . 2
653.2
653.2
653.2
653.2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
653.2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 2
653.2
653.2
653.2
6 5 3 . 2
653.2
6 5 3 . 2
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
653.0
653.0
653.0 6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
653.0
653.0
653.0
6 5 3 . 0
653.0
653.0
653.0
653.0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
653.0
653.0
653.0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
6 5 3 . 0
652.8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
6 52. 8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
652.8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8 6 5 2 . 8
6 5 2 . 8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
652.8
652.8
6 5 2 . 8
6 5 2 . 8
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
652.6 652.6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
652.6
652.6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
6 5 2 . 6
652.4
652.4 6 5 2 . 4
652.4
6 5 2 . 4
652.4
652.4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
652.4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
652.4
6 5 2 . 4
6 5 2 . 4
652.4
652.2
652.2
6 5 2 . 2
652.2
6 5 2 . 2
652.2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2 6 5 2 . 2
652.2
652.2
6 5 2 . 2
652.2
652.2
6 5 2 . 2 652.2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
6 5 2 . 2
652.2
652.2
6 5 2 . 2 6 5 2 . 2
652.2
652.0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
652.0
652.0
6 5 2 . 0
652.0
652.0
652.0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
652. 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
652.0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
652.0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
652.0
652.0
6 5 2 . 0
6 5 2 . 0
652.0
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
651.8
651.8
6 5 1 . 8
651.8
651.8
651.8
651.8
651.8
651.8
651.8
651.8
6 5 1 . 8
651.8
651.8
651.8
6 5 1 . 8 6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
651.8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
651.8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 8
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
651.6
651.6 6 5 1 . 6 651.6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
651.6
651. 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
651.6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
651.6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
6 5 1 . 6
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
651.4
651.4 651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
651.4
651.4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
651.4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
651.4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 4
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
651.2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
651.2 6 5 1 . 2 6 5 1 . 2
651.2
651.2
651.2
651.2
6 5 1 . 2
651.2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2 6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
651.2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 2
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
651.0
651.0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0 6 5 1 . 0
651.0
651.0
651.0
651.0 651.0
651.0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
651.0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
651.0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
6 5 1 . 0
650.8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8 6 5 0 . 8
650.8
650.8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
650.8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8 6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
650.8
650.8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8 6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 8
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6 6 5 0 . 6 650.6
650.6
6 5 0 . 6
650.6
6 5 0 . 6
650.6
650.6
650.6
650.6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
650.6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
650.6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
650.6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 6
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4 6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4 650.4
650.4
650.4
650.4
650.4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
650.4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
650.4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 4
6 5 0 . 2 6 5 0 . 2
650.2
6 5 0 . 2 6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
650.2
650.2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
650.2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
650.2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 2
6 5 0 . 0
650.0
6 5 0 . 0
650.0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
650.0
650.0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
650.0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 5 0 . 0
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
649.8
6 4 9 . 8
649.8
649.8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
649.8
6 4 9 . 8
649.8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
649.8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 8
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
649.6 6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
649.6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 6
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
649.4
6 4 9 . 4
649.4
649.4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
649.4
649.4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 4
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
649.2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
649.2
649.2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
6 4 9 . 2
649.2
649.2
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
649.0
649.0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
6 4 9 . 0
649.0
649.0
648.8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
648.8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
6 4 8 . 8
648.8
6 4 8 . 8
648.8
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
648.6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
6 4 8 . 6
648.6
6 4 8 . 6
648.6
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
648.4
648.4
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
6 4 8 . 4
648.4
6 4 8 . 4
648.4
6 4 8 . 2
648.2
6 4 8 . 2
6 4 8 . 2
6 4 8 . 2
6 4 8 . 2
6 4 8 . 2
648.2
648.2
6 4 8 . 2
6 4 8 . 2
6 4 8 . 2
648.2
648.2
6 4 8 . 2
648.2
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
648.0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
6 4 8 . 0
648.0
6 4 8 . 0
648.0
647.8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
647.8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
647.8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
6 4 7 . 8
647.8
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
647.6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
6 4 7 . 6
647.6
6 4 7 . 4
647.4
647.4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
647.4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
647.4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
6 4 7 . 4
647.4
647.2
6 4 7 . 2
647.2 647.2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
647.2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
6 4 7 . 2
647.2
647.2
6 4 7 . 2
647.2
647.0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
647.0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
6 4 7 . 0
647.0
647.0
647.0
6 4 7 . 0
647.0
6 4 6 . 8 6 4 6 . 8 6 4 6 . 8
646.8
646.8
646.8 6 4 6 . 8
646.8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
646.8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
646.8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
646.8
6 4 6 . 8 6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
6 4 6 . 8
646.8
646.8
646.8
646.8 646.8
6 4 6 . 8
646.8
646.6
646.6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6 6 4 6 . 6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6 6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
646.6
646.6
646.6
646.6 646.6
6 4 6 . 6 6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
6 4 6 . 6
6 4 6 . 6
646.6
646.6
646.6
646.6
646.6
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4 6 4 6 . 4 6 4 6 . 4
646.4
6 4 6 . 4
646.4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
646.4
6 4 6 . 4
646.4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
646.4
646.4
646.4
646.4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4 646.4 646.4
646.4
646.4 646.4 646.4
646.4
646.4 646.4
6 4 6 . 4 6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
6 4 6 . 4
646.4
646.4
646.4
646.4
646.4
646.4
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2 6 4 6 . 2 6 4 6 . 2 6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2 6 4 6 . 2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2 6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
646.2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
646.2
646.2
646.2 646.2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
6 4 6 . 2
646.2
646.2
646.2
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0 6 4 6 . 0 6 4 6 . 0 6 4 6 . 0 6 4 6 . 0 6 4 6 . 0 6 4 6 . 0
646.0 6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0 646.0
646.0
646.0 646.0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0 646.0
646.0
646.0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
646.0
6 4 6 . 0
646.0
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8 6 4 5 . 8 6 4 5 . 8 6 4 5 . 8 6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8 6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
645.8
645.8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8 645.8
645.8
645.8
645.8
645.8
645.8
645.8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8 645.8
645.8
6 4 5 . 8
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6 6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6 6 4 5 . 6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
645.6
645.6
645. 6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
645.6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
645.6
645.6
645.6
645.6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
645.6
6 4 5 . 6
645.6
645.4 6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4 6 4 5 . 4 6 4 5 . 4
645.4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
645.4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
645.4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
645.4
645.4
645.4
6 4 5 . 4
645.4
645.4
645.4
645.4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
6 4 5 . 4
645.4
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2 6 4 5 . 2 6 4 5 . 2
645.2
645.2
645.2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2 6 4 5 . 2
645.2
645.2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
645.2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
645.2
645.2
645.2
645.2
645.2
645.2
6 4 5 . 2 645.2
645.2
6 4 5 . 2
6 4 5 . 2
645.2
6 4 5 . 0 6 4 5 . 0 6 4 5 . 0 6 4 5 . 0 6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
645.0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
645.0
645.0
645.0
645.0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
645.0
645.0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0 6 4 5 . 0
645.0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
6 4 5 . 0
644.8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8 6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
644.8
644.8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
644.8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8 6 4 4 . 8 6 4 4 . 8
644.8
644.8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
6 4 4 . 8
644.6
6 4 4 . 6
644.6
6 4 4 . 6
6 4 4 . 6
6 4 4 . 6
6 4 4 . 6 6 4 4 . 6 6 4 4 . 6
6 4 4 . 6
644.6
6 4 4 . 6
6 4 4 . 6
6 4 4 . 6
644.6
6 4 4 . 6
644.4
6 4 4 . 4
6 4 4 . 4
6 4 4 . 4
644.2
644.2
6 4 4 . 2
6
5
9
3
2
0
6
5
9
3
3
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
4
1
0
6
5
9
3
2
0
6
5
9
3
3
0
6
5
9
3
4
0
6
5
9
3
5
0
6
5
9
3
6
0
6
5
9
3
7
0
6
5
9
3
8
0
6
5
9
3
9
0
6
5
9
4
0
0
6
5
9
4
1
0
2 736 460
2 736 450
2 736 440
2 736 430
2 736 420
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
2 736 460
2 736 450
2 736 440
2 736 430
2 736 420
2 736 410
2 736 400
2 736 390
ZAC des Tourels
Bt A2
16 av. du Midi
30 111 Congnies - France
tel : +33 (0)4 66 51 47 03 - Fax : +33 (0)4 66 53 04 57
Mail : contact@atm3d.com - Web : www.atm3d.com
3D laser scanning service provider
ATM3D
ARCHAEOLOGICAL
DOCUMENTATION
Atturaif Heritage Area
Drawing Name :
202.2.02
Atturaif Heritage Area
LEGEND :
Line of section
Major line of view
Mohamed Bin Saud Mosquee
0 2 4 6 10m
Graphical scale
Arriyadh Development Authority
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Project name :
Object name : Sheet content :
Date :
Scale : File name :
Checked : Approved : Drawn :
Consultant :
Survey and Documentation
of Atturaif Heritage Area
3D LASER SCANNING
Drawing based on scans taken at november 2008
Mohamed Bin Saud Mosquee
archaeological excavation
Colored contour lines
1:100 202-2-02
XC BC BC
653.0 Contour line
644
658
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
Height Color Scale
AT-TURAIF
DISTRICT IN
AD-DIRIYAH

Você também pode gostar